Grocery Outlet
Annual Report 2019

Plain-text annual report

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION Washington, DC 20549 FORM 10-K (Mark One) ☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 ☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the fiscal year ended December 28, 2019 or For the transition period from to Commission File Number: 001-38950 ___________________________________ Grocery Outlet Holding Corp. (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) Delaware (State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) 5650 Hollis Street, Emeryville, California (Address of principal executive offices) 47-1874201 (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 94608 (Zip Code) (510) 845-1999 (Registrant’s telephone number, including area code) ___________________________________ Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: Title of each class Trading Symbol Name of each exchange on which registered Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share GO Nasdaq Global Select Market Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐ No ☒ Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐ No ☒ Indicate by check mark if the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S- T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☒ No ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. Large accelerated filer Non-accelerated filer ☐ Accelerated filer ☒ Smaller reporting company Emerging growth company ☐ ☐ ☐ If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐ No ☒ The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting stock of the registrant as of June 28, 2019 (based on a closing price of $32.88 per share) held by non- affiliates was approximately $808.9 million. As of March 20, 2020, the registrant had 89,900,566 shares of common stock outstanding. Information required in response to Part III of Form 10-K (Items 10, 11, 12, 13, and 14) is hereby incorporated by reference to portions of the registrant's Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held in 2020. The Proxy Statement will be filed by the registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission no later than 120 days after the end of the registrant's fiscal year ended December 28, 2019. DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE GROCERY OUTLET HOLDING CORP. FORM 10-K TABLE OF CONTENTS Cautionary Note On Forward-Looking Statements Item 1. Item 1A. Item 1B. Item 2. Item 3. Item 4. Business Risk Factors Unresolved Staff Comments Properties Legal Proceedings Mine Safety Disclosures PART I PART II Item 5. Item 6. Item 7. Item 7A. Item 8. Item 9. Item 9A. Item 9B. Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholders Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities Selected Financial Data Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk Financial Statements and Supplementary Data Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure Controls and Procedures Other Information PART III Item 10. Item 11. Item 12. Item 13. Item 14. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance Executive Compensation Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence Principal Accountant Fees and Services Item 15. Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules Form 10-K Summary PART IV 1 Page 2 3 14 38 39 40 41 42 44 45 66 67 99 100 101 103 103 103 103 103 104 113 Table of Contents CAUTIONARY NOTE ON FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS Certain statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K (“Form 10-K” or “report”) and the documents incorporated by reference herein constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. All statements contained in this report and the documents incorporated by reference herein other than statements of historical fact, including statements regarding our future operating results and financial position, our business strategy and plans, business trends, and our objectives for future operations, may constitute forward-looking statements. Words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “outlook,” “plan,” “project,” “seek,” “will,” and similar expressions, are intended to identify such forward-looking statements. We have based these forward-looking statements on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, operating results, business strategy, short-term and long-term business operations and objectives, and financial needs. These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions, including those described under the headings “Item 1A. Risk Factors,” and “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in this report or as described in the other documents and reports we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). We encourage you to read this report and our other filings with the SEC carefully. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks emerge from time to time. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the future events and trends discussed in this report may not occur and actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated or implied by the forward-looking statements. You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. The events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements may not be achieved or occur. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activities, performance or achievements. These forward-looking statements should not be relied upon as representing our views as of any date subsequent to the date of this report. We do not undertake any duty to update any of these forward-looking statements after the date of this report or to conform these statements to actual results or revised expectations. As used in this report, references to “Grocery Outlet,”“the Company,”“registrant,”“we,”“us” and “our,” refer to Grocery Outlet Holding Corp. and its consolidated subsidiaries unless otherwise indicated or the context requires otherwise. Our fiscal year ends on the Saturday closest to December 31st each year. References to fiscal 2019, fiscal 2018, and fiscal 2017 refer to the fiscal years ended December 28, 2019, December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017, respectively. Website Disclosure We use our website, www.groceryoutlet.com, as a channel of distribution of Company information. Financial and other important information about us is routinely accessible through and posted on our website. Accordingly, investors should monitor our website, in addition to following our press releases, SEC filings and public conference calls and webcasts. The contents of our website and information accessible through our website is not, however, a part of this report. 2 Table of Contents ITEM 1. BUSINESS PART I OUR COMPANY We are a high-growth, extreme value retailer of quality, name-brand consumables and fresh products sold through a network of independently operated stores. Each of our stores offers a fun, treasure hunt shopping experience in an easy-to-navigate, small-box format. An ever-changing assortment of “WOW!” deals, complemented by everyday staple products, generates customer excitement and encourages frequent visits from bargain-minded shoppers. Our flexible buying model allows us to offer quality, name-brand opportunistic products at prices generally 40% to 70% below those of conventional retailers. Entrepreneurial independent operators (“IOs”) run our stores and create a neighborhood feel through personalized customer service and a localized product offering. This differentiated approach has driven 16 consecutive years of positive comparable store sales growth. Our founder, Jim Read, pioneered our opportunistic buying model in 1946 and subsequently developed the IO selling approach, which harnesses individual entrepreneurship and local decision-making to better serve our customers. Underlying this differentiated model was a mission that still guides us today: “Touching Lives for the Better.” Since 2006, the third generation of Read family leadership has advanced this mission and accelerated growth by strengthening our supplier relationships, introducing new product categories and expanding the store base from 128 to 347 stores across the West Coast and Pennsylvania. As a result, sales have increased from approximately $640.0 million in fiscal 2006 to approximately $2.56 billion in fiscal 2019, representing an 11% compound annual growth rate (“CAGR”). Our passionate, founding family-led management team remains a driving force behind our growth- oriented culture. Our differentiated model for buying and selling delivers a “WOW!” shopping experience, which generates customer excitement, inspires loyalty and supports profitable sales growth: How we buy: We source quality, name-brand consumables and fresh products opportunistically through a large, centralized purchasing • team that leverages long-standing and actively managed supplier relationships to acquire merchandise at significant discounts. Our speed and efficiency in responding to supplier needs, combined with our specialized supply chain capabilities and flexible merchandising strategy, enhance our access to discounted products and allow us to turn inventory quickly and profitably. Our buyers proactively source on-trend products based on changing consumer preferences, including a wide selection of Natural, Organic, Specialty and Healthy (“NOSH”) products. We also source everyday staple products to complement our opportunistic offerings. Each store offers a curated and ever-changing assortment of approximately 5,000 SKUs, creating a “buy now” sense of urgency that promotes return visits and fosters customer loyalty. How we sell: Our stores are independently operated by entrepreneurial small business owners who have a relentless focus on selecting • the best products for their communities, providing personalized customer service and driving improved store performance. Unlike a store manager of a traditional retailer, IOs are independent businesses and are responsible for store operations, including ordering, merchandising and managing inventory, marketing locally and directly hiring, training and employing their store workers. IOs initially contribute capital to establish their business and share store-level gross profits with us. These factors both align our interests and incentivize IOs to aggressively grow their business to realize substantial financial upside. This combination of local decision-making supported by our purchasing scale and corporate resources results in a “small business at scale” model that we believe is difficult for competitors to replicate. Our value proposition has broad appeal with bargain-minded customers across all income levels, demographics and geographies. Customers visited our stores over 95 million times in fiscal 2019 spending over $25 per transaction. We believe that our sustained focus on delivering ever-changing “WOW!” deals within a fun, treasure hunt shopping environment has generated strong customer loyalty and brand affinity. This customer enthusiasm is evidenced by our 12 consecutive years of positive comparable store traffic growth. We believe that our broad customer appeal supports significant new store growth opportunities, and we plan to continue to expand our reach to additional customers and geographies across the United States. Our stores have performed well across all economic cycles, as demonstrated by our 16 consecutive years of positive comparable store sales growth and consistent gross margins of between 30.1% and 30.8% since fiscal 2010. In fact, our value proposition attracts even more customers in periods of economic uncertainty as evidenced by our average 13.5% comparable store sales growth during the recessionary economic conditions experienced in 2008 and 2009. Our model is also insulated from store labor-related variability because IOs directly employ their store workers. The result is lower corporate fixed costs, providing further protection in the event of an economic downturn. 3 Table of Contents We believe that the following competitive strengths are key drivers of our current success and position us for continued growth: OUR COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS Powerful Customer Value Proposition Supported by a “WOW!” Experience. Delivering thrilling “WOW!” deals to our customers is a • cornerstone of our business. We offer customers quality, name-brand consumables and fresh products at deep discounts in a fun, treasure hunt shopping environment. Our product offering is ever-changing with a constant rotation of opportunistic products, complemented by an assortment of competitively priced everyday staples across grocery, produce, refrigerated and frozen foods, beer and wine, fresh meat and seafood, general merchandise and health and beauty care. A typical Grocery Outlet basket is priced approximately 40% lower than conventional grocers and approximately 20% lower than the leading discounters. Our stores are convenient, easy to navigate and require neither membership fees nor bulk purchases for customers to save money. Our stores have wide aisles, clear signage and a high level of customer service. Upon checkout, a cashier “circles the savings” on each customer’s receipt, which reinforces the compelling value that we provide. Flexible Sourcing and Distribution Model That Is Difficult to Replicate. Our flexible sourcing and distribution model differentiates us • from traditional retailers and allows us to provide customers quality, name-brand products at exceptional values. As strong stewards of our suppliers’ brands, we are a preferred partner with a reputation for making rapid decisions, purchasing significant volumes and creatively solving suppliers’ inventory challenges to arrive at “win-win” outcomes. We take advantage of opportunities to acquire merchandise at substantial discounts that regularly arise from order cancellations, manufacturer overruns, packaging changes and approaching “sell-by” dates. We supplement our “WOW!” deals with everyday staples in order to provide a convenient shopping experience. Our buying strategy is deliberately flexible, which allows us to react to constantly changing opportunities. With over 65 people, our centralized sourcing team has deep experience and decades-long relationships with leading consumer packaged goods (“CPG”) companies. Our team is highly selective when evaluating the growing number of opportunities available to us and maintains a disciplined yet solutions-oriented approach. Our specialized model is supported by a supply chain designed to quickly and efficiently deliver an ever-changing assortment of products to store shelves. Independent Operators Who Are the Foundation of Our “Small Business at Scale” Model. Our stores are independent business entities • operated by entrepreneurial small business owners who have a relentless focus on ordering and merchandising the best products for their communities, providing personalized customer service and driving improved store performance. We generally share 50% of store-level gross profits with IOs, thereby incentivizing them to aggressively grow their business and realize substantial financial upside. IOs leverage our extensive purchasing scale, sophisticated ordering and information systems and field support in order to operate more efficiently. This combination of local decision-making supported by our purchasing expertise and corporate resources results in a “small business at scale” model that we believe is difficult for competitors to replicate. The vast majority of the IOs operate a single store, with most working as two-person teams. We encourage the IOs to establish local roots and actively participate in their communities to foster strong personal connections with customers. The IOs select approximately 75% of their merchandise based on local preferences, providing a unique assortment tailored to their community. Our collaborative relationship with the IOs creates a powerful selling model allowing us to deliver customers exceptional value with a local touch. Proven and Consistent New Store Economics. Our new stores have generated robust store-level financial results, strong cash flow and • attractive returns. Our highly flexible, small-box format of 15,000 to 20,000 total square feet has been successful across geographic regions, population densities and demographic groups, and has proved resilient to competitive entries from discounters and conventional retailers alike. On average, our stores achieve profitability during the first year of operations, reach maturity in four to five years and realize a payback on investment within four years. We believe that our broad customer appeal, differentiated value proposition and the predictable financial performance of our stores across vintages provide a high degree of visibility into the embedded earnings growth from our recently opened stores. Value-Oriented Brand Aligned with Favorable Consumer Trends. We believe that consumers’ search for value is the new normal in • retail. The success of off-price retailers represents a secular consumer shift toward value as a leading factor in purchasing decisions. Moreover, as Millennials mature and Baby Boomers age, we believe that they are increasingly focused on value, driving shopper traffic towards the deep discount channel. We expect that even after the completion of recessionary cycles, value will remain a leading factor in consumers’ retail purchasing decisions despite the return of stronger economic conditions. We have spent decades building our IO and opportunistic purchasing models to offer deep discounts in a customer-friendly store environment, which enables us to take advantage of this ongoing preference for value. 4 Table of Contents Collaborative Company Culture Provides the Foundation for Continued Success. One of our key competitive advantages is our culture • of family and community values, grounded in integrity, entrepreneurship, performance and collaboration. We have been dedicated to our mission of “Touching Lives for the Better” since our inception. Our passion and commitment are shared by team members throughout the entire organization, from the IOs and their employees to our distribution centers and corporate offices. We are a third-generation, family-run business led by CEO Eric Lindberg. Mr. Lindberg has been with Grocery Outlet for over 20 years and has instilled a “servant leadership” mentality that empowers employees and IOs and forms the basis of our highly collaborative culture. Additionally, MacGregor Read, after over 20 years serving in various operational roles culminating with his time as our Vice Chairman, will transition to a new non-executive role as the Vice Chairman of our board of directors on April 1, 2020. We plan to continue to drive sales growth and profitability by maintaining a relentless focus on our value proposition and executing on the following strategies: Drive Comparable Sales Growth. We expect that our compelling value proposition will continue to attract new customers, drive repeat • visits, increase basket sizes and, as a result, generate strong comparable store sales growth. We plan to: OUR GROWTH STRATEGIES Deliver More “WOW!” Deals and Expand Our Offerings. We intend to drive incremental traffic and increase our share of ◦ wallet by further leveraging our purchasing model. We continue to deepen existing and develop new supplier relationships to ensure that we are the preferred partner and the first call for opportunistic inventory. As a result, we believe there is a significant opportunity to source and offer more “WOW!” deals within existing and new product categories, thereby offering greater value and variety to customers. For example, in response to growing consumer preferences for fresh and healthy options, we have grown NOSH primarily through opportunistic purchasing to represent over 15% of our current product mix. More recently, we have expanded our offerings to include fresh seafood and grass-fed meat in order to increase sales to existing and new customers. ◦ Support IOs in Enhancing the “WOW!” Customer Experience. We continue to implement operational initiatives to support IOs in enhancing the customer experience. We develop and improve tools that provide IOs with actionable insights on sales, margin and customer behavior, enabling them to further grow their business. We seek to continuously improve our inventory planning tools to help IOs make better local assortment decisions while reducing out-of-stock items and losses related to product markdowns, throwaways and theft (“shrink”). We also regularly deploy updated fixtures, signage and enhanced in-store marketing to further improve the shopping experience, which we believe results in higher customer traffic and average basket sizes. Increase Customer Awareness and Engagement. Our marketing strategy is focused on growing awareness, encouraging new ◦ customers to visit our stores and increasing engagement with all bargain-minded consumers. Our emphasis on digital marketing is enabling us to deliver specific and real-time information to our customers about the most compelling “WOW!” deals at their local store. We have over one million email subscribers in our database, most of whom receive daily and weekly “WOW! Alerts.” Along with the IOs, we utilize social media to increase our brand affinity and interact with customers more directly on a daily basis. Looking forward, we see an opportunity to further personalize our digital communications to both increase engagement with our existing customers and introduce new customers to our stores. We will continue to supplement our digital marketing with traditional print and broadcast advertising including through our marketing campaign, “Welcome to Bargain Bliss.” Execute on Store Expansion Plans. We believe the success of our stores across a broad range of geographies, population densities and • demographic groups creates a significant opportunity to profitably increase our store count. Our new stores typically require an average net cash investment of approximately $2.0 million and realize a payback on investment within four years. In fiscal 2019 we opened 34 new stores. Based on our experience, in addition to research conducted by eSite Analytics, we believe there is an opportunity to establish over 1,500 additional locations in the states in which we currently operate and in neighboring states. Our goal is to expand our store base by approximately 10% annually by penetrating existing and contiguous regions. Over the long term, we believe the market potential exists to establish 4,800 locations nationally. 5 Table of Contents Implement Productivity Improvements to Reinvest in Our Value Proposition. Our seasoned management team has a proven track record ▪ of growing our business while maintaining a disciplined cost structure. Over the past five years, we have made significant investments that have laid a solid foundation for future growth. We have implemented and will continue to identify and implement productivity improvements through both operational initiatives and system enhancements, such as category assortment optimization, improved inventory management tools and greater purchasing specialization. We intend to reinforce our value proposition and drive further growth by reinvesting future productivity improvements into enhanced buying and selling capabilities. COMPANY HISTORY Our founder, Jim Read, pioneered our opportunistic buying model in 1946 and subsequently developed the IO selling approach beginning in Redmond, Oregon in 1973. Grocery Outlet Holding Corp. was incorporated in Delaware on September 11, 2014. In 2014, an investment fund affiliated with Hellman & Friedman LLC (the “H&F Investor”) acquired approximately 80% of our common stock (the “2014 H&F Acquisition”) with management and family retaining approximately 20%. Since the 2014 H&F Acquisition, we have made significant investments in our corporate and distribution infrastructure to support our growth, expand the store base and reinvest in existing stores. In June 2019, we completed the initial public offering of our common stock (the “IPO”). Our common stock trades on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “GO.” As of March 20, 2020, the H&F Investor owned approximately 30% of our outstanding common stock. Procurement PROCUREMENT AND SUPPLY CHAIN Our flexible sourcing and supply chain model differentiates us from traditional retailers and allows us to provide customers quality, name-brand consumables and fresh products at exceptional values. We take advantage of opportunities to acquire merchandise at substantial discounts that regularly arise from order cancellations, manufacturer overruns, packaging changes and approaching “sell-by” dates. As strong stewards of our suppliers’ brands, we are a preferred partner of leading CPGs with a reputation for making rapid decisions, purchasing in significant volumes and creatively solving their inventory challenges. Our buying strategy is deliberately flexible to allow us to react to constantly changing opportunities. Our centralized sourcing team, consisting of our purchasing and inventory planning groups represents nearly one-third of our non-field corporate staff and has deep experience and decades-long relationships with leading CPG companies. Our team is highly selective when evaluating the growing number of opportunities available to us and maintains a disciplined yet solutions-oriented approach. We are always seeking out and developing new supplier relationships to acquire desirable products at discounts that excite our customers. Our inventory planning group collaborates with and supports our buyers to ensure we purchase the appropriate type and quantity of products in order to maintain adequate inventory levels in key product categories. We believe that we have a leading share of the large and growing excess inventory market. As we grow, we expect to have even greater access to quality merchandise due to our increased scale, broader supplier awareness and expanded geographic presence. We also expect the supply of opportunistic products to continue to expand as incumbent CPGs continue to invest in new products, brands and marketing. Additionally, we believe that changing consumer preferences will continue to support the proliferation of small and innovative CPG brands, and allow us to add new suppliers to our network. Opportunistically sourced products represent approximately half of our purchasing mix. We refer to our best opportunistic purchases as “WOW!” deals, which generally represent deep discounts of 40% to 70% relative to conventional retailers. These products generate customer excitement and typically sell quickly due to their compelling value. The short duration and continually changing nature of our “WOW!” deals create a treasure hunt environment and a sense of urgency for customers to find and stock up on those heavily discounted items before they sell out. Furthermore, our “WOW!” items encourage repeat shopper visits as customers return to stores to discover what new deals are available. We supplement our opportunistic purchases with competitively priced everyday staples in order to provide a convenient shopping experience. We typically source these staple products (e.g., milk, eggs, sugar) from multiple suppliers to lower our costs and we avoid long-term supply commitments to maintain the flexibility to pursue opportunistic buys as they arise. 6 Table of Contents The average store offers 5,000 SKUs at any given time, providing customers with a curated and ever-changing assortment. Our perishable departments, including dairy and deli, produce and floral and fresh meat and seafood, represented approximately 34% of our fiscal 2019 sales. Our non- perishable departments including grocery, general merchandise, health and beauty care, frozen foods and beer and wine represented approximately 66% of our fiscal 2019 sales. We also offer a wide variety of NOSH products across most departments. Consumables represented approximately 90% of our product sales in fiscal 2019. Overall, on a typical Grocery Outlet basket, we offer savings of approximately 40% relative to conventional grocers and 20% relative to leading discounters. Supply Chain Over time, we have honed our supply chain operations to support our opportunistic buying approach and to quickly and efficiently deliver products to our stores. We believe our supply chain flexibility enables us to solve suppliers’ inventory challenges and, therefore, obtain significant discounts on purchases. After agreeing to purchase product from a supplier, we move quickly to receive, process and distribute the goods. Our systems allow IOs real- time visibility to our inventory, significantly reducing time to shelf. IOs typically order multiple deliveries per week resulting in higher inventory turns, lower shrink and a frequent assortment of new products on shelf. As further evidence of the flexibility of our supply chain and the value we provide suppliers, we have dedicated teams to handle unique situations in which products need to be reconditioned or relabeled for sale. These items may include products without a UPC label, goods labeled for another geography, or inventory with damaged packaging. We distribute inventory through eight primary distribution centers. We operate three distribution centers and use five distribution centers operated by third parties. We have an in-house transportation fleet as well as strong transportation partner relationships that provide consistent performance and timely deliveries to our stores. These capabilities allow us to offer an ever-changing assortment of products, with store-level inventory turning approximately 13 times per year. We intend to continue to invest in our distribution and logistics infrastructure in order to support our anticipated store growth over the long term. INDEPENDENT OPERATORS IOs are independent business entities owned by one or more entrepreneurially minded individuals who typically live in the same community as their store and demonstrate a relentless focus on ordering and merchandising the best products for their communities, providing personalized customer service and driving improved store performance. The vast majority of the IOs operate a single store with most working as a two-person team, and on average have been operating their stores for over five years. We encourage the IOs to establish local roots and actively participate in their communities to foster strong personal connections with customers. We generally share 50% of store-level gross profits with IOs, thereby incentivizing them to aggressively grow their business and realize substantial financial upside. The independent operator agreement (the “Operator Agreement”) that we sign with each IO gives the IO broad responsibility over store- level decision-making. This decision-making includes merchandising, selecting approximately 75% of products, managing inventory, marketing locally, directly hiring, training and employing their store workers and supervising store operations to carry out our brand’s commitment to superior customer service. As a result, our IO model reduces our fixed costs, corporate overhead and exposure to wage inflation pressures and centralized labor negotiations. IOs leverage our national purchasing network, sophisticated ordering and information systems and field support in order to operate more efficiently. We facilitate collaboration among IOs to share best practices through company-wide and regional meetings, our IO intranet and other online and informal communications. This combination of local decision-making supported by our purchasing expertise and corporate resources results in a “small business at scale” model that we believe is difficult for competitors to replicate. Our collaborative relationship with the IOs creates a powerful selling model allowing us to deliver customers exceptional value with a local touch. As of December 28, 2019, 342 of our 347 stores were operated by IOs. We have entered into an Operator Agreement with each IO, which grants that IO a license to operate a particular Grocery Outlet Bargain Market retail store and to use our trademarks, service marks, trade names, brand names and logos under our brand standards. The Operator Agreement, along with our Best Business Practice Manual, defines our brand standards and sets forth the terms of the license granted to that IO. IOs have discretion to determine the manner and means for accomplishing their duties and implementing our brand standards. The success of this licensing arrangement depends upon mutual commitments by us and the IO to cooperate with each other and engage in practices that protect our brand standards and the reputation of our brand and enhance the sales, business and profit potential of the IO’s store. 7 Table of Contents The vast majority of the IOs operate a single store with most working as a two-person family team. We believe this team approach leverages complementary operator skill sets resulting in a greater connection with customers along with improved store operations and service levels. The Operator Agreement provides that either the IO or we may terminate the Operator Agreement for any reason on 75 days’ written notice, or may terminate the Operator Agreement immediately for cause. IOs are responsible for operational decision-making for their store, including hiring, training and employing their own workers as well as ordering and merchandising products. The IO orders merchandise solely from us, which we, in turn, deliver to IOs on consignment. As a result, we retain ownership of all merchandise until the point in time that merchandise is sold to a customer. Under the Operator Agreement, IOs are given the right to select a majority of merchandise that is sold in their store. IOs choose merchandise from our order guide according to their knowledge and experience with local customer purchasing trends, preferences, historical sales and other related factors. IOs are able to uniquely display and merchandise product in order to appeal to their local customer base. IOs also have discretion to adjust pricing in response to local competition or product turns, provided that the overall outcome based on an average basket of items comports with our reputation for selling quality name-brand consumables and fresh products and other merchandise at significant discounts. IOs are expected to engage in local marketing efforts to promote their store and enhance the reputation and goodwill of the Grocery Outlet brand. To protect our brand and reputation, the Operator Agreement requires IOs to adhere to brand standards, including cleanliness, customer service, store appearance, conducting their business in compliance with all laws and observing requirements for storing, handling and selling merchandise. As consignor of all merchandise, the aggregate sales proceeds belong to us. We, in turn, pay IOs a commission which is generally 50% of the store’s gross profit in exchange for the IO’s services in staffing and operating the store. Any spoiled, damaged or stolen merchandise, markdowns or price changes impact gross margin and therefore the IO’s commission. We generally split these losses equally with IOs. As a result, IOs are exposed to the risk of loss of such merchandise and are incentivized to minimize any such losses. We lease and build out each Grocery Outlet location. Under the Operator Agreement, we provide IOs with the right to occupy the store premises solely to operate the retail store on the terms set forth in the Operator Agreement. The Operator Agreement specifies the retail store that the IO is entitled to operate, but it does not grant the IO an exclusive territory, restrict us from opening stores nearby, or give the IO preference to relocate to another store as opportunities arise. As the store tenant, we fund the build-out of the store including racking, refrigeration and other equipment and pay rent, common area maintenance and other lease charges. IOs must cover their own initial working capital requirements and acquire certain store and safety assets. IOs may fund their initial store investment from their existing capital, a third-party loan or, most commonly, through a loan from us. The IOs are required to hire, train and employ a properly trained workforce sufficient in number to enable the IO to fulfill its obligations under the Operator Agreement. IOs are responsible for expenses required for business operations, including all labor costs, utilities, credit card processing fees, supplies, taxes (i.e., withholding, contributions and payroll taxes and income taxes on commissions paid to them), fines, levies and other expenses attributable to their operations. We field over 20,000 leads for prospective new IOs annually in pursuit of smart and entrepreneurially minded retail leaders to support our continued growth. After a robust screening and interview process, we select fewer than one out of every 300 leads to enter a rigorous Aspiring Operator in Training (“AOT”) program with the goal of potentially becoming an IO. AOTs receive on-the-job training as an employee of an experienced IO that applies to serve as a training store for us and teach the skills that they learned and now rely on to drive their own financial success. This gives AOTs the chance to experience first-hand what running a Grocery Outlet and managing employees will require. We supplement on-the-job training with classes at our headquarters and through online tutorials so that AOTs gain a thorough appreciation for an IO’s responsibilities and opportunities. Upon successful completion of the training program, AOTs submit business plans to apply for new stores as they become available. Those business plans generally include a competitive analysis of the local market, operational strategy, marketing plan and projected financial performance. Based on the strength of that business plan, including an AOT’s familiarity with the local market, we ultimately select an IO as new store opportunities open and facilitate the transition. Delivering thrilling deals to our customers is a cornerstone of our business. We offer customers quality, name-brand products at deep discounts in a fun, treasure hunt shopping environment. Our stores are convenient, easy to navigate and require no membership fee or bulk purchases, which provides all customers with the ability to realize significant savings in an enjoyable shopping environment. Our IO model is another key point of differentiation and facilitates personalized customer service and enhances connections with the local communities that we serve. OUR STORES 8 Table of Contents As of December 28, 2019, we had 347 stores that average approximately 14,000 square feet on the sales floor. Upon entering a store, customers are greeted by signage introducing the IOs, a tailored selection of fresh produce and other perishables, followed by a “Power Wall” displaying some of our most compelling “WOW!” offerings. Our stores are neatly organized and well maintained with clear signage to guide the customer through our various departments such as produce, beer and wine and fresh meat and seafood. Specialized item price tags call attention to our “WOW!” deals and highlight our robust NOSH offerings. Upon checkout, a cashier “circles the savings” on each customer’s receipt, which reinforces the compelling value that we provide. Stores are assorted and merchandised uniquely by IOs providing a “WOW!” treasure hunt shopping experience. On average, approximately 75% of the assortment in each Grocery Outlet store is selected by IOs based on local preference and shopping history while the remaining assortment is delivered to stores to support marketing circulars and manage “sell-by” dates. We have several customized systems and tools in place, including our ordering system that allows IOs to see our real-time inventory and provides ordering suggestions based on local store characteristics. IOs have broad autonomy to create unique merchandising displays highlighting their “WOW!” offerings which strengthens the local feel of each store. EXPANSION OPPORTUNITIES We believe the success of our stores across a broad range of geographies, population densities and demographic groups creates a significant opportunity to profitably increase our store count. In fiscal 2019 we opened 34 new stores. We have a dedicated real estate team that utilizes a rigorous site selection process in order to source new store locations that generate strong overall returns. Those sites are reviewed by our real estate committee, which includes our Chief Executive Officer, President, and Chief Financial Officer, among others. We deploy a store model that generates robust store-level financial results, strong cash flow and powerful returns. We target new stores of between 15,000 and 20,000 total square feet with an average of 4,000 square feet of non-selling space at an average net cash investment of approximately $2.0 million including store buildout (net of contributions from landlords), inventory (net of payables) and cash pre-opening expenses. Based on our historical performance, we target sales of $5.5 million during the first year with sales increasing 25% to 30% cumulatively until reaching maturity in four to five years. Our underwriting criteria target an average year-four cash-on-cash return of approximately 35% and an average payback on investment within four years. In the near term, we plan to grow our store base to capture whitespace in existing markets as well as contiguous regions. Based on our experience, in addition to research conducted by eSite Analytics, we believe there is an opportunity to establish over 1,500 additional locations in the states in which we currently operate and in neighboring states. Our goal is to expand our store base by approximately 10% annually by penetrating existing and contiguous regions. Over the long term, we believe the market potential exists to establish 4,800 locations nationally. MARKETING Our ability to consistently deliver “WOW!” deals that generate customer excitement is our strongest marketing tool. Our value proposition has broad appeal, with bargain-minded customers spanning all income levels and demographics. We promote brand awareness and drive customers to shop through centralized marketing initiatives along with local IO marketing efforts. As a result of this approach and local marketing campaigns funded by IOs, our marketing expense as a percent of sales is relatively low. We focus our centralized marketing efforts primarily on digital ads, emailed “WOW! Alerts,” social media, television and radio commercials, print circulars and in-store and outdoor signage. Our cost-effective marketing approach is designed to build brand awareness and communicate specific in-store “WOW!” deals to drive customer traffic. Over time, we have increased the utilization of digital advertising, allowing us to more quickly develop, deploy and target marketing communications based on our changing inventories and store- specific deals. We have over one million email subscribers in our database, most of whom receive daily and weekly “WOW! Alerts” customized to the shopper’s local store. In addition to our digital ads, we distribute print circulars to align with major holidays and other key promotional events, such as our semi-annual wine sale. We also market via television, streaming television platforms and radio to specific markets to build brand awareness and highlight the value we provide. We reinforce these efforts with in-store price and item signage as well as outdoor marketing via billboards and truck wraps. To better communicate our value proposition and drive increased customer traffic, in fiscal 2019 we refreshed our brand image via an updated website, modernized logo and new marketing campaign entitled “Welcome to Bargain Bliss.” In addition to a new advertising campaign, this brand refresh includes updated customer messaging to highlight the price, quality and service advantage we provide. Recently we began updating in-store signage and marketing collateral in support of the new campaign and anticipate refreshing all stores over the next several years. 9 Table of Contents IOs develop and fund their local marketing plan to drive customer engagement. IO efforts include community outreach such as partnering with food banks, sponsoring youth athletic programs and offering discounts to veterans. In addition, IOs develop and manage their own social media marketing platforms, posting creative and compelling content to reinforce our fun and value-oriented image. COMPETITION We compete for consumer spend with a diverse group of retailers, including mass, discount, conventional grocery, department, drug, convenience, hardware, variety, online and other specialty stores. The competitive landscape is highly fragmented and localized; however, our customers most often cite Safeway as the retailer where they also shop for consumables. We see discount retailers of consumable products, which include Walmart, WinCo, Aldi and Lidl, as competitors given their broad product offerings at low prices relative to conventional grocery stores. We compete with both conventional grocery stores and discounters by offering an ever-changing selection of name-brand products in a fun, treasure hunt shopping environment at a significant discount. Many competitors are attempting to attract customers by offering various forms of e-commerce. While we have embraced online and digital marketing, we have thus far not pursued e-commerce. Based on our extreme value pricing and lower average ticket, we do not believe that our model lends itself to e-commerce which we think emphasizes convenience over value and fun. We have prioritized our capital and organizational investments to deliver the deepest and most compelling in-store values and experience for customers. Furthermore, we have seen no perceptible impact on sales of stores that are close to competitors that offer e-commerce solutions in the past few years. Beyond competition for consumers, we compete against a fragmented landscape of opportunistic purchasers, including retailers (e.g., Big Lots and 99 Cents Only) and wholesalers to acquire excess merchandise for sale in our stores. Our established relationships with our suppliers along with our distribution scale, buying power, financial credibility and responsiveness often makes us the first call for available deals. Our direct relationships with suppliers have increased as we have grown, and we continuously strive to broaden our supplier network. BUSINESS TECHNOLOGY Our information systems provide a broad range of business process assistance and real-time data to support our purchasing and planning approach, merchandising team and strategy, multiple distribution center management, store and operational insight and financial reporting. We selected and developed these technologies to provide the flexibility and functionality to support our unique buying and selling model as well as to identify and respond to merchandising and operating trends in our business. Over the last five years, we have modernized and added several systems that provide us additional functionality and scalability in order to better support operational decision-making. These investments include enhanced point of sale, warehouse management, human resource planning, business intelligence, vendor tracking and lead management, store communications, real estate lease management and financial planning and analysis systems. We believe the ongoing modernization, enhancement and maintenance of our systems have allowed us to support the growth in our business and store base. We modify, update and replace our systems and infrastructure from time to time, including by adding new hardware, software and applications; maintaining, updating or replacing legacy programs, converting to best-in-class systems; integrating new service providers; and adding enhanced new functionality, such as cloud computing technologies. In addition, we have a customized enterprise resource planning system, components of which have been replaced and components of which we anticipate will be replaced this year and over the next several years. We have also built a series of tools that empower IOs to make intelligent decisions to grow their business from improving product ordering, reducing shrink, and gaining intelligence into their store performance and profitability. We believe these investments have resulted in valuable business insights and operational improvements. We anticipate making ongoing technology investments in order to drive further productivity and functionality improvements. 10 Table of Contents TRADEMARKS AND OTHER INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY We own federally registered trademarks related to our brand, including “GROCERY OUTLET BARGAIN MARKET”, “WOW!”, “NOSH” and “BARGAINS ON BRANDS YOU TRUST!” In addition, we maintain trademarks for the images of certain logos that we use, including the “GROCERY OUTLET BARGAIN MARKET” logo, the “NOSH” logo and the “WOW!” logo. We are also in the process of pursuing several other trademarks to further identify our services such as “BARGAIN BLISS”, “FEELS LIKE FALLING IN LOVE IN EVERY AISLE”, “THE SAVINGS ARE REAL, THE FEELING IS PURE BLISS” and “HIP HIP SYRAH.” We have disclaimed the terms “GROCERY OUTLET” and “MARKET” with respect to our “GROCERY OUTLET BARGAIN MARKET” trademarks, among other disclaimed terms with respect to our registered trademarks and trademark applications. Our trademark registrations have various expiration dates; however, assuming that the trademark registrations are properly renewed, they have a perpetual duration. We also own several domain names, including www.groceryoutlet.com and www.ownagroceryoutlet.com, and registered and unregistered copyrights in our website content. Our Operator Agreement grants the IOs a limited, non-exclusive license to use our trademarks solely in connection with the operation and promotion of their store and not in connection with other activities. IOs are not permitted to sublicense our trademarks to others. We attempt to obtain registration of our trademarks as practical and pursue infringement of those marks when appropriate. We rely on trademark and copyright laws, trade-secret protection and confidentiality, license and other agreements with the IOs, suppliers, employees and others to protect our intellectual property. REGULATION We and the IOs are subject to regulation by various federal agencies, including the Food and Drug Administration (the “FDA”), the Federal Trade Commission (the “FTC”), the U.S. Department of Agriculture (the “USDA”) the Consumer Product Safety Commission and the Environmental Protection Agency. We and the IOs are subject to various laws and regulations, including those governing labor and employment, including minimum wage requirements, advertising, privacy, safety and environmental protection and consumer protection regulations, including those that regulate retailers and/or govern product standards, the promotion and sale of merchandise and the operation of stores and warehouse facilities. In addition, we and the IOs must comply with provisions regulating health and sanitation standards, food labeling, licensing for the sale of food and alcoholic beverages. We actively monitor changes in these laws. In addition, we and the IOs are subject to environmental laws pursuant to which we and the IOs could be strictly and jointly and severally liable for any contamination at our current or former locations, or at third-party waste disposal sites, regardless of our knowledge or responsibility for such contamination. Food and Dietary Supplements—The FDA regulates the safety of certain food and food ingredients, as well as dietary supplements under the federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (the “FDCA”). Similarly, the USDA’s Food Safety Inspection Service ensures that the country’s commercial supply of meat, poultry, catfish and certain egg products is safe, wholesome and correctly labeled and packaged. The Food Safety Modernization Act (the “FSMA”) amended the FDCA in 2011 and expanded the FDA’s regulatory oversight of all supply chain participants. Most of the FDA’s promulgating regulations are now in effect and mandate that risk-based preventive controls be observed by the majority of food producers. This authority applies to all domestic food facilities and, by way of imported food supplier verification requirements, to all foreign facilities that supply food products. The FDA also exercises broad jurisdiction over the labeling and promotion of food. Under certain circumstances, this jurisdiction extends even to product-related claims and representations made on a company’s website or similar printed or graphic media. All foods, including dietary supplements, must bear labeling that provides consumers with essential information with respect to standards of identity, net quantity, nutrition facts, ingredient statements and allergen disclosures. The FDA also regulates the use of structure/function claims, health claims, nutrient content claims and the disclosure of calories and other nutrient information for frequently sold items. In addition, compliance dates on various nutrition initiatives that will impact many supply chain participants, such as in relation to partially hydrogenated oils, are scheduled to go into effect through 2021. The FDA has comprehensive authority to regulate the safety, ingredients, labeling and good manufacturing practices for dietary supplements. The Dietary Supplement Health and Education Act (the “DSHEA”) amended the FDCA in 1994 and expanded the FDA’s regulatory authority over dietary supplements. Through DSHEA, dietary supplements became a regulated commodity while also allowing structure/function claims on products. However, no statement on a dietary supplement may expressly or implicitly represent that it will diagnose, cure, mitigate, treat or prevent a disease. 11 Table of Contents Food and Dietary Supplement Advertising—The FTC exercises jurisdiction over the advertising of foods and dietary supplements. The FTC has the power to impose monetary sanctions, consent decrees and/or other penalties that can severely limit a company’s business practices. In recent years, the FTC has instituted numerous enforcement actions against companies carrying dietary supplements for failure to have adequate substantiation for claims made in advertising or for the use of false or misleading advertising claims. Compliance—As is common in the retail industry, we rely on our suppliers and manufacturers to ensure that the products they manufacture and sell to us comply with all applicable regulatory and legislative requirements. In general, our purchase orders require that suppliers be compliant and represent and warrant to compliance with laws and require indemnification and/or insurance from our suppliers and manufacturers. However, even with adequate insurance and indemnification, any claims of non-compliance could significantly damage our reputation and consumer confidence in products we sell. In addition, the failure of such products to comply with applicable regulatory and legislative requirements could prevent us from marketing the products or require us to recall or remove such products from our stores. In order to comply with applicable statutes and regulations, our suppliers and manufacturers have from time to time reformulated, eliminated or relabeled certain of their products. We also source a portion of our products from outside the United States. The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and other similar anti-bribery and anti-kickback laws and regulations generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments to non-U.S. officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. Our policies and our supplier compliance agreements mandate compliance with applicable law, including these laws and regulations. INSURANCE We maintain third-party insurance for a number of risk management activities, including workers’ compensation, general liability, commercial property, ocean marine, crime, director and officer and employee, property and cargo and stock related insurance policies. We evaluate our insurance requirements on an ongoing basis to ensure we maintain adequate levels of coverage. The Operator Agreement requires IOs to maintain general liability and workers’ compensation insurance coverage for their operations. As of December 28, 2019, we had 847 employees, 682 of whom were full-time and 165 of whom were part-time. As of December 28, 2019, 326 of our employees were based at our corporate headquarters in Emeryville, California, and our Leola, Pennsylvania office, 105 of which were classified as field employees. Our distribution centers employed 314 persons. The remaining employees were employees in our Company-operated stores. As of December 28, 2019, 114 of our employees were union employees, all of whom were employees at two Company-operated stores. We have not experienced any material interruptions of operations due to disputes with our employees and consider our relations with our employees to be very good. EMPLOYEES The following table sets forth information about our executive officers as of March 25, 2020: EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT Name Eric J. Lindberg, Jr S. MacGregor Read, Jr Robert Joseph Sheedy, Jr Andrea R. Bortner Charles C. Bracher Pamela B. Burke Heather L. Mayo Brian T. McAndrews Thomas H. McMahon Steven K. Wilson Age Position 49 Chief Executive Officer and Director 49 Vice Chairman and Director* 45 President 58 Chief Human Resources Officer 47 Chief Financial Officer 52 Chief Administrative Officer, General Counsel and Secretary 56 Executive Vice President, Sales and Merchandising 59 Senior Vice President, Store Development 58 Executive Vice President, Sales and Merchandising 56 Senior Vice President, Purchasing *Mr. Read has served as our Vice Chairman since January 2019. On January 6, 2020, he informed us of his decision to transition to the newly created non-executive role of Vice Chairman of our board of directors, effective April 1, 2020. 12 Table of Contents Set forth below is a brief description of the business experience of our executive officers. All of our officers serve at the discretion of our board of directors. Eric J. Lindberg, Jr. has served as our Chief Executive Officer since January 2019 and as a director since January 2006. Previously, from January 2006 to December 2018, Mr. Lindberg served as our Co-Chief Executive Officer. Prior to being appointed Co-Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Lindberg served in various positions with us since 1996. As our Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Lindberg brings to our board of directors significant senior leadership, and his detailed knowledge of our operations, finances, strategies and industry garnered over his 23-year tenure with us makes him well qualified to serve as our Chief Executive Officer and as a member of the board of directors. Mr. Lindberg and Mr. Read are cousins by marriage. S. MacGregor Read, Jr. has served as our Vice Chairman since January 2019 and as a director since January 2006. Previously, from January 2006 to December 2018, Mr. Read served as our Co-Chief Executive Officer. Prior to being appointed Co-Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Read served in various positions with us since 1996. As a member of the board of directors, Mr. Read contributes his knowledge of our operations, finances, strategies and industry garnered over his 23-year tenure with us. Mr. Read and Mr. Lindberg are cousins by marriage. Robert Joseph Sheedy, Jr. has served as our President since January 2019. Mr. Sheedy previously served as our Chief Merchandise, Marketing & Strategy Officer from April 2017 to December 2018, our Chief Merchandise & Strategy Officer from March 2014 to April 2017 and our Vice President, Strategy from April 2012 to February 2014. Before joining us, Mr. Sheedy served in various roles at Staples Inc., an office supply company, from 2005 to 2012, most recently as their Vice President, Strategy. Andrea R. Bortner has served as our Chief Human Resources officer since March 2020. Before joining us, Ms. Bortner served as Chief Human Resources Officer at Maxar Technologies, Inc., a space technology company, from August 2016 to October 2019 and as Chief Human Resources Officer at Catalina, an advertising and marketing company, from August 2012 to June 2016. Charles C. Bracher has served as our Chief Financial Officer since August 2012. Before joining us, Mr. Bracher served in various roles at Bare Escentuals, Inc., a mineral cosmetics company, from 2005 to 2012, most recently as Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Bracher began his career in the Investment Banking Division of Goldman, Sachs & Co. Pamela B. Burke has served as our Chief Administrative Officer, General Counsel and Secretary since January 2019 and previously served as our General Counsel and Secretary from June 2015 to December 2018. Before joining us, Ms. Burke served in various management positions at CRC Health Group, Inc., a provider of specialized behavioral health services, most recently as Senior Vice President of Legal, HR and Risk from April 2010 to February 2015. Heather L. Mayo has served as our Executive Vice President of Sales and Merchandising, East since October 2019. Before joining us, Ms. Mayo served as Chief Merchandising Officer of Boxed from November 2016 to September 2017. Ms. Mayo served in various roles in merchandising and operations at Sam’s Club, a division of Walmart, from 2004 to 2016, most recently as their Senior Vice President, Operations for the West Division from February 2015 to March 2016 and as Senior Vice President, Operations for the South Division from August 2014 to February 2015. Brian T. McAndrews has served as our Senior Vice President of Store Development overseeing all company real estate functions since July of 2018. Before joining us, Mr. McAndrews served as Chief Real estate Officer at Conn’s Home Plus from June 2017 to June 2018 and as Senior Vice President, Global Real Estate & Construction at Dollar Financial Corporation from February 2010 to June 2017. Thomas H. McMahon has served as our Executive Vice President of Sales and Merchandising since January 2017 and served as our Vice President of Sales and Merchandising from December 2008 to December 2016. Before joining us in 2008, Mr. McMahon was the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer of T Street Incorporated, a retail specialty company. Steven K. Wilson has served as our Senior Vice President of Purchasing since February 2018 and previously served as our Vice President of Purchasing from July 2006 to January 2018. Prior to being appointed Vice President of Purchasing, Mr. Wilson served in various positions with us since 1994. 13 Table of Contents ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risk factors together with all of the other information in this report, including the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this report, before deciding whether to invest in shares of our common stock. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of, or that we currently believe are not material, may also become important factors that materially and adversely affect our business. The occurrence of any of the events described below could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects. In such an event, the trading price of our common stock may decline and you may lose all or part of your investment. Risks Related to Our Business We depend on suppliers to consistently supply us with opportunistic products at attractive pricing, and any failure to procure such products could result in material adverse effects on our business, product inventories, sales and profit margins. Our business is dependent on our ability to strategically source a sufficient volume and variety of opportunistic products at attractive pricing. While opportunistic buying, operating with appropriate inventory levels and frequent inventory turns are key elements of our business strategy, they subject us to risks related to the pricing, quantity, mix, quality and timing of inventory flowing to our stores. We do not have significant control over the supply, cost or availability of many of the products offered for sale in our stores. Shortages or disruptions in the availability of quality products that excite our customers could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. All of our inventory is acquired through purchase orders and we generally do not have long-term contractual agreements with our suppliers that obligate them to provide us with products exclusively or at specified quantities or prices, or at all. As a result, any of our current suppliers may decide to sell products to our competitors and may not continue selling products to us. In order to retain our competitive advantage, we need to continue to develop and maintain relationships with qualified suppliers that can satisfy our standards for quality and our requirements for delivery of products in a timely and efficient manner at attractive prices. The need to develop new relationships will be particularly important as we seek to expand our operations and enhance our product offerings in the future. While we have not experienced any difficulty in obtaining sufficient quantities of product to date, manufacturers and distributors of name-brand products have become increasingly consolidated. Further consolidation of manufacturers or distributors could reduce our supply options and detrimentally impact the terms under which we purchase products. If one or more of our existing significant suppliers were to be unable or unwilling to continue providing products to us on attractive terms, we may have difficulty obtaining alternative sources. We cannot assure you that we would be able to find replacement suppliers on commercially reasonable terms, which would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. The loss of one or more of our existing significant suppliers or our inability to develop relationships with new suppliers could reduce our competitiveness, slow our plans for further expansion and cause our sales and operating results to be materially adversely affected. Our suppliers (and those they depend upon for materials and services) are subject to risks, including labor disputes or constraints, union organizing activities, financial liquidity, inclement weather, natural disasters, significant public health and safety events, supply constraints and general economic and political conditions that could limit their ability to provide us with quality products. These risks may delay or preclude delivery of product to us on a timely basis or at all. We may not be able to successfully identify trends and maintain a consistent level of opportunistic products which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Consumer preferences often change rapidly and without warning. We may not successfully address consumer trends or be able to acquire desirable products at discounts that excite our customers, which could add difficulty in attracting new customers and retaining existing customers and encouraging frequent visits. We generally make individual purchase decisions for products that become available, and these purchases may be for large quantities that we may not be able to sell on a timely or cost-effective basis. Some of our products are sourced from suppliers at significantly reduced prices for specific reasons, and we are not always able to purchase specific products on a recurring basis. To the extent that some of our suppliers are better able to manage their inventory levels and reduce the amount of their excess inventory, the amount of over-stock and short-dated products available to us could also be materially reduced, making it difficult to deliver products to our customers at attractive prices. Maintaining adequate inventory of quality, name-brand products requires significant attention and monitoring of market trends, local markets and developments with suppliers and our distribution network, and it is not certain that we or the IOs will be effective in inventory management. 14 Table of Contents We base our purchases of inventory, in part, on our sales forecasts. If our sales forecasts overestimate customer demand, we may experience higher inventory levels and need to take markdowns on excess or slow-moving inventory, leading to decreased profit margins. Conversely, if our sales forecasts underestimate customer demand, we may have insufficient inventory to meet demand, leading to lost sales, either of which could materially adversely affect our financial performance. Our success depends on our ability and the ability of the IOs to maintain or increase comparable store sales, and if we are unable to achieve comparable store growth, our profitability and performance could be materially adversely impacted. The IOs are responsible for store operations. Our success depends on increasing comparable store sales through our opportunistic purchasing strategy and the ability of the IOs to increase sales and profits. To increase sales and profits, and therefore comparable store sales growth, we and the IOs focus on delivering value and generating customer excitement by strengthening opportunistic purchasing, optimizing inventory management, maintaining strong store conditions and effectively marketing current products and new product offerings. We may not be able to maintain or improve the levels of comparable store sales that we have experienced in the past, and our comparable store sales growth is a significant driver of our profitability and overall business results. In addition, competition and pricing pressures from competitors may also materially adversely impact our operating margins. Our comparable store sales growth could be lower than our historical average or our future target for many reasons, including general economic conditions, operational performance, including by the IOs, price inflation or deflation, industry competition, new competitive entrants near our stores, price changes in response to competitive factors, the impact of new stores entering the comparable store base, cycling against any year or quarter of above-average sales results, possible supply shortages or other operational disruptions, the number and dollar amount of customer transactions in our stores, our ability to provide product or service offerings that generate new and repeat visits to our stores and the level of customer engagement that we and the IOs provide in our stores. In addition, we may not accurately model cannibalization for our new stores. Opening new stores in our established markets may result in inadvertent oversaturation, temporarily or permanently diverting customers and sales from our existing stores to new stores and reduce comparable store sales, thus adversely affecting our overall financial performance. These factors may cause our comparable store sales results to be materially lower than in recent periods, which could harm our profitability and business. Because we compete to a substantial degree on price, changes affecting the market prices of the products we sell, including due to inflation or deflation or worsening economic conditions, could materially adversely affect our financial condition and operating results. A critical differentiator of our business is our ability to offer value to our customers, including offering prices that are substantially below those offered by some of our competitors. We carefully monitor the market prices of our products in order to maintain our price advantage and reputation. If prices of goods increase and our suppliers seek price increases from us, we may not be able to mitigate such increases and would consider setting a higher price, which could deter customers. If our competitors substantially lower their prices, we may lose customers and mark down prices. Our profitability may be impacted by lower prices, which may impact gross margins. We may also experience reduced sales as a result of a decline in the number and average basket size of customer transactions. In addition, the market price of the products we sell can be influenced by general economic conditions. For example, general deflation in the prices of the products we sell could cause us and the IOs to mark down prices and thereby reduce our gross profits and gross margins. Adverse general economic conditions could also increase costs to us, such as shipping rates, freight costs and store occupancy costs and further reduce our sales or increase our cost of goods sold or selling, general and administrative expenses. Our low-price model and competitive pressures may inhibit our ability to reflect these increased costs in the prices of our products, and therefore reduce our profitability and materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. If we cannot open, relocate or remodel stores on schedule, it could have a material adverse impact on our business, future growth and financial condition. Our growth strategy largely depends on our ability to identify and open future store locations and relocate or remodel existing store locations in new and existing markets. We opened 34 new stores in fiscal 2019. Our ability to open stores in a timely manner depends in part on the following factors: the ability to attract and develop potential IOs; the availability of attractive store locations and rent prices; the absence of entitlement processes or occupancy delays; the ability to negotiate acceptable lease and development terms; our relationships with current and prospective landlords; the ability to secure and manage the inventory necessary for the launch and operation of new stores; general economic conditions; and the availability of capital funding for expansion. Any or all of these factors and conditions could materially adversely affect our growth and profitability. 15 Table of Contents Our goal is to expand our store base by approximately 10% annually over the next several years. However, we cannot assure you that we will achieve this level of new store growth. We may not have the level of cash flow or financing necessary to support our growth strategy. Additionally, our proposed expansion will place increased demands on our operational, managerial and administrative resources. These increased demands could cause us to operate our existing business less efficiently, which in turn could cause deterioration in the financial performance of our existing stores. If we experience a decline in performance, we may slow or discontinue store openings, or we may decide to close stores that are unable to operate in a profitable manner. If we fail to successfully implement our growth strategy, including by opening new stores, our financial condition and operating results may be adversely affected. Delays or failures in opening new stores or completing relocations or remodels could materially adversely affect our growth and/or profitability. Additionally, new stores might not always align with our expectations in terms of sales or capital expenditures and we may not achieve projected results. Our newly opened stores may negatively impact our financial results in the short-term and may not achieve sales and operating levels consistent with our more mature stores on a timely basis or at all. We have actively pursued new store growth, including in new markets, and plan to continue doing so in the future. Our new store openings may not be successful or reach the sales and profitability levels of our existing stores. Some new stores may be located in areas with different competitive and market conditions as well as different customer discretionary spending patterns than our existing markets. Some new stores and future new store opportunities may be located in new geographic areas where we have limited or no meaningful experience or brand recognition. We may experience a higher cost of entry in those markets as we build brand awareness and drive customers to incorporate us into their shopping habits. For example, in Southern California the IOs have experienced slower growth and profitability than our existing stores as they continue to build brand awareness in the market. New store openings may negatively impact our financial results in the short-term due to the effect of store opening costs and lower sales and contribution to overall profitability during the initial period following opening. New stores, particularly those in new markets, build their sales volume, brand recognition and customer base over time and, as a result, generally have lower margins and higher operating expenses as a percentage of sales than our more mature stores. New stores may not achieve sustained sales and operating levels consistent with our more mature store base on a timely basis or at all. This lack of performance may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and operating results. We may not anticipate all of the challenges imposed by the expansion of our operations into new geographic markets. We may not manage our expansion effectively, and our failure to achieve or properly execute our expansion plans could limit our growth or have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Further, we have experienced in the past, and expect to experience in the future, some sales cannibalization of our existing stores to our new stores. As some of our existing customers switch to new, closer locations within markets, our financial condition and operating results may be materially adversely affected. Economic conditions and other economic factors may materially adversely affect our financial performance and other aspects of our business by negatively impacting our customers’ disposable income or discretionary spending, increasing our costs and expenses, affecting our ability to plan and execute our strategic initiatives, and materially adversely affecting our sales, results of operations and performance. General conditions in the United States and global economy that are beyond our control may materially adversely affect our business and financial performance. While we have not previously been materially adversely affected by periods of decreased consumer spending, any factor that could materially adversely affect the disposable income of our customers could decrease our customers’ spending and number of trips to our stores, which could result in lower sales, increased markdowns on products, a reduction in profitability due to lower margins and may require increased selling and promotional expenses. These factors include but are not limited to unemployment, minimum wages, significant public health and safety events, inflation and deflation, trade wars and interest and tax rates. Many of the factors identified above also affect commodity rates, transportation costs, costs of labor, insurance and healthcare, the strength of the U.S. dollar, lease costs, measures that create barriers to or increase the costs associated with international trade, changes in laws, regulations and policies and other economic factors, all of which may impact our cost of goods sold and our selling, general and administrative expenses, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. These factors could also materially adversely affect our ability to plan and execute our strategic initiatives, invest in and open new stores, prevent current stores from closing, and may have other material adverse consequences which we are unable to fully anticipate or control, all of which may materially adversely affect our sales, cash flow, results of operations and performance. We have limited or no ability to control many of these factors. 16 Table of Contents Food retailers provide alternative options for consumers and compete aggressively to win those consumers; our failure to offer a compelling value proposition to consumers could limit our growth opportunities and materially adversely impact our financial performance. The retail food industry includes mass and discount retailers, warehouse membership clubs, online retailers, conventional grocery stores and specialty stores. These businesses provide alternative options for the consumers whom we aim to serve. Our success relative to these retailers is driven by a combination of factors, primarily product selection and quality, price, location, customer engagement and store format. Our success depends on our ability to differentiate ourselves and provide value to our customers, and our failure to do so may negatively impact our sales. To the extent that other food retailers lower prices or run promotions, our ability to maintain profit margins and sales levels may be negatively impacted. We and the IOs may have to increase marketing expense to attract customers, and may have to mark down prices to be competitive and not lose market share. This limitation may materially adversely affect our margins and financial performance. Competition for customers has intensified as other discount food retailers, such as Aldi, Lidl and WinCo have moved into, or increased their presence in, our geographic and product markets. We expect this competition to continue to increase. In addition, we experience high levels of competition when we enter new markets. Some of the other food retailers may have been in the region longer and may benefit from enhanced brand recognition in such regions. For example, we recently expanded in Southern California and, as of December 28, 2019, had 75 stores in that area. Our new stores in this market are competing against more established retailers. Some food retailers may have greater financial or marketing resources than the IOs do and may be able to devote greater resources to sourcing, promoting and selling their products than the IOs. As competition in certain regions intensifies, or we move into new regions or other food retailers open stores in close proximity to our stores, our results of operations and cash flows may be negatively impacted through a loss of sales, decrease in market share, reduction in margin from competitive price changes or greater operating costs. We may not be able to retain the loyalty of our customers, the failure of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We depend on repeat visits by our customer base to drive our consistent sales and sales growth. Competition for customers has also intensified from the use of mobile and web-based technology that facilitates online shopping and real-time product and price comparisons. We expect this competition to continue to increase. We do not maintain a loyalty program for customers, and our competitors may be able to offer their customers promotions or loyalty program incentives that could result in fewer shopping trips to or purchases from our stores. If we are unable to retain the loyalty of our customers, our sales could decrease and we may not be able to grow our store base as planned, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Our success depends upon our marketing, advertising and promotional efforts. If costs associated with these efforts increase, or if we are unable to implement them successfully, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We use marketing and promotional programs to attract customers into our stores and to encourage purchases. If we are unable to develop and implement effective marketing, advertising and promotional strategies, we may be unable to achieve and maintain brand awareness and repeat store visits. We may not be able to advertise cost effectively in new or smaller markets in which we have fewer stores, which could slow growth at such stores. Changes in the amount and degree of promotional intensity or merchandising strategies by our competitors could cause us to have difficulties in retaining existing customers and attracting new customers. If the efficacy of our marketing or promotional activities declines or if such activities of our competitors are more effective than ours, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. If we fail to maintain our reputation and the value of our brand, including protection of our intellectual property, our sales and operating results may decline. We believe our continued success depends on our ability to maintain and grow the value of our brand. Brand value is based in large part on perceptions of subjective qualities. Even isolated incidents involving our company, the IOs and their employees, suppliers, agents or third-party service providers, or the products we sell can erode trust and confidence. This is particularly the case if they result in adverse publicity, governmental investigations or litigation. The reputation of our company and our brand may be damaged in all, one or some of the markets in which we do business, by adverse events at the corporate level or by an IO acting outside of Grocery Outlet’s brand standards. Similarly, challenges or reactions to action (or inaction) or perceived action (or inaction), by us on issues like social policies, merchandising, compliance related to social, product, labor and environmental standards or other sensitive topics, and any perceived lack of transparency about such matters, could harm our reputation, particularly as expectations of companies and of companies’ corporate responsibility may continue to change. 17 Table of Contents The increasing use of social media platforms and online forums may increase the chance that an adverse event could negatively affect the reputation of our brand. The online dissemination of negative information about our brand, including inaccurate information, could harm our reputation, business, competitive advantage and goodwill. Damage to our reputation could result in declines in customer loyalty and sales, affect our supplier relationships, business development opportunities and IO retention, divert attention and resources from management, including by requiring responses to inquiries or additional regulatory scrutiny, and otherwise materially adversely affect our results. Our brand could be materially adversely affected if our public image or reputation were to be tarnished by negative publicity. We regard our intellectual property, including trademarks and service marks, as having significant value, and our brand is an important factor in the marketing of our stores. We monitor and protect against activities that might infringe, dilute or otherwise violate our trademarks and other intellectual property and rely on trademark and other laws of the United States, but we may not be able or willing to successfully enforce our trademarks or intellectual property rights against competitors or challenges by others. For example, we are aware of certain companies in jurisdictions where we do not currently operate using the term “GROCERY OUTLET.” Moreover, we have disclaimed the terms “GROCERY OUTLET” and “MARKET” with respect to our “GROCERY OUTLET BARGAIN MARKET” trademarks, among other disclaimed terms with respect to our registered trademarks and trademark applications. If a third party uses such disclaimed terms in its trademarks, we cannot object to such use. If we fail to protect our trademarks or other intellectual property rights, others may copy or use our trademarks or intellectual property without authorization, which may harm the value of our brand, reputation, competitive advantages and goodwill and adversely affect our financial condition, cash flows or results of operations. The value of our intellectual property could diminish if others assert rights in or ownership of our trademarks and other intellectual property rights, or trademarks that are similar to our trademarks. We may be unable to successfully resolve these types of conflicts to our satisfaction. Additionally, adequate remedies may not be available in the event of an unauthorized use or disclosure of our trade secrets or other intellectual property. We are susceptible to others infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating our intellectual property rights. Actions we have taken to establish and protect our intellectual property rights may not be adequate to prevent copying of our intellectual property by others or to prevent others from seeking to invalidate our trademarks as a violation of the trademarks and intellectual property rights of others. In addition, unilateral actions in the U.S. or other countries, including changes to or the repeal of laws recognizing trademark or other intellectual property rights, could have an impact on our ability to enforce those rights. There may in the future be opposition and cancellation proceedings from time to time with respect to some of our intellectual property rights. In some cases, litigation may be necessary to protect or enforce our trademarks and other intellectual property rights. Furthermore, third parties may assert intellectual property claims against us, and we may be subject to liability, required to enter into costly license agreements, if available at all, required to rebrand our products and/or prevented from selling some of our products if third parties successfully oppose or challenge our trademarks or successfully claim that we infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate their trademarks, copyrights, patents or other intellectual property rights. Bringing or defending any such claim, regardless of merit, and whether successful or unsuccessful, could be expensive and time-consuming and have a negative effect on our business, reputation, results of operations and financial condition. Any significant disruption to our distribution network, the operations of our distribution centers and our timely receipt of inventory could materially adversely impact our operating performance. We rely on our distribution and transportation network, including by means of truck, ocean and rail to provide goods to our distribution centers and stores in a timely and cost-effective manner. We use three primary leased distribution centers that we operate and five primary distribution centers operated by third-parties. Deliveries to our stores occur from our distribution centers or directly from our suppliers. Any disruption, unanticipated or unusual expense or operational failure related to this process could affect store operations negatively. For example, delivery delays or increases in transportation costs (including through increased fuel costs, increased carrier rates or driver wages as a result of driver shortages, a decrease in transportation capacity, or work stoppages or slowdowns) could significantly decrease our ability to generate sales and earn profits. In addition, events beyond our control, such as disruptions in operations due to fire or other catastrophic events or labor disagreements, may result in delays in the delivery of merchandise to our stores. While we maintain business interruption insurance, in the event our distribution centers are shut down for any reason, such insurance may not be sufficient, and any related insurance proceeds may not be timely paid to us. Furthermore, there can be no guarantee that we will be able to renew the leases or third- party distribution and transportation contracts, as applicable, on our distribution centers on attractive terms or at all, which may increase our expenses and cause temporary disruptions in our distribution network. As we expand, effectively managing our distribution network and distribution centers becomes more complex. Our new store locations receiving shipments may be further away from our distribution centers, which may increase transportation costs and may create transportation scheduling strains, or may require us to add additional facilities to the network. 18 Table of Contents If consumer trends move toward private label and away from name-brand products, our competitive position in the market may weaken and our sales may be materially adversely affected. Our business model has traditionally relied on the sale of name-brand products at meaningful discounts. Consumer acceptance of, and even preference for, private label products has been increasing, however, and a trend away from name-brand products could weaken our competitive position in the market. Private label products tend to be lower priced than name-brand products and, as a result, we may have more difficulty competing against private label products on the basis of price. While we may invest more in the future in developing our own private labels, there can be no assurance that the performance of any such private label products would be sufficient to offset the potential decreased sales of name-brand products. In addition, if we invest in expanding our private label products, we will need to make significant investments in developing effective quality control procedures. Any failure to appropriately address some or all of these risks could have a material adverse effect on our sales, business, results of operations and financial condition. We will require significant capital to fund our expanding business. If we are unable to maintain sufficient levels of cash flow from our operations, we may not be able to execute or sustain our growth strategy or we may require additional financing, which may not be available to us on satisfactory terms or at all. To support our expanding business and execute our growth strategy, we will need significant amounts of capital, including funds to pay our lease obligations, build out new stores and distribution centers, remodel our stores, purchase opportunistic inventory, pay employees and further invest in the business. Further, our plans to grow our store base may create cash flow pressure if new locations do not perform as projected. We expect to primarily depend on cash flow from operations to fund our business and growth plans. We cannot assure you that cash generated by our operations will be sufficient to allow us to fund our growth plans. If we do not generate sufficient cash flow from operations, we may need to obtain additional funds through public or private financings, collaborative relationships or other arrangements. We cannot assure you that this additional funding, if needed, will be available on terms attractive to us, if at all. Any equity financing or debt financing that is convertible into equity that we may pursue could result in additional dilution to our existing stockholders. Tightening in the credit markets, low liquidity and volatility in the capital markets could result in diminished availability of credit, higher cost of borrowing and lack of confidence in the equity market, making it more difficult to obtain additional financing on terms that are favorable to us. Furthermore, any additional debt financing, if available, will increase our leverage and may involve restrictive covenants that could affect our ability to raise additional capital or operate our business. If such financing is not available to us, or is not available on satisfactory terms, our competitive position, business, financial condition and results of operations could be impeded and we may need to delay, limit or eliminate planned store openings or operations or other elements of our growth strategy. Such actions could harm our competitive position, business, financial condition and results of operations. We are subject to risks associated with leasing substantial amounts of space, including future increases in occupancy costs. We currently lease substantially all of our store locations, primary distribution centers and administrative offices (including our headquarters in Emeryville, California), and a number of these leases expire or are up for renewal each year. Our operating leases typically have initial lease terms of ten years with renewal options for two or three successive five-year periods at our discretion. Typically, the largest portion of a store’s operating expense that we bear is the cost associated with leasing the location. Our total lease payment obligations for all operating leases in existence as of December 28, 2019 is $98.3 million for fiscal year 2020 and $1.14 billion in aggregate for fiscal years 2021 through 2038. We are also generally responsible for property taxes, insurance and common area maintenance for our leased properties. We expect that many of the new stores we open will also be leased to us under operating leases, which will further increase our operating lease expenditures. If we are unable to make the required payments under our leases, the lenders or owners of the relevant stores, distribution centers or administrative offices may, among other things, repossess those assets, which could adversely affect our ability to conduct our operations. In addition, our failure to make payments under our operating leases could trigger defaults under other leases or under our First Lien Credit Agreement (as defined elsewhere in this report), which could cause the counterparties under those agreements to accelerate the obligations due thereunder. The operating leases for our store locations, distribution centers and administrative offices expire at various dates through 2038. When the lease term for our stores expire, we may be unable to negotiate renewals, either on commercially reasonable terms or at all, which could cause us to close stores or to relocate stores within a market on less favorable terms. Any of these factors could cause us to close stores in desirable locations, which could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations. 19 Table of Contents Over time, current store locations may not continue to be desirable because of changes in demographics within the surrounding area or a decline in shopping traffic. While we have the right to terminate some of our leases under specified conditions, we may not be able to terminate a particular lease if or when we would like to do so. If we decide to close stores, we are generally required to continue to perform obligations under the applicable leases, which generally include paying rent and operating expenses for the balance of the lease term. When we assign leases or sublease space to third parties, we can remain liable on the lease obligations if the assignee or sublessee does not perform. Any failure to maintain the security of information we hold relating to personal information or payment card data of our customers, employees and suppliers, whether as a result of cybersecurity attacks or otherwise, could subject us to litigation, government enforcement actions and costly response measures, and could materially disrupt our operations and harm our reputation and sales. In the ordinary course of business, we and the IOs collect, store, process, use and transmit confidential business information and certain personal information relating to customers, employees and suppliers. All customer payment data is encrypted, and we do not store such data in our systems. We rely in part on commercially available systems, software, hardware, services, tools and monitoring to provide security for collection, storage, processing and transmission of personal and/or confidential information. It is possible that cyber attackers might compromise our security measures and obtain the personal and/or confidential information of the customers, employees and suppliers that we hold or our business information. Cyber attacks are rapidly evolving and those threats and the means for obtaining access to information in digital and other storage media are becoming increasingly sophisticated and may not immediately produce signs of intrusion. Moreover, an employee, contractor or third party with whom we work or to whom we outsource business operations may fail to monitor their or our systems effectively, may fail to maintain appropriate safeguards, may misuse the personal and/or confidential information to which they have access, may attempt to circumvent our security measures, may purposefully or inadvertently allow unauthorized access to our or their systems or to personal and/or confidential information or may otherwise disrupt our business operations. We and our customers could suffer harm if valuable business data or employee, customer and other proprietary information were corrupted, lost or accessed or misappropriated by third parties due to a security failure in our systems or those of our suppliers or service providers. It could require significant expenditures to remediate any such failure or breach, severely damage our reputation and our relationships with customers, result in unwanted media attention and lost sales and expose us to risks of litigation and liability. In addition, as a result of recent security breaches at a number of prominent retailers, the media and public scrutiny of information security and privacy has become more intense and the regulatory environment has become increasingly uncertain, rigorous and complex. As a result, we may incur significant costs to comply with laws regarding the protection and unauthorized disclosure of personal information and we may not be able to comply with new regulations. In addition, various federal, state and foreign legislative and regulatory bodies, or self-regulatory organizations, may expand current laws or regulations, enact new laws or regulations or issue revised rules or guidance regarding privacy, data protection, information security and consumer protection. For example, the California Consumer Privacy Act (“CCPA”), which became effective on January 1, 2020, establishes a new privacy framework for covered businesses such as ours, and requires us to modify our data processing practices and policies and incur compliance related costs and expenses. The CCPA provides new and enhanced data privacy rights to California residents, such as affording consumers the right to opt out of certain sales of personal information and prohibiting covered businesses from discriminating against consumers (e.g., charging more for services) for exercising any of their CCPA rights. The CCPA imposes a severe statutory damages framework and private rights of action for CCPA violations and failure to implement reasonable security procedures and practices that results in a data breach. Any failure to comply with the laws and regulations surrounding the protection of personal information, privacy and data security could subject us to legal and reputational risks and costs, including significant fines for non- compliance, any of which could have a negative impact on revenues and profits. Because we and the IOs accept payments using a variety of methods, including cash and checks, credit and debit cards, Electronic Benefit Transfer (“EBT”) cards and gift cards, we may be subject to additional rules, regulations, compliance requirements and higher fraud losses. For certain payment methods, we or the IOs pay interchange and other related card acceptance fees, along with additional transaction processing fees. We and the IOs rely on third parties to provide payment transaction processing services, including the processing of credit cards, debit cards, EBT cards and gift cards, and it could disrupt our business if these companies become unwilling or unable to provide these services to us, experience a data security incident or fail to comply with applicable laws, rules and industry standards. 20 Table of Contents We are also subject to payment card association operating rules, including data security rules, certification requirements and rules governing electronic funds transfers, which could change over time. For example, we and the IOs are subject to Payment Card Industry Data Security Standards, which contain compliance guidelines and standards with regard to our security surrounding the physical and electronic storage, processing and transmission of individual cardholder data. In addition, if our internal systems are breached or compromised, we and the IOs may be liable for card re-issuance costs, subject to fines and higher transaction fees and lose our ability to accept credit and/or debit card payments from our customers, and our business and operating results could be materially adversely affected. We do not currently compete in the growing online retail marketplace and any online retail services or e-commerce activities that we may launch in the future may require substantial investment and may not be successful. We do not currently provide online services or e-commerce. To the extent that we implement e-commerce selling operations, we would incur substantial expenses related to such activities, be exposed to additional cybersecurity risks and potentially be subject to additional data privacy regulations. Further, any development of an online retail marketplace is a complex undertaking, and there is no guarantee that any resources we apply to this effort will result in increased sales or operating performance. Our failure to successfully respond to these risks and uncertainties might materially adversely affect sales in any e-commerce business that we establish in the future and could damage our reputation and brand. Additionally, certain of our competitors and a number of pure online retailers have established robust online operations. Increased competition from online grocery retailers and our lack of an online retail presence may reduce our customers’ desire to purchase products from us and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Any material disruption to our information technology systems as a result of external factors or challenges or difficulties in maintaining or updating our existing technology or developing or implementing new technology could have a material adverse effect on our business or results of operations. We rely on a variety of information technology systems for the efficient functioning of our business, including point of sale, inventory management, purchasing, financials, logistics, accounts payable and human resources information systems. We are dependent on the integrity, security and consistent operation of these systems and related back-up systems. Such systems are subject to damage or interruption from power outages, facility damage, computer and telecommunications failures, computer viruses, cybersecurity breaches, cyber attacks (including malicious codes, worms, phishing and denial of service attacks and ransomware), software upgrade failures or code defects, natural disasters and human error. Damage or interruption to, or defects of design related to, these systems or the integration of such systems may require a significant investment to fix or replace, and we may suffer interruptions or disruptions in our operations in the interim, may experience loss or corruption of critical data and may receive negative publicity, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business or results of operations. Although we have taken steps designed to reduce the risk of these events occurring, there can be no guarantee that we or a third party on which we rely will not suffer one of these events. We modify, update and replace our systems and infrastructure from time to time, including by adding new hardware, software and applications; maintaining, updating or replacing legacy programs; converting to global systems; integrating new service providers; and adding enhanced or new functionality, such as cloud computing technologies. In addition, we have a customized ERP system, components of which have been replaced and components of which we anticipate will be replaced this year and over the next several years. There is a risk of business disruption, liability and reputational damage associated with these actions, including from not accurately capturing and maintaining data, efficiently testing and implementing changes, realizing the expected benefit of the change and managing the potential disruption of the actions and diversion of internal teams’ attention as the changes are implemented. Further, potential issues associated with implementing technology initiatives and the time and resources required in seeking to optimize the benefits of new elements of our systems and its infrastructure could reduce the efficiency of our operations in the short term. The efficient operation and successful growth of our business depends upon our information systems, including our ability to operate, maintain and develop them effectively. A failure of those systems could disrupt our business, subject us to liability, damage our reputation, or otherwise impact our financial results. 21 Table of Contents Real or perceived concerns that products we and the IOs sell could cause unexpected side effects, illness, injury or death could expose us to lawsuits and harm our reputation, which could result in unexpected costs. If our products do not meet applicable safety standards or our customers’ expectations regarding safety, we could experience lost sales, increased costs, litigation or reputational harm. Any lost confidence on the part of our customers would be difficult and costly to reestablish. Issues regarding the quality or safety of any food items sold by us, regardless of the cause, could have a substantial and adverse effect on our sales and operating results. There is increasing governmental scrutiny and regulation of and public awareness regarding food safety. Unexpected side effects, illness, injury or death caused by products we and the IOs sell or involving suppliers that supply us with products could result in the discontinuance of sales of these products or our relationship with such suppliers or prevent us from achieving market acceptance of the affected products. We cannot be sure that consumption or use of our products will not cause side effects, illness, injury or death in the future, as product deficiencies might not be identified before we sell such products to our customers. We also may be subject to claims, lawsuits or government investigations relating to such matters resulting in costly product recalls and other liabilities that could materially adversely affect our business and results of operations. Even if a product liability claim is unsuccessful or is not fully pursued, negative publicity could materially adversely affect our reputation with existing and potential customers and our corporate and brand image, and these effects could persist over the long term. Any claims brought against us may exceed our existing or future insurance policy coverage or limits. Any judgment against us that is in excess of our policy limits would have to be paid from our cash reserves, which would reduce our capital resources. Further, we may not have sufficient capital resources to pay a judgment, in which case our creditors could levy against our assets. We are subject to laws and regulations generally applicable to retailers. Compliance with, failure to comply with, or changes to such laws and regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial performance. Our business is subject to numerous and frequently changing federal, state and local laws and regulations. We routinely incur significant costs in complying with these regulations. The complexity of the regulatory environment in which we and the IOs operate and the related cost of compliance are increasing due to additional legal and regulatory requirements, our expanding operation and increased enforcement efforts. Further, uncertainties exist regarding the future application of certain of these legal requirements to our business. New or existing laws, regulations and policies, liabilities arising thereunder and the related interpretations and enforcement practices, particularly those dealing with environmental protection and compliance, taxation, zoning and land use, workplace safety, public health, community right-to-know, product safety or labeling, food safety, alcohol and beverage sales, vitamin and supplements, information security and privacy and labor and employment, among others, or changes in existing laws, regulations, policies and the related interpretations and enforcement practices, particularly those governing the sale of products, may result in significant added expenses or may require extensive system and operating changes that may be difficult to implement and/or could materially increase our cost of doing business. For example, we or the IOs have had to comply with recent new laws in many of the states or counties in which we operate regarding recycling, waste, minimum wages, sick time, vacation, plastic bag and straw bans and sugar taxes. In addition, we and the IOs are subject to environmental laws pursuant to which we and the IOs could be strictly and jointly and severally liable for any contamination at our current or former locations, or at third-party waste disposal sites, regardless of our knowledge of or responsibility for such contamination. Approximately 8% of sales are in the form of EBT payments and a substantial portion of these payments may be related to benefits associated with the Supplemental Nutritional Assistance Program (“SNAP”). Accordingly, changes in EBT regulations by the U.S. Department of Agriculture or in SNAP benefits by Congress could adversely affect our financial performance. We cannot assure you that we or the IOs will comply promptly and fully with all laws, regulations, policies and the related interpretations that apply to our stores. Untimely compliance or noncompliance with applicable regulations or untimely or incomplete execution of a required product recall, can result in the imposition of penalties (including loss of licenses, eligibility to accept certain government benefits such as SNAP or significant fines or monetary penalties), civil or criminal liability, damages, class action litigation or other litigation, in addition to reputational damage, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 22 Table of Contents Legal proceedings from customers, suppliers, employees, governments or competitors could materially impact our business, reputation, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. From time to time, we are subject to allegations, and may be party to legal claims and regulatory proceedings, relating to our business operations. Such allegations, claims and proceedings may be brought by third parties, including our customers, suppliers, employees, governmental or regulatory bodies or competitors, and may include class actions. The outcome of litigation, particularly class action lawsuits, is difficult to assess or quantify. Plaintiffs in these types of lawsuits may seek recovery of very large or indeterminate amounts, and the magnitude of the potential loss relating to such lawsuits may remain unknown for substantial periods of time. While the IOs and suppliers will typically indemnify us for certain adverse outcomes, we may still bear significant expenses related to such proceedings. While we maintain insurance, insurance coverage may not be adequate, and the cost to defend against future litigation may be significant. From time to time, our employees may bring lawsuits against us regarding discrimination, creating a hostile workplace, sexual harassment and other employment issues. The IOs may also experience similar lawsuits from their own employees. In recent years, companies have experienced an increase in the number of discrimination and harassment and wage and hour claims generally. Coupled with the expansion of social media platforms that allow individuals with access to a broad audience, these claims have had a significant negative impact on some businesses. Some companies that have faced employment- or harassment-related lawsuits have had to terminate management or other key personnel, and have suffered reputational harm. If we were to face any employment-related or other claims, our reputation and business could be negatively affected. In addition, such lawsuits brought against the IOs, even if we are not named or are ultimately not found liable, could adversely impact our reputation and business. Our current insurance program may expose us to unexpected costs and negatively affect our financial performance, particularly if we incur losses not covered by our insurance or if claims differ from our estimates. Our insurance coverage reflects deductibles, self-insured retentions, limits of liability and similar provisions that we believe are reasonable based on our operations. However, there are types of losses we may incur but against which we cannot be insured or which we believe are not economically reasonable to insure, such as losses due to acts of war, employee and certain other crime, certain wage and hour and other employment-related claims, including class actions, actions based on certain consumer protection laws, certain cyber events and some natural and other disasters or similar events. If we incur these losses and they are material, our business could suffer. Certain material events, such as earthquakes or the recent California wildfires, may result in sizable losses for the insurance industry and adversely impact the availability of adequate insurance coverage or result in excessive premium increases. Our retail stores located in California, and the inventory in those stores, are not currently insured against losses due to earthquakes. We have experienced significant challenges in renewing the insurance policies for our stores as insurers have incurred substantial losses related to property claims from fires, floods and other catastrophic events and are significantly increasing policy premiums, increasing their requirements around building engineering standards or cutting back capacity for coverage offerings to layered/quota share. To offset negative insurance market trends, we may elect to increase our self- insurance coverage, accept higher deductibles or reduce the amount of coverage. In addition, we self-insure, or insure through captive insurance companies, a significant portion of expected losses under our workers’ compensation, automobile liability and general liability insurance programs. Unanticipated changes in any applicable actuarial assumptions and management estimates underlying our recorded liabilities for these losses, including expected increases in medical and indemnity costs, could result in materially different expenses than expected under these programs, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. If we experience a greater number of these losses than we anticipate, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. IOs are required to maintain certain types and amounts of insurance coverage. If they fail to secure adequate insurance, injured parties may bring actions against us. If we or the IOs are unable to attract, train and retain highly qualified employees, our financial performance may be negatively affected. Our future growth, performance and positive customer experience depends on our and the IOs’ ability to attract, train, retain and motivate qualified employees who understand and appreciate our culture and are able to represent our brand effectively and establish credibility with our business partners and customers. We and the IOs face intense competition for employees. If we and the IOs are unable to attract and retain adequate numbers of qualified employees, our operations, customer service levels and support functions could suffer. There is no assurance that we and the IOs will be able to attract or retain highly qualified employees to operate our business. 23 Table of Contents Labor relation difficulties could materially adversely affect our business. Employees at two Company-operated stores are represented by the United Food and Commercial Workers Union. Our employees and those of the IOs have the right at any time to form or affiliate with a union. As we continue to grow, enter different regions and operate distribution centers, unions may attempt to organize the employees of our different IOs or our distribution centers within certain regions. We cannot predict the adverse effects that any future organizational activities will have on our business, financial condition and operating results. If we or the IOs were to become subject to work stoppages, we could experience disruption in our operations and increases in our labor costs, either of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results. Our success depends in part on our executive officers and other key personnel. If we lose key personnel or are unable to hire additional qualified personnel, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We believe that our success depends to a significant extent on the skills, experience and efforts of our executive officers and other key personnel. The unexpected loss of services of any of our executive officers or other key personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business and operations. In addition, any such departure could be viewed in a negative light by investors and analysts, which may cause our stock price to decline. We do not maintain key person insurance on any of our key personnel. There can be no assurance that our executive succession planning, retention or hiring efforts will be successful. Competition for skilled and experienced management in our industry is intense, and we may not be successful in attracting and retaining qualified personnel. Failure to attract and retain qualified personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Changes in accounting standards and subjective assumptions, estimates and judgments by management related to complex accounting matters may materially impact reporting of our financial condition and results of operations. Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and related accounting pronouncements, implementation guidelines, and interpretations we apply to a wide range of matters that are relevant to our business, such as accounting for long-lived asset impairment, goodwill, variable interest entities and share-based compensation, are complex and involve subjective assumptions, estimates and judgments by our management. Changes in these rules or their interpretation or changes in underlying assumptions, estimates or judgments by our management could significantly change or add significant volatility to our reported or expected financial performance. For example, our adoption of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 842, Leases had a material impact on our financial statements. For more information see “Recently Adopted Accounting Standards” and “Recently Issued Accounting Standards” in NOTE 1—Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to our audited consolidated financial statements. Goodwill, other intangible assets and long-lived assets represent a significant portion of our total assets, and any impairment of these assets could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. We monitor the recoverability of our long-lived assets, such as our store investments, and evaluate them annually to determine if impairment has occurred. Accounting rules require us to review the carrying value of our goodwill and other intangible assets for impairment annually or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of such assets may not be fully recoverable. Such indicators are based on market conditions and the operational performance of our business. If the testing performed indicates that impairment has occurred, we are required to record a non-cash impairment charge for the difference between the carrying value of the intangible assets or goodwill and the fair value of the intangible assets and the implied fair value of the goodwill, respectively, in the period the determination is made. The testing of long-lived assets, intangible assets and goodwill for impairment requires us to make estimates that are subject to significant assumptions about our future sales, profitability, cash flow, fair value of assets and liabilities, weighted average cost of capital, as well as other assumptions. Changes in these estimates, or changes in actual performance compared with these estimates, may affect the fair value of intangible assets or goodwill, which may result in an impairment charge. We may take impairment charges in the future based on such assumptions. We cannot accurately predict the amount or timing of any impairment of assets. If a significant amount of our goodwill and other intangible assets were deemed to be impaired, our financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. 24 Table of Contents A significant decline in our operating profit and taxable income may impair our ability to realize the value of our deferred tax assets. We are required by accounting rules to periodically assess our deferred tax assets for a valuation allowance, if necessary. In performing these assessments, we use our historical financial performance to determine whether we have potential valuation allowance concerns and as evidence to support our assumptions about future financial performance. A significant decline in our financial performance could negatively affect the results of our assessments of the recoverability of our deferred tax assets. A valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets could be material and could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations. Tax matters could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. We are subject to federal and state income and other taxes in the United States. We compute our income tax provision based on enacted federal and state tax rates. Additionally, changes in the enacted tax rates, adverse outcomes in tax audits, or any change in the pronouncements relating to accounting for income taxes could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. In December 2017, the U.S. Tax Cut and Jobs Act of 2017 (the “Tax Act”) significantly revised the current federal income tax code with significant changes to corporate taxation, including reducing the corporate tax rate, limiting certain tax deductions and modifying or repealing many business deductions and credits. While the Tax Act reduced the federal income tax rate for corporations, it created certain limits and potentially changes the timing of certain deductions which could reduce our cash flow in certain periods. Many aspects of the new law are uncertain and are subject to further guidance from U.S. regulators and significant judgments will need to be made in the interpretation of various provisions. In addition, it is uncertain if and to what extent various states will conform to the newly enacted federal tax law, which could also impact our tax obligations. As of December 28, 2019, we had a tax-effected deferred tax asset of $268.2 million. Our ability to use our deferred tax asset is dependent on our ability to generate future earnings within the operating loss carry-forward periods, which are generally 20 years. Some or all of our deferred tax asset could expire unused if we are unable to generate taxable income in the future sufficient to utilize the deferred tax asset, or we enter into transactions that limit our right to use it. If a material portion of our deferred tax asset expires unused, it could have a material adverse effect on our future business, results of operations, financial condition and the value of our common stock. Our ability to realize the deferred tax asset is periodically reviewed and any necessary valuation allowance is recorded or adjusted accordingly. In addition, certain states and local jurisdictions have recently approved or proposed gross receipt tax measures. For example, effective January 1, 2020, Oregon enacted a gross receipts tax which establishes a new 0.57% gross receipts tax. Should these gross receipt tax measures succeed in other jurisdictions in which we operate, we anticipate an increase in our operating expenses. Natural disasters and unusual weather conditions (whether or not caused by climate change), power outages, pandemic outbreaks, terrorist acts, global political events and other serious catastrophic events could disrupt business and result in lower sales and otherwise materially adversely affect our financial performance. Natural disasters, such as fires, earthquakes, hurricanes, floods, tornadoes, unusual weather conditions, power outages, pandemic outbreaks, terrorist acts or disruptive global political events, or similar disruptions could materially adversely affect our business and financial performance. For example, our store in Paradise, California was lost due to the fires in that area in November 2018. Uncharacteristic or significant weather conditions can affect consumer shopping patterns, which could lead to lost sales or greater than expected markdowns and materially adversely affect our short-term results of operations. To the extent these events result in the closure of one or more of our distribution centers, a significant number of stores, or our administrative offices or impact one or more of our key suppliers, our operations and financial performance could be materially adversely affected through an inability to make deliveries or provide other support functions to our stores and through lost sales. In addition, these events could result in increases in fuel (or other energy) prices or a fuel shortage, delays in opening new stores, the temporary lack of an adequate work force in a market, the temporary or long-term disruption in the supply of products from some domestic and overseas suppliers, the temporary disruption in the transport of goods from overseas, delay or increased transportation costs in the delivery of goods to our distribution centers or stores, the inability of customers to reach or have transportation to our stores directly affected by such events, the temporary reduction in the availability of products in our stores and disruption of our utility services or to our information systems. These events also can have indirect consequences such as increases in the costs of insurance if they result in significant loss of property or other insurable damage. 25 Table of Contents Major health epidemics, such as the outbreak caused by a coronavirus (COVID-19), and other outbreaks could disrupt and adversely affect our operations, financial condition and business. The United States and other countries have experienced, and may experience in the future, major health epidemics related to viruses or other pathogens. For example, there was an outbreak of COVID-19, a novel coronavirus, in China in December 2019, which by March 2020 had spread to the United States and other countries and declared a global pandemic. As a result, many states, including California, Washington and Oregon, where we have a significant number of stores, have declared a state of emergency, closed schools and non-essential businesses and enacted limitations on the number of people allowed to gather at one time in the same space. We expect that our IOs may face staffing challenges so long as school closures and COVID-19- related concerns exist. In addition, certain inventory items such as water, beans and bread as well as key cleaning supplies and protective equipment have been, and may continue to be, in short supply. Supply for inventory, including opportunistic inventory, may be negatively impacted as overall demand for inventory has increased. These factors could impact the ability of stores to operate normal hours of operation or have sufficient inventory at all times which may disrupt our business and negatively impact our financial results. Our planned construction and opening of new stores may be negatively impacted due to state or county requirements that residents leave their homes only for essential business and the closure of government offices in certain areas which could negatively impact our financial results. We have transitioned a significant subset of our employee population to a remote work environment in an effort to mitigate the spread of COVID-19, which may exacerbate certain risks to our business, including an increased risk of phishing and other cybersecurity attacks. In the event that an employee, IO, or IO employee tests positive for COVID-19, we may have to temporarily close a store, office or distribution center for cleaning and/or quarantine one or more employees which could negatively impact our financial results. The rapid development and fluidity of this situation precludes any prediction as to the ultimate adverse impact to us of COVID-19. We are continuing to monitor the spread of COVID- 19 and related risks. The magnitude and duration of the pandemic and its impact on our business, results of operations, financial position, and cash flows is uncertain as this continues to evolve globally. These epidemics, or the perception that such epidemics may occur, may cause people to avoid gathering in public places, which may adversely affect our customer traffic, our ability and that of our IOs to adequately staff our stores and operations, and our ability to transport product on a timely basis. Further, outbreaks of pathogens, such as COVID-19, may also impact our ability to access and ship product from impacted locations. To the extent that a pathogen is food-borne, or perceived to be food-borne, future outbreaks may adversely affect the price and availability of certain food products and cause our customers to eat less of such product. Additionally, a prolonged widespread epidemic, or the perception that such an epidemic may occur, could adversely impact global economies and financial markets resulting in an economic downturn that may impact demand for our products. For example, during March 2020, the United States saw a significant increase in unemployment claims and other indications of a significant economic slowdown believed to be related to the COVID-19 pandemic. Such impacts could adversely affect our operations, profitability, cash flows and financial results. The current geographic concentration of our stores creates an exposure to local or regional downturns, natural or man-made disasters or other catastrophic occurrences. As of December 28, 2019, we operated 197 stores and distributed product from four distribution centers in California, making California our largest market, representing 57% of our total stores. As a result, our business is currently more susceptible to regional conditions than the operations of more geographically diversified competitors, and we are vulnerable to economic downturns in those regions. Any unforeseen events or circumstances that negatively affect these areas could materially adversely affect our sales and profitability. These factors include, among other things, changes in demographics, population and employee bases, wage increases, changes in economic conditions, severe weather conditions and climate change, property tax increases and other catastrophic occurrences, such as wildfires and flooding. Such conditions may result in reduced customer traffic and spending in our stores, physical damage to our stores, loss of inventory, closure of one or more of our stores, inadequate workforce in our markets, temporary disruption in the supply of products, delays in the delivery of goods to our stores, increased expenses and a reduction in the availability of products in our stores. Any of these factors may disrupt our business and materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. 26 Table of Contents We may be required to devote substantial time to complying with public company regulations, which could negatively impact our financial performance and cause our results of operations or financial condition to suffer. As a newly public company, we have incurred and will incur additional legal, accounting, insurance, investor relations and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company, including costs associated with public company reporting requirements. We have incurred and will incur costs associated with the rules of Nasdaq, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”) and the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and related rules implemented by the SEC. The expenses incurred by public companies generally for director and officer liability insurance and reporting and corporate governance purposes have been increasing and may continue to increase. The Exchange Act requires us to file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition within specified time periods and to prepare a proxy statement with respect to our annual meeting of stockholders. Our management and other personnel will need to devote substantial amounts of time to ensure that we comply with all of the reporting requirements, limiting time spent focused on revenue-producing activities. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting. Nasdaq requires that we comply with various corporate governance requirements. These rules and regulations, and applicable case law, may increase our legal and financial compliance costs and make some activities more time-consuming and costly, although we are currently unable to estimate these costs with any degree of certainty. These laws and regulations can also make it more difficult or costly for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we may be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. For example, the cost of director and officer liability insurance for California-based companies has recently increased significantly. These laws and regulations can also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board, our board committees or as our executive officers. Furthermore, if we are unable to satisfy our obligations as a public company, we could be subject to delisting of our common stock, fines, sanctions and other regulatory actions and potentially civil litigation. Our management has limited experience managing a public company, and our current resources may not be sufficient to fulfill our public company obligations. Following the completion of our initial public offering on June 24, 2019, we became subject to various regulatory requirements, including those of the SEC and Nasdaq. These requirements include record keeping, financial reporting and corporate governance rules and regulations. Our management team has limited experience in managing a public company. Our internal infrastructure may not be adequate to support our increased reporting obligations, and we may be unable to hire, train or retain necessary staff and may initially be reliant on engaging outside consultants or professionals to overcome our lack of experience. Our business could be adversely affected if our internal infrastructure is inadequate, we are unable to engage outside consultants, or are otherwise unable to fulfill our public company obligations. Changes in accounting rules or interpretations thereof, changes to underlying legal agreements as well as other factors applicable to our analysis of the IO entities as variable interest entities could significantly impact our ability to issue our financial statements on a timely basis. In accordance with the variable interest entities sub-section of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 810, Consolidation, we assess during each of our reporting periods whether we are considered the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity (“VIE”) and therefore are required to consolidate the VIE in our financial statements. We have concluded that the IO entities represent VIEs. However, we have concluded we are not such VIE’s primary beneficiary and, accordingly, we do not consolidate the IO entities’ financial information. Changes in accounting rules or interpretations thereof, changes to the underlying Operator Agreements (as defined elsewhere in this report) as well as other factors that may impact the economic performance of the IO entities which may be relevant to our analysis of whether to consolidate the IO entities as VIEs could significantly impact our ability to issue our financial statements on a timely basis if, as a result, we are determined to be the primary beneficiary of the IO entities and should consolidate such entities. For example, collecting the requisite accounting data from certain of our IO entities in order to consolidate their financial information would involve substantial time, effort and cost. For more information see “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates.” 27 Table of Contents Risks Related to Our IO Model If the IOs are not successful in managing their business, our financial results and brand image could be negatively affected. The financial health of the IOs is critical to their and our success. The IOs are business entities owned by entrepreneurs who generally live in the same community as the store that they operate as our independent contractor. IOs are responsible for operating their store consistent with our brand standards, hiring and supervising store-level employees, merchandising and selling products and managing and paying the expenses associated with their business. Although we select IOs through a rigorous vetting and training process, and continue to help IOs develop their business skills after they enter into an Operator Agreement with us, it is difficult to predict in advance whether a particular IO will be successful. If an IO is unable to successfully establish, manage and operate the store, their store’s performance and quality of service could be materially adversely affected. In addition, any poor performance could negatively affect our financial results and our brand reputation. Failure of the IOs to repay notes outstanding to us may materially adversely affect our financial performance. We extend financing to IOs for their initial startup costs in the form of notes payable to us that bear interest at a rate of 9.95%. We lower the interest rate and delay repayment obligations on the notes outstanding for certain of the IOs participating in our Temporary Commission Adjustment Program (“TCAP”). The TCAP allows us to provide a greater commission to participating IOs who are struggling to meet their working capital needs for various reasons, such as entry into a new market or new competition. There can be no assurance that any IO, particularly those participating in TCAP, will achieve long-term store volumes or profitability that will allow them to repay any amounts due nor is there any assurance that any IO will be able to repay amounts due through other means. The outstanding aggregate balance of notes receivable from IOs has increased over time as we have accelerated new store growth and initial IO capital and working capital requirements have increased. This balance may continue to increase as we open new stores. There were $32.0 million and $23.5 million of notes to IOs outstanding as of December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, respectively, and $9.8 million and $8.5 million reserved as of December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, respectively. If we are unable to attract and retain qualified IOs, our financial performance may be negatively affected. Our future growth and performance depend on our ability to attract, develop and retain qualified IOs who understand and appreciate our culture and are able to represent our brand effectively. A material decrease in profitability of the IOs may make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified IOs. While we use a variety of methods to attract and develop the IOs, including through our Aspiring Operators in Training (“AOT”) program, there can be no assurance that we will continue to be able to recruit and retain a sufficient number of qualified AOTs and other candidates to open successful new locations in order to meet our growth targets. Our ability to maintain our current performance and achieve future growth additionally depends on the IOs’ ability to meet their labor needs while controlling wage and labor-related costs. If the IOs are unable to avoid excess inventory shrink, our business and results of operations may be adversely affected. The IOs order merchandise solely from us, which we, in turn, deliver to IOs on a consignment basis. As a result, we retain ownership of all merchandise until the point in time that merchandise is sold to a customer. The IOs, however, are responsible for inventory management at their stores. Any spoiled, damaged or stolen merchandise, markdowns or price changes impact gross margin and, therefore, IO commission. We generally split these losses equally with IOs, however, excessive levels of shrink are deducted from commissions paid to IOs. Excessive shrink generally indicates poor inventory management and the IO’s failure to use due care to secure their store against theft. If IOs were to not effectively control or manage inventory in their stores, they could experience higher rates of inventory shrink which could have a material adverse effect on their financial health, which in turn, may materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations. 28 Table of Contents Our Operator Agreements may be terminated, and any loss or changeover of an IO may cause material business disruptions. Each Operator Agreement is subject to termination by either party without cause upon 75 days’ notice. We may also terminate immediately “for cause.” The “for cause” termination triggers include, among other things, a failure to meet our brand standards, misuse of our trademarks and actions that in our reasonable business judgment threaten to harm our business reputation. If we or an IO terminates the Operator Agreement then we must approve a new IO for that store. Any IO changeover consumes substantial time and resources. Often, a changeover will involve more than one transition, as an IO may move from an existing store, thereby creating an opening at the IO’s previous store. A failure to transition a store successfully to another IO can negatively impact the customer experience or compromise our brand standards. Termination of an Operator Agreement could therefore result in the reduction of our sales and operating cash flow, and may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Legal proceedings initiated against the IOs could materially impact our business, reputation, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. We and the IOs are subject to a variety of litigation risks, including, but not limited to, individual personal injury, product liability, intellectual property, employment-related actions, litigation with or involving our relationship with IOs and property disputes and other legal actions in the ordinary course of our respective businesses. If the IOs are unable to provide an adequate remedy in a legal action, the plaintiffs may attempt to hold us liable. We maintain that under current applicable laws and regulations we are not joint employers with the IOs, and should not be held liable for their actions. However, these types of claims may increase costs and affect the scope and terms of insurance or indemnifications we and the IOs may have. Our Operator Agreements require each IO to maintain certain insurance types and levels. Losses arising from certain extraordinary hazards, employment matters or other matters, however, may not be covered, and insurance may not be available (or may be available only at prohibitively expensive rates) with respect to many other risks, or IOs may fail to procure the required insurance. Moreover, any loss incurred could exceed policy limits and policy payments made to IOs may not be made on a timely basis. Any legal actions against the IOs may negatively affect the reputation of our brand, which could result in a reduction of our sales and operating cash flow, which could be material and which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. In the past, certain business models that use independent contractors to sell directly to customers have been subject to challenge under various laws, including laws relating to franchising, misclassification and joint employment. If our business model is determined to be a franchise, if IOs are found not to be independent contractors, but our employees, or if we are found to be a joint employer of an IO’s employees, our business and operations could be materially adversely affected. The IOs are independent contractors. Independent contractors and the companies that engage their services have come under increased legal and regulatory scrutiny in recent years as courts have adopted new standards for these classifications and federal legislators continue to introduce legislation concerning the classification of independent contractors as employees, including legislation that proposes to increase the tax and labor penalties against employers who intentionally or unintentionally misclassify employees as independent contractors and are found to have violated employees’ overtime or wage requirements. Federal and state tax and other regulatory authorities and courts apply a variety of standards in their determination of independent contractor status. For example, the California state legislature recently enacted AB-5, which became effective in California on January 1, 2020. AB-5 codifies a new test for determining worker classification that is much narrower than the traditional standard in defining the scope of who is classified as an independent contractor. Given AB-5’s recent enactment, there has been limited guidance to date regarding interpretation or enforcement, and there is a significant degree of uncertainty regarding its application. In addition, AB-5 has been the subject of widespread national discussion and it is possible that other jurisdictions may enact similar laws. There is a risk that a governmental agency or court could disagree with our assessment that IOs are independent contractors or that other laws and regulations could change. If any IOs were determined to be our employees, we would incur additional exposure under federal and state tax, workers’ compensation, unemployment benefits, labor, employment, environmental and tort laws, which could potentially include prior periods, as well as potential liability for employee benefits and tax withholdings. 29 Table of Contents Even if IOs are properly classified as independent contractors, there is a risk that a governmental agency or court might disagree with our assessment that each IO is the sole employer of its workers and seek to hold us jointly and separately responsible as a co-employer of an IO’s workers. In this case, we would incur additional exposure under federal and state tax, workers’ compensation, unemployment benefits, labor, employment and tort laws, which could potentially include prior periods, as well as potential liability for employee benefits and tax withholdings since joint employers are each separately responsible for their co-employees’ benefits. A misclassification ruling would mean that both IOs and IOs’ employees are our employees, it would also mean that an IOs’ employees are also our employees. We continue to observe and monitor our compliance with current applicable laws and regulations, but we cannot predict whether laws and regulations adopted in the future, or standards adopted by the courts, regarding the classification of independent contractors will materially adversely affect our business or operations. Further, if we were to become subject to franchise laws or regulations, it would require us to provide additional disclosures, register with state franchise agencies, impact our ability to terminate our Operator Agreements and may increase the expense of, or adversely impact our recruitment of new IOs. Our success depends on our ability to maintain positive relationships with the IOs and any failure to maintain our relationships on positive terms could materially adversely affect our business, reputation, financial condition and results of operations. The IOs develop and operate their stores under terms set forth in our Operator Agreements. These agreements give rise to relationships that involve a complex set of mutual obligations and depends on mutual cooperation and trust. We have a standard Operator Agreement that we use with the IOs, which contributes to uniformity of brand standards. We generally have positive relationships with the IOs, based in part on our common understanding of our mutual rights and obligations under the Operator Agreement. However, we and the IOs may not always maintain a positive relationship or always interpret the Operator Agreement in the same way. Our failure to maintain positive relationships with the IOs could individually or in the aggregate cause us to change or limit our business practices, which may make our business model less attractive to the IOs or stockholders or more costly to operate. Active and/or potential disputes with IOs could damage our brand image and reputation. The success of our business depends in large part on our ability to maintain IOs in profitable stores. If we fail to maintain our IO relationships on acceptable terms, or if one or more of the more profitable IOs were to terminate their Operator Agreements, become insolvent or otherwise fail to comply with brand standards, our business, reputation, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. The IOs could take actions that could harm our business. The IOs are contractually obligated to operate their stores in accordance with the brand standards set forth in the Operator Agreements. However, IOs are independent contractors whom we do not control. The IOs operate and oversee the daily operations of their stores and have sole control over all of their employees and other workforce decisions. As a result, IOs make decisions independent of us that bear directly on the ultimate success and performance of their store. Nevertheless, the nature of the brand license creates a symbiotic relationship between our outcome and each IO. Indeed, because we and each of the IOs associate our separate businesses with the Grocery Outlet name and brand reputation, the failure of any IO to comply with our brand standards could potentially have repercussions that extend beyond that IO’s own market area and materially adversely affect not only our business, but the business of other IOs and the general brand image and reputation of the Grocery Outlet name. This, in turn, could materially and adversely affect our business and operating results. If any particular IO operates a store in a manner inconsistent with our brand standards, we cannot assure you that we will be able to terminate the Operator Agreement of that IO without disruptions to the operations and sales of that IO’s store or other stores. 30 Table of Contents Risks Associated with Our Indebtedness Our substantial indebtedness could materially adversely affect our financial condition and our ability to operate our business, react to changes in the economy or industry or pay our debts and meet our obligations under our debt and could divert our cash flow from operations for debt payments. As of December 28, 2019, we had a significant amount of indebtedness comprised of total borrowings under our First Lien Credit Agreement of $460.2 million. In June 2019, we used substantially all of the proceeds from our initial public offering to repay a portion of our indebtedness and we made an additional principal repayment of indebtedness in October 2019. We have liquidity through a largely undrawn $100.0 million revolving credit facility under our First Lien Credit Agreement, under which we had $96.4 million of availability after giving effect to outstanding letters of credit. See “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources.” In addition, subject to restrictions in our First Lien Credit Agreement, we may incur additional debt. Our substantial debt could have important consequences to you, including the following: • • it may be difficult for us to satisfy our obligations, including debt service requirements under our outstanding debt, resulting in possible defaults on and acceleration of such indebtedness; our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, debt service requirements or other general corporate purposes may be impaired; • a substantial portion of cash flow from operations may be dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on our debt, therefore reducing our ability to use our cash flow to fund our operations, capital expenditures, future business opportunities, acquisitions and other purposes; • we are more vulnerable to economic downturns and adverse industry conditions and our flexibility to plan for, or react to, changes in our business or industry is more limited; • • our ability to capitalize on business opportunities and to react to competitive pressures, as compared to our competitors, may be compromised due to our high level of debt; and our ability to borrow additional funds or to refinance debt may be limited. Furthermore, all of our debt under our First Lien Credit Agreement bears interest at variable rates. If these rates were to increase significantly, whether because of an increase in market interest rates or a decrease in our creditworthiness, our ability to borrow additional funds may be reduced and the risks related to our substantial debt would intensify. Servicing our debt requires a significant amount of cash. Our ability to generate sufficient cash depends on numerous factors beyond our control, and we may be unable to generate sufficient cash flow to service our debt obligations. Our business may not generate sufficient cash flow from operating activities to service our debt obligations. Our ability to make payments on and to refinance our debt and to fund planned capital expenditures depends on our ability to generate cash in the future. To some extent, this is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow from operations to service our debt and meet our other commitments, we may need to refinance all or a portion of our debt, sell material assets or operations, delay capital expenditures or raise additional debt or equity capital. We may not be able to effect any of these actions on a timely basis, on commercially reasonable terms or at all, and these actions may not be sufficient to meet our capital requirements. In addition, the terms of our existing or future debt agreements may restrict us from pursuing any of these alternatives. 31 Table of Contents Restrictive covenants in our First Lien Credit Agreement may restrict our ability to pursue our business strategies, and failure to comply with any of these restrictions could result in acceleration of our debt. The operating and financial restrictions and covenants in our First Lien Credit Agreement may materially adversely affect our ability to finance future operations or capital needs or to engage in other business activities. Such restrictions and covenants limit our ability, among other things, to: pay dividends on or make distributions in respect of our common stock or make other restricted payments; sell certain assets; incur additional debt or issue certain preferred shares; • • • make certain investments; • • • • make certain payments in respect of certain junior debt obligations; • • designate our subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries. enter into certain transactions with our affiliates; and create liens on certain assets to secure debt; consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets; A breach of any of these covenants could result in a default under our First Lien Credit Agreement. Upon the occurrence of an event of default under our First Lien Credit Agreement, the lenders could elect to declare all amounts outstanding under our First Lien Credit Agreement to be immediately due and payable and terminate all commitments to extend further credit. If we were unable to repay those amounts, the lenders under our First Lien Credit Agreement could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure that indebtedness. We have pledged a significant portion of our assets as collateral to secure our First Lien Credit Agreement. Our future operating results may not be sufficient to enable compliance with the financial maintenance covenant in our First Lien Credit Agreement, or any other indebtedness and we may not have sufficient assets to repay amounts outstanding under our First Lien Credit Agreement. In addition, in the event of an acceleration of our debt upon a default, we may not have or be able to obtain sufficient funds to make any accelerated payments. Furthermore, the terms of any future indebtedness we may incur could have further additional restrictive covenants. We may not be able to maintain compliance with these covenants in the future, and in the event that we are not able to maintain compliance, we cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain waivers from the lenders or amend the covenants. Despite current debt levels, we and our subsidiaries may still be able to incur substantially more debt. This could further exacerbate the risks associated with our substantial leverage. We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional debt in the future. Although our First Lien Credit Agreement contains restrictions on the incurrence of additional debt, these restrictions are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions, and the debt incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. Additionally, we may successfully obtain waivers of these restrictions. If we incur additional debt above the levels currently in effect, the risks associated with our leverage, including those described above, would increase. Our First Lien Credit Agreement includes a $100.0 million revolving credit facility under which we had $96.4 million of availability as of December 28, 2019 after giving effect to outstanding letters of credit. 32 Table of Contents Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock The market price of our common stock has been volatile and may continue to fluctuate substantially, which could result in substantial losses for purchasers of our common stock. The market price of our common stock has been highly volatile and may continue to fluctuate substantially due to a number of factors such as those listed in “—Risks Related to Our Business” and the following: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • results of operations that vary from the expectations of securities analysts and investors; results of operations that vary from those of our competitors; changes in expectations as to our future financial performance, including financial estimates and investment recommendations by securities analysts and investors; declines in the market prices of stocks generally; strategic actions by us or our competitors; announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts, new products, acquisitions, joint marketing relationships, joint ventures, other strategic relationships or capital commitments; changes in general economic or market conditions or trends in our industry or markets; changes in business or regulatory conditions; additions or departures of key management personnel; future sales of our common stock or other securities by us or our existing stockholders, or the perception of such future sales; expiration of market standoff or lock-up agreements; investor perceptions of the investment opportunity associated with our common stock relative to other investment alternatives; the public’s response to press releases or other public announcements by us or third parties, including our filings with the SEC; announcements relating to litigation; guidance, if any, that we provide to the public, any changes in this guidance or our failure to meet this guidance; the development and sustainability of an active trading market for our stock; changes in accounting principles; and other events or factors, including those resulting from natural disasters, war, acts of terrorism or responses to these events. These broad market and industry fluctuations may materially adversely affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. In addition, price volatility may be greater if the public float and trading volume of our common stock are low. In the past, following periods of market volatility, stockholders have instituted securities class action litigation. If we were involved in securities litigation, it could have a substantial cost and divert resources and the attention of executive management from our business regardless of the outcome of such litigation. Our quarterly operating results fluctuate and may fall short of prior periods, our projections or the expectations of securities analysts or investors, which could materially adversely affect our stock price. Our operating results have fluctuated from quarter to quarter at points in the past, and they may do so in the future. Therefore, results of any one fiscal quarter are not a reliable indication of results to be expected for any other fiscal quarter or for any year. If we fail to increase our results over prior periods, to achieve our projected results or to meet the expectations of securities analysts or investors, our stock price may decline, and the decrease in the stock price may be disproportionate to the shortfall in our financial performance. Results may be affected by various factors, including those described in these risk factors. We maintain a forecasting process that seeks to plan sales and align expenses. If we do not control costs or appropriately adjust costs to actual results, or if actual results differ significantly from our forecast, our financial performance could be materially adversely affected. 33 Table of Contents We are a holding company with no operations and rely on our operating subsidiaries to provide us with funds necessary to meet our financial obligations. We are a holding company with no material direct operations. Our principal assets are the shares of common stock of Globe Intermediate Corp. that we hold. Globe Intermediate Corp. is the indirect parent of Grocery Outlet Inc. which, together with its subsidiaries, owns substantially all of our operating assets. As a result, we are dependent on loans, dividends and other payments from our subsidiaries to generate the funds necessary to meet our financial obligations. Our subsidiaries are legally distinct from us and may be prohibited or restricted from paying dividends or otherwise making funds available to us under certain conditions. If we are unable to obtain funds from our subsidiaries, we may be unable to meet our financial obligations. We currently do not intend to declare dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future and, as a result, your only opportunity to achieve a return on your investment is if the price of our common stock appreciates. We currently do not expect to declare any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Instead, we anticipate that all of our earnings in the foreseeable future will be used to provide working capital, to support our operations and to finance the growth and development of our business. Any determination to declare or pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to applicable laws and dependent upon a number of factors, including our earnings, capital requirements and overall financial conditions. In addition, our ability to pay dividends on our common stock is currently limited by the covenants of our First Lien Credit Agreement and may be further restricted by the terms of any future debt or preferred securities. Accordingly, your only opportunity to achieve a return on your investment in our company may be if the market price of our common stock appreciates and you sell your shares at a profit. The market price for our common stock may never exceed, and may fall below, the price that you pay for such common stock. If securities analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or if they downgrade our stock or our sector, our stock price and trading volume could decline. The trading market for our common stock relies in part on the research and reports that industry or financial analysts publish about us or our business or industry. We do not control these analysts. Furthermore, if one or more of the analysts who do cover us downgrade our stock or our industry, or the stock of any of our competitors, or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business or industry, the price of our stock could decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of us or fails to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the market, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline. Future sales, or the perception of future sales, by us or our existing stockholders in the public market could cause the market price for our common stock to decline. Future sales of shares of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could harm the prevailing market price of shares of our common stock. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate. Holders of an aggregate of 34,532,952 shares of our outstanding common stock have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or our stockholders. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for shares held by our affiliates as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. As restrictions on resale end or if these stockholders exercise their registration rights, the market price of our shares of common stock could drop significantly if the holders of these shares sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to raise additional funds through future offerings of our shares of common stock or other securities. In addition, the shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our Globe Holding Corp. 2014 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2014 Plan”) and our Grocery Outlet Holding Corp. 2019 Incentive Plan (the “2019 Plan”) will become eligible for sale in the public market once those shares are issued, subject to provisions relating to various vesting agreements and Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as applicable. A total of 14,231,355 shares of common stock have been reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Plan and our 2019 Plan. In the future, we may also issue our securities in connection with investments or acquisitions. The amount of shares of our common stock issued in connection with an investment or acquisition could constitute a material portion of our then-outstanding shares of our common stock. Any issuance of additional securities in connection with investments or acquisitions may result in additional dilution to you. 34 Table of Contents Provisions in our organizational documents could delay or prevent a change of control. Certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may have the effect of delaying or preventing a merger, acquisition, tender offer, takeover attempt or other change of control transaction that a stockholder might consider to be in its best interest, including attempts that might result in a premium over the market price of our common stock. As of March 20, 2020, the H&F Investor owned approximately 30% of the voting power of our outstanding stock. These provisions provide for, among other things: • the division of our board of directors into three classes, as nearly equal in size as possible, which directors in each class serving three-year terms and with terms of the directors of only one class expiring in any given year; • • • • • • • that at any time when the H&F Investor and certain of its affiliates beneficially own, in the aggregate, less than 40% in voting power of the stock of our company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, directors may only be removed for cause, and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class; the ability of our board of directors to issue one or more series of preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could have the effect of impeding the success of an attempt to acquire us or otherwise effect a change of control; advance notice for nominations of directors by stockholders and for stockholders to include matters to be considered at stockholder meetings; the right of the H&F Investor and certain of its affiliates to nominate a number of members of our board of directors proportionate to their collective ownership of our common stock and the obligation of certain of our other pre-initial public offering stockholders to support such nominees; the right of certain other pre-initial public offering investors to nominate one member of our board of directors and the obligation of the H&F Investor and certain of our other pre-initial public offering stockholders to support such nominee; certain limitations on convening special stockholder meetings; and that certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may be amended only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of our stock entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, if the H&F Investor and certain of its affiliates beneficially own, in the aggregate, less than 40% in voting power of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors. These provisions could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, even if the third-party’s offer may be considered beneficial by many of our stockholders. As a result, our stockholders may be limited in their ability to obtain a premium for their shares. 35 Table of Contents The H&F Investor holds a significant percentage of our outstanding stock and its interests may be different than the interests of other holders of our securities. As of March 20, 2020, the H&F Investor owned approximately 30% of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. As a result, the H&F Investor is able to control or influence actions to be taken by us, including future issuances of our common stock or other securities, the payment of dividends, if any, on our common stock, amendments to our organizational documents and the approval of significant corporate transactions, including mergers, sales of substantially all of our assets, distributions of our assets, the incurrence of indebtedness and any incurrence of liens on our assets. As a result, certain governance provisions in our organizational documents will be affected. The interests of the H&F Investor may be materially different than the interests of our other stakeholders. In addition, the H&F Investor may have an interest in pursuing acquisitions, divestitures and other transactions that, in their judgment, could enhance its investment, even though such transactions might involve risks to you. For example, the H&F Investor may cause us to take actions or pursue strategies that could impact our ability to make payments under our First Lien Credit Agreement or that cause a change of control. In addition, to the extent permitted by our First Lien Credit Agreement, the H&F Investor may cause us to pay dividends rather than make capital expenditures or repay debt. The H&F Investor is in the business of making investments in companies and may from time to time acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that none of the H&F Investor, any of its affiliates or any director who is not employed by us (including any non- employee director who serves as one of our officers in both his director and officer capacities) or his or her affiliates will have any duty to refrain from engaging, directly or indirectly, in the same business activities or similar business activities or lines of business in which we operate. The H&F Investor also may pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business, and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. As long as the H&F Investor continues to own a significant amount of our outstanding common stock, even if such amount is less than 30%, it will continue to be able to strongly influence or effectively control our decisions and, so long as the H&F Investor continues to own shares of our outstanding common stock, nominate individuals to our board of directors pursuant to the stockholders agreement we are parties to. The concentration of ownership could deprive you of an opportunity to receive a premium for your shares of common stock as part of a sale of our company and ultimately might affect the market price of our common stock. Failure to comply with requirements to design, implement and maintain effective internal controls could have a material adverse effect on our business and stock price. As a privately-held company, we were not required to evaluate our internal control over financial reporting in a manner that meets the standards of publicly traded companies required by Section 404(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (“Section 404”). As a public company, we have significant requirements for enhanced financial reporting and internal controls. The process of designing and implementing effective internal controls is a continuous effort that requires us to anticipate and react to changes in our business and the economic and regulatory environments and to expend significant resources to maintain a system of internal controls that is adequate to satisfy our reporting obligations as a public company. If we are unable to establish or maintain appropriate internal financial reporting controls and procedures, it could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations on a timely basis, result in material misstatements in our consolidated financial statements and harm our results of operations. In addition, we are required, pursuant to Section 404, to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting in our annual report for the year ended January 2, 2021. This assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting. The rules governing the standards that must be met for our management to assess our internal control over financial reporting are complex and require significant documentation, testing and possible remediation. Testing and maintaining internal controls may divert our management’s attention from other matters that are important to our business. Our independent registered public accounting firm will be required to issue an attestation report on effectiveness of our internal controls in our annual report for the year ended January 2, 2021. In connection with the implementation of the necessary procedures and practices related to internal control over financial reporting, we may identify deficiencies that we may not be able to remediate in time to meet the deadline imposed by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act for compliance with the requirements of Section 404. In addition, we may encounter problems or delays in completing the remediation of any deficiencies identified by our independent registered public accounting firm in connection with the issuance of their attestation report. 36 Table of Contents Our testing, or the subsequent testing by our independent registered public accounting firm, may reveal deficiencies in our internal controls over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses. A material weakness in internal control could result in our failure to detect a material misstatement of our annual or quarterly consolidated financial statements or disclosures. We may not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404. If we are unable to conclude that we have effective internal control over financial reporting, investors could lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock. Our amended and restated bylaws provide, subject to limited exceptions, that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware and, to the extent enforceable, the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the sole and exclusive forums for certain stockholder litigation matters, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees. Our amended and restated bylaws provide, subject to limited exceptions, that unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for any (i) derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of our company, (ii) action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of our company to the Company or our stockholders, (iii) action asserting a claim against the Company or any director, officer or other employee of the Company arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or the DGCL, or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws or as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or (iv) action asserting a claim against the Company or any director, officer or other employee of the Company governed by the internal affairs doctrine. These provisions shall not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. Unless we consent in writing to the selections of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act, subject to and contingent upon a final adjudication in the State of Delaware of the enforceability of such exclusive forum provision. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the forum provisions in our amended and restated bylaws. These choice of forum provisions may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a different judicial forum, including one that it may find favorable or convenient for disputes with us or any of our directors, officers or other employees which may discourage lawsuits with respect to such claims. Alternatively, if a court were to find the choice of forum provisions that will be contained in our amended and restated bylaws to be inapplicable or unenforceable with respect to one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could harm our business, operating results and financial condition. For example, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware recently determined that a provision stating that U.S. federal district courts are the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act is not enforceable. However, this decision may be reviewed and ultimately overturned by the Delaware Supreme Court. Our board of directors is authorized to issue and designate shares of our preferred stock in additional series without stockholder approval. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes our board of directors, without the approval of our stockholders, to issue 50,000,000 shares of our preferred stock, subject to limitations prescribed by applicable law, rules and regulations and the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as shares of preferred stock in series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series and to fix the designation, powers, preferences and rights of the shares of each such series and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof. The powers, preferences and rights of these additional series of preferred stock may be senior to or on parity with our common stock, which may reduce its value. 37 Table of Contents ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS None. 38 Table of Contents ITEM 2. PROPERTIES As of December 28, 2019, we leased 345 of our 347 stores and each of our four primary self-operated distribution centers. The remaining two stores were owned by IOs. Our initial lease terms for store locations are typically ten years with options to renew for two or three successive five-year periods. Our corporate headquarters, located in Emeryville, California, is leased under an agreement that expires in 2023, with options to renew for two successive five-year periods. Our primary distribution centers range from approximately 100,000 square feet to approximately 400,000 square feet. Including options to renew, our primary distribution centers have leases expiring between 2023 and 2035. We believe that our corporate and distribution center facilities are in good operating condition and adequate to support the current needs of our business. 39 Table of Contents ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS From time to time, we may be party to litigation that arises in the ordinary course of our business. Management believes that we do not have any pending litigation that, separately or in the aggregate, would have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition or cash flows. 40 Table of Contents ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES This Item is not applicable. 41 Table of Contents PART II ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES Market Information for Common Stock Our common stock has traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “GO” since our IPO on June 20, 2019. Prior to that date, there was no public market for our common stock. Stockholders American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC is the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock. As of March 20, 2020, there were 26 stockholders of record of our common stock. The actual number of stockholders is greater than this number and includes stockholders whose shares are held in street name by brokers and other nominees, and stockholders whose shares may be held in trust by other entities. Dividend Policy We currently do not expect to declare any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Instead, we anticipate that all of our earnings in the foreseeable future will be used to provide working capital, to support our operations, to finance the growth and development of our business and to reduce our net debt. Any determination to declare dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to applicable laws, and will be dependent on a number of factors, including our earnings, capital requirements and overall financial condition. In addition, because we are a holding company, our ability to pay dividends on our common stock may be limited by restrictions on our ability to obtain sufficient funds through dividends from subsidiaries, including restrictions under our First Lien Credit Agreement, and may be further restricted by the terms of any future debt or preferred securities. See NOTE 6— Long-term Debt to our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information about our First Lien Credit Agreement. Stock Performance Graph The following graph shows a comparison of cumulative total return (equal to stock appreciation plus dividends) during each monthly accounting period from June 20, 2019 (the date our common stock began trading on the NASDAQ Global Select Market) through December 27, 2019 for: • Grocery Outlet Holdings, Inc. • Nasdaq Global Market Composite Index • Nasdaq US Benchmark General Retailers Index 42 Table of Contents Company/Index 6/20/2019 7/26/2019 8/23/2019 9/27/2019 10/25/2019 11/22/2019 12/27/2019 Grocery Outlet Holding Corp. Nasdaq Global Market Composite Index Nasdaq US Benchmark General Retailers Index $ $ $ 100.00 $ 177.23 $ 189.77 $ 156.18 $ 143.23 $ 144.00 $ 100.00 $ 100.11 $ 92.79 $ 86.99 $ 90.97 $ 97.60 $ 152.14 105.15 100.00 $ 102.06 $ 95.60 $ 96.95 $ 99.57 $ 99.44 $ 103.02 We are required to provide a line-graph presentation comparing cumulative stockholder returns on an indexed basis with a broad equity market index and either a published industry index or an index of peer companies selected by us. We have selected the Nasdaq Global Market Composite Index for the broad equity market index and the Nasdaq US Benchmark General Retailers Index as the published industry index. Notes: • Assumes initial investment of $100.00 at our initial public offering price on June 20, 2019 (our initial listing date). Total return includes reinvestment of dividends. • • If the monthly accounting period end date ends on a day that is not a trading day, the preceding trading day is used. The information included under the heading “Stock Performance Graph” in Item 5 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is “furnished” and not “filed” and shall not be deemed to be “soliciting material” or subject to Regulation 14A, shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act or otherwise subject to the limitations of that section, and shall not be deemed incorporated by reference into any of our filings under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act, whether made before or after the date of this report and irrespective of any general incorporation by reference language in any such filing. • The stock price performance shown in the graph is not necessarily indicative of future price performance. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities From December 30, 2018 to December 28, 2019, we granted to our employees options to purchase 99,262 shares of our common stock under our 2014 Plan at a weighted-average exercise price of $12.53 per share. The issuances of these stock options were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act or Regulation D promulgated thereunder, or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions or any public offering. Issuer Purchase of Equity Securities The table below sets forth information regarding our purchases of our common stock during the fourth fiscal quarter ended December 28, 2019: Period September 29, 2019—October 26, 2019 (1) October 27, 2019—November 23, 2019 (1) November 24, 2019—December 28, 2019 (1) Total Total Number of Shares Purchased — — Average Price Paid per Share — — 14,358 $ 31.37 14,358 Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs Maximum Number (or Approximate Dollar Value) of Shares that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs — — — — — — — (1) During the three months ended December 28, 2019, we withheld 14,358 shares of our common stock (with a weighted average share price of $31.37) from employees to satisfy minimum tax withholding obligations relating to the vesting of restricted stock units. These shares were not acquired as part of a publicly announced share repurchase plan or program. 43 Table of Contents ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA The following selected consolidated statements of operations data and consolidated balance sheets data are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements, related notes thereto, and other financial information included herein. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in any future period. Consolidated Statements of Operations Data: Net sales Cost of sales Gross profit Operating expenses: Selling, general and administrative Depreciation and amortization Share-based compensation Total operating expenses Income from operations Other expense: Interest expense, net Debt extinguishment and modification Total other expense Income before income taxes Income tax expense Net income Per Share Data: Net income per share (basic and diluted): Basic Diluted Weighted average shares outstanding (basic and diluted): Basic Diluted Consolidated Balance Sheet Data: Cash and cash equivalents Working capital Total assets (1) Total debt (2) Total liabilities (1) Total stockholders’ equity Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity December 28, 2019 December 29, 2018 Fiscal Year Ended December 30, 2017 December 31, 2016 January 2, 2016 (in thousands, except per share data) $ 2,559,617 $ 2,287,660 $ 2,075,465 $ 1,831,531 $ 1,627,306 1,772,515 1,592,263 787,102 695,397 1,443,582 631,883 1,270,354 561,177 1,135,090 492,216 639,437 47,883 31,439 718,759 68,343 45,927 5,634 51,561 16,782 1,363 557,100 45,421 10,409 612,930 82,467 55,362 5,253 60,615 21,852 5,984 510,136 43,152 1,659 554,947 76,936 49,698 1,466 51,164 25,772 5,171 457,051 37,152 2,905 497,108 64,069 47,147 — 47,147 16,922 6,724 15,419 $ 15,868 $ 20,601 $ 10,198 $ 401,204 31,243 172 432,619 59,597 45,900 5,473 51,373 8,224 3,459 4,765 0.20 $ 0.19 $ 0.24 $ 0.23 $ 0.30 $ 0.30 $ 0.15 $ 0.15 $ 0.07 0.07 79,044 81,863 68,473 68,546 68,232 68,332 68,260 68,323 68,219 68,266 December 28, 2019 December 29, 2018 Fiscal Year Ended December 30, 2017 (in thousands) December 31, 2016 January 2, 2016 $ $ $ $ 28,101 $ 21,063 $ 5,801 $ 6,853 $ 62,199 2,185,529 447,989 1,440,145 745,384 2,185,529 89,448 1,376,862 857,368 1,076,911 299,951 1,376,862 5,722 62,746 76,244 68,186 1,317,871 1,268,470 1,220,853 710,886 890,738 427,133 711,866 862,118 406,352 625,782 741,070 479,783 1,317,871 1,268,470 1,220,853 _______________________ (1) Includes $740.2 million lease right-of-use assets and $806.0 million lease liabilities as of December 28, 2019. See NOTE 4—Leases to our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information. Total debt consists of the current and long-term portions of our total debt outstanding, net of debt discount and debt issuance costs. See NOTE 6—Long-term Debt to our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information. (2) 44 Table of Contents ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATION You should read the following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” This discussion may contain forward-looking statements based upon current expectations that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those described in “Item 1A. Risk Factors” or in other sections of this report. We operate on a fiscal year that ends on the Saturday closest to December 31st each year. References to fiscal 2019, fiscal 2018, and fiscal 2017 refer to the fiscal years ended December 28, 2019, December 29, 2018, and December 30, 2017, respectively. OVERVIEW We are a high-growth, extreme value retailer of quality, name-brand consumables and fresh products sold through a network of independently operated stores. Our flexible buying model allows us to offer quality, name-brand opportunistic products at prices generally 40% to 70% below those of conventional retailers. Entrepreneurial independent operators (“IOs”) run our stores and create a neighborhood feel through personalized customer service and a localized product offering. This differentiated approach has driven 16 consecutive years of positive comparable store sales growth. As of December 28, 2019, we had 347 stores in California, Washington, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Idaho and Nevada. Initial Public Offering On June 24, 2019, we completed our initial public offering (“IPO”) of 19,765,625 shares of our common stock at a public offering price of $22.00 per share for net proceeds of $407.7 million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of $27.1 million. We also incurred offering costs payable by us of $7.2 million which we recognized as a charge to additional paid-in-capital. The shares of common stock sold in the IPO and the net proceeds from the IPO included the full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. In connection with the closing of our IPO, we repaid in full the $150.0 million outstanding principal amount and $3.6 million accrued interest on our second lien term loan and terminated the related loan agreement. Additionally, using the remainder of the net proceeds, together with excess cash on hand, we prepaid a portion of the term loan outstanding under our first lien credit agreement, dated as of October 22, 2018 (as amended, the “First Lien Credit Agreement”) totaling $248.0 million and $3.8 million of accrued interest. On October 23, 2019, we prepaid an additional $15.0 million of principal on the term loan outstanding under our First Lien Credit Agreement. See “—Liquidity and Capital Resources” for additional information. In addition, in fiscal 2019, we recognized $24.3 million for share-based compensation expense related to time-based stock options granted prior to our IPO, for which vesting became probable upon completion of our IPO, as well as $3.0 million for share-based compensation expense related to time- based stock options and RSUs granted as part of and subsequent to our IPO. See NOTE 7—Share-based Awards to our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information. Secondary Public Offerings On October 8, 2019, certain of our selling stockholders completed a secondary public offering of shares of our common stock. We did not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of these shares by the selling stockholders. We incurred related offering costs of $1.1 million which are included in selling, general and administrative expenses for fiscal 2019. We received $3.2 million in cash (excluding withholding taxes) in connection with the exercise of 451,470 options by certain stockholders participating in this secondary public offering. On February 3, 2020, certain of our selling stockholders completed another secondary public offering of shares of our common stock. We did not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of these shares by the selling stockholders. We incurred offering costs payable by us of $1.1 million. We received $1.4 million in cash (excluding withholding taxes) in connection with the exercise of 191,470 options by certain stockholders participating in this secondary public offering. 45 Table of Contents COVID-19 On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization declared the novel strain of coronavirus, COVID-19, a global pandemic and recommended containment and mitigation measures worldwide. As a result, many states, including California, Washington and Oregon, where we have a significant number of stores, have declared a state of emergency, closed schools and non-essential businesses and enacted limitations on the number of people allowed to gather at one time in the same space. As of the date of this filing, grocery stores are considered essential businesses in states and counties that have enacted requirements that residents leave their homes only for essential business (“shelter in place”) and are able to continue operating. However, we expect that our IOs may face staffing challenges so long as school closures and COVID-19-related concerns exist. In addition, certain inventory items such as water, beans and bread as well as key cleaning supplies and protective equipment have been, and may continue to be, in short supply. These factors could impact the ability of stores to operate normal hours of operation or have sufficient inventory at all times which may disrupt our business and negatively impact our financial results. Further, planned construction and opening of new stores may be negatively impacted due to shelter in place requirements and the closure of government offices in certain areas. In the event that an employee, IO, or IO employee tests positive for COVID-19, we may have to temporarily close a store, office or distribution center for cleaning and/or quarantine one or more employees which could negatively impact our financial results. We cannot reasonably estimate the length or severity of this pandemic, but it could have a material adverse impact on our consolidated financial position, consolidated results of operations, and consolidated cash flows in fiscal 2020. See “Item 1A. Risk Factors—Major health epidemics, such as the outbreak caused by a coronavirus (COVID-19), and other outbreaks could disrupt and adversely affect our operations, financial condition and business” for additional information. Key Factors and Measures We Use to Evaluate Our Business We consider a variety of financial and operating measures in assessing the performance of our business. The key GAAP measures we use are net sales, gross profit and gross margin, selling, general and administrative expenses (“SG&A”) and operating income. The key operational metrics and non- GAAP measures we use are number of new stores, comparable store sales, EBITDA, adjusted EBITDA and non-GAAP adjusted net income. Fiscal 2019 Overview Key financial and operating performance results for our fiscal 2019 compared to our fiscal 2018 are as follows: • Net sales increased by 11.9% to approximately $2.56 billion for fiscal 2019 from approximately $2.29 billion for fiscal 2018; comparable store sales increased by 5.2% in fiscal 2019 compared to a 3.9% increase in fiscal 2018. • We opened 34 new stores and closed 3, ending fiscal 2019 with 347 stores in six states. • Net income decreased 2.8% to $15.4 million, or $0.19 per diluted share for fiscal 2019, compared to net income of $15.9 million, or $0.23 per diluted share, for fiscal 2018. • Adjusted EBITDA(1) increased 10.6% to $169.8 million for fiscal 2019 compared to $153.6 million for fiscal 2018. • Non-GAAP adjusted net income(1) increased 31.7% to $65.0 million, or $0.79 per non-GAAP diluted share, for fiscal 2019 compared to $49.3 million, or $0.72 per non-GAAP diluted share, for fiscal 2018. _______________________ (1) Adjusted EBITDA, non-GAAP adjusted net income and non-GAAP adjusted diluted earnings per share are non-GAAP financial measures and should be considered as a supplement to, and not as a substitute for, or superior to, financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP. See GAAP to non-GAAP reconciliations in the “Operating Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures” section below for additional information. 46 Table of Contents Key Components of Results of Operations Net Sales We recognize revenues from the sale of products at the point of sale, net of any taxes or deposits collected and remitted to governmental authorities. Discounts provided to customers by us are recognized at the time of sale as a reduction in sales as the products are sold. Discounts that are funded solely by IOs are not recognized as a reduction in sales as the IO bears the incidental costs arising from the discount. We do not accept manufacturer coupons. Sales consist of sales from comparable stores and non-comparable stores, described below under “Comparable Store Sales.” Growth of our sales is primarily driven by expansion of our store base in existing and new markets as well as comparable store sales growth. Sales are impacted by product mix and availability, as well as promotional and competitive activities and the spending habits of our customers. Our ever-changing selection of offerings across diverse product categories supports growth in sales by attracting new customers and encouraging repeat visits from our existing customers. The spending habits of our customers are subject to macroeconomic conditions and changes in discretionary income. Our customers’ discretionary income is primarily impacted by wages, fuel and other cost-of-living increases including food-at-home inflation, as well as consumer trends and preferences, which fluctuate depending on the environment. Because we offer a broad selection of merchandise at extreme values, historically we have benefited from periods of economic uncertainty. Cost of Sales, Gross Profit and Gross Margin Cost of sales includes, among other things, merchandise costs, inventory markdowns, inventory losses and transportation, distribution and warehousing costs, including depreciation. Gross profit is equal to our sales less our cost of sales. Gross margin is gross profit as a percentage of our sales. Gross margin is a measure used by management to indicate whether we are selling merchandise at an appropriate gross profit. Gross margin is impacted by product mix and availability, as some products generally provide higher gross margins, and by our merchandise costs, which can vary. Gross margin is also impacted by the costs of distributing and transporting product to our stores, which can vary. Our gross profit is variable in nature and generally follows changes in sales. Our disciplined buying approach has produced consistent gross margins throughout economic cycles which we believe has helped to mitigate adverse impacts on gross profit and results of operations. The components of our cost of sales may not be comparable to the components of cost of sales or similar measures of our competitors and other retailers. As a result, our gross profit and gross margin may not be comparable to similar data made available by our competitors and other retailers. Prior to fiscal 2014, we calculated gross margin based on gross sales, not deducting for deposits collected or discounts provided, and excluding warehouse depreciation. Selling, General and Administrative Expenses SG&A expenses are comprised of both store-related expenses and corporate expenses. Store-related expenses include commissions paid to IOs, occupancy and shared maintenance costs, Company-operated store expenses, including payroll, benefits, supplies and utilities and the cost of opening new IO stores. Corporate expenses include payroll and benefits for corporate and field support, marketing and advertising, insurance and professional services and AOT recruiting and training costs. SG&A generally increases as we grow our store base and invest in our corporate infrastructure. SG&A expenses related to commissions paid to IOs are variable in nature and generally increase as gross profits rise. The remainder of our expenses are primarily fixed in nature. We continue to closely manage our expenses and monitor SG&A as a percentage of sales. The components of our SG&A may not be comparable to the components of similar measures of other retailers. We expect that our SG&A will continue to increase in future periods as we continue to grow our sales revenue. Operating Income Operating income is gross profit less SG&A, depreciation and amortization and share-based compensation. Operating income excludes interest expense, net, debt extinguishment and modification costs and income tax expense. We use operating income as an indicator of the productivity of our business and our ability to manage expenses. 47 Table of Contents Results of Operations The following tables summarize key components of our results of operations for the periods presented, both in dollars and as a percentage of net sales (amounts in thousands, except for percentages): Net sales Cost of sales Gross profit Operating expenses: Selling, general and administrative Depreciation and amortization Share-based compensation Total operating expenses Income from operations Other expense: Interest expense, net Debt extinguishment and modification costs Total other expense Income before income taxes Income tax expense Net income Percentage of sales (1) Net sales Cost of sales Gross profit Operating expenses: Selling, general and administrative Depreciation and amortization Share-based compensation Total operating expenses Income from operations Other expense: Interest expense, net Debt extinguishment and modification costs Total other expense Income before income taxes Income tax expense Net income _______________________ (1) Components may not sum to totals due to rounding. Fiscal Year Ended December 28, 2019 2,559,617 $ December 29, 2018 2,287,660 $ December 30, 2017 2,075,465 $ 1,772,515 787,102 1,592,263 695,397 1,443,582 631,883 639,437 47,883 31,439 718,759 68,343 45,927 5,634 51,561 16,782 1,363 557,100 45,421 10,409 612,930 82,467 55,362 5,253 60,615 21,852 5,984 $ 15,419 $ 15,868 $ 510,136 43,152 1,659 554,947 76,936 49,698 1,466 51,164 25,772 5,171 20,601 December 28, 2019 Fiscal Year Ended December 29, 2018 December 30, 2017 100.0 % 69.2 % 30.8 % 25.0 % 1.9 % 1.2 % 28.1 % 2.7 % 1.8 % 0.2 % 2.0 % 0.7 % 0.1 % 0.6 % 100.0 % 69.6 % 30.4 % 24.4 % 2.0 % 0.5 % 26.8 % 3.6 % 2.4 % 0.2 % 2.6 % 1.0 % 0.3 % 0.7 % 100.0 % 69.6 % 30.4 % 24.6 % 2.1 % 0.1 % 26.7 % 3.7 % 2.4 % 0.1 % 2.5 % 1.2 % 0.2 % 1.0 % 48 Table of Contents Operating Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures Number of New Stores The number of new stores reflects the number of stores opened during a particular reporting period. New stores require an initial capital investment in the store build-outs, fixtures and equipment which we amortize over time as well as cash required for inventory and pre-opening expenses. We expect new store growth of IO stores to be the primary driver of our sales growth. We lease substantially all of our store locations. Our initial lease terms on stores are typically ten years with options to renew for two or three successive five-year periods. Comparable Store Sales We use comparable store sales as an operating metric to measure performance of a store during the current reporting period against the performance of the same store in the corresponding period of the previous year. Comparable store sales are impacted by the same factors that impact sales. Comparable store sales consists of sales from our stores beginning on the first day of the fourteenth full fiscal month following the store’s opening, which is when we believe comparability is achieved. Included in our comparable store definition are those stores that have been remodeled, expanded, or relocated in their existing location or respective trade areas. Excluded from our comparable store definition are those stores that have been closed for an extended period as well as any planned store closures or dispositions. When applicable, we exclude the sales in the non-comparable week of a 53-week year from the same store sales calculation. Opening new stores is a primary component of our growth strategy and, as we continue to execute on our growth strategy, we expect a significant portion of our sales growth will be attributable to non-comparable store sales. Accordingly, comparable store sales is only one measure we use to assess the success of our growth strategy. Prior to fiscal 2014, we calculated comparable store sales growth based on gross sales for stores beginning on the 366th day after opening. While we believe results under this prior method do not materially differ from results under our current method, we believe that our current methodology more appropriately adjusts for higher sales volumes that typically occur in conjunction with a store’s grand opening events. EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Non-GAAP Adjusted Net Income EBITDA, adjusted EBITDA and non-GAAP adjusted net income are key metrics used by management and our board of directors to assess our financial performance. EBITDA, adjusted EBITDA and non-GAAP adjusted net income are also frequently used by analysts, investors and other interested parties to evaluate companies in our industry. We use EBITDA, adjusted EBITDA and non-GAAP adjusted net income to supplement GAAP measures of performance to evaluate the effectiveness of our business strategies, to make budgeting decisions and to compare our performance against that of other peer companies using similar measures. In addition, we use EBITDA to supplement GAAP measures of performance to evaluate our performance in connection with compensation decisions. Management believes it is useful to investors and analysts to evaluate these non-GAAP measures on the same basis as management uses to evaluate our operating results. We believe that excluding items from operating income, net income and net income per diluted share that may not be indicative of, or are unrelated to, our core operating results, and that may vary in frequency or magnitude, enhances the comparability of our results and provides a better baseline for analyzing trends in our business. We define EBITDA as net income before net interest expense, income taxes and depreciation and amortization expenses. Adjusted EBITDA represents EBITDA adjusted to exclude share-based compensation expense, purchase accounting inventory adjustments, debt extinguishment and modification costs, non-cash rent, asset impairment and gain or loss on disposition, new store pre-opening expenses, dead rent for acquired leases, provision for accounts receivable reserves and certain other expenses. Non-GAAP adjusted net income represents net income adjusted for the previously mentioned EBITDA adjustments, further adjusted for costs related to amortization of purchase accounting assets and deferred financing costs and tax effect of total adjustments. EBITDA, adjusted EBITDA and non-GAAP adjusted net income are non-GAAP measures and may not be comparable to similar measures reported by other companies. EBITDA, adjusted EBITDA and non-GAAP adjusted net income have limitations as analytical tools, and you should not consider them in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. We address the limitations of the non-GAAP measures through the use of various GAAP measures. In the future we may incur expenses or charges such as those added back to calculate adjusted EBITDA or non-GAAP adjusted net income. Our presentation of adjusted EBITDA and non-GAAP adjusted net income should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by the adjustments we have used to derive our non-GAAP measures. 49 Table of Contents The following table summarizes key operating metrics and non-GAAP components of our results of operations for the periods presented (amounts in thousands, except for percentages and store counts): Other Financial and Operations Data Number of new stores Number of stores open at end of period Comparable store sales growth (1) EBITDA (2) Adjusted EBITDA (2) Non-GAAP adjusted net income (2) _______________________ (1) December 28, 2019 Fiscal Year Ended December 29, 2018 December 30, 2017 34 347 5.2 % 26 316 3.9 % $ $ $ 112,852 $ 169,842 $ 64,963 $ 124,271 $ 153,578 $ 49,308 $ 29 293 5.3 % 118,622 136,319 48,655 Comparable store sales consist of sales from our stores beginning on the first day of the fourteenth full fiscal month following the store’s opening, which is when we believe comparability is achieved. See “—GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliations” section below for a reconciliation from our net income to EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA, net income to non-GAAP adjusted net income, and GAAP to non-GAAP earnings per share for the periods presented: (2) GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliations The following tables provide a reconciliation from our GAAP net income to EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA, GAAP net income to non-GAAP adjusted net income, and our GAAP to non-GAAP earnings per share for the periods presented: Net income Interest expense, net Income tax expense Depreciation and amortization expenses (a) EBITDA Share-based compensation expenses (b) Debt extinguishment and modification costs (c) Non-cash rent (d) Asset impairment and gain or loss on disposition (e) New store pre-opening expenses (f) Rent for acquired leases (g) Provision for accounts receivable reserves (h) Other (i) Adjusted EBITDA December 28, 2019 Fiscal Year Ended December 29, 2018 December 30, 2017 $ 15,419 $ 15,868 $ 45,927 1,363 50,143 112,852 31,439 5,634 10,582 1,957 1,509 — 2,575 3,294 55,362 5,984 47,057 124,271 10,409 5,253 7,903 1,306 1,555 — 749 2,132 20,601 49,698 5,171 43,152 118,622 1,659 1,466 8,401 549 1,807 72 3,004 739 $ 169,842 $ 153,578 $ 136,319 50 Table of Contents Net income Share-based compensation expenses (b) Debt extinguishment and modification costs (c) Non-cash rent (d) Asset impairment and gain or loss on disposition (e) New store pre-opening expenses (f) Rent for acquired leases (g) Provision for accounts receivable reserves (h) Other (i) Amortization of purchase accounting assets and deferred financing costs (j) Tax effect of total adjustments (k) Non-GAAP adjusted net income GAAP earnings per share (l) Basic Diluted Non-GAAP adjusted earnings per share (l) Basic Diluted GAAP weighted average shares outstanding (l) Basic Diluted Non-GAAP weighted average shares outstanding (l) Basic Diluted Fiscal Year Ended December 29, 2018 December 30, 2017 December 28, 2019 $ 15,419 $ 31,439 5,634 10,582 1,957 1,509 — 2,575 3,294 11,917 (19,363) 15,868 $ 10,409 5,253 7,903 1,306 1,555 — 749 2,132 16,744 (12,611) $ $ $ $ $ 64,963 $ 49,308 $ 0.20 $ 0.19 $ 0.82 $ 0.79 $ 79,044 81,863 79,044 81,863 0.24 $ 0.23 $ 0.72 $ 0.72 $ 68,473 68,546 68,473 68,546 20,601 1,659 1,466 8,401 549 1,807 72 3,004 739 17,399 (7,042) 48,655 0.30 0.30 0.71 0.71 68,232 68,332 68,232 68,332 ___________________________ (a) Includes depreciation related to our distribution centers which is included within the cost of sales line item in our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income. See NOTE 1—Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information about the components of cost of sales. Includes $3.6 million, $10.0 million, and $1.3 million of cash dividends paid in fiscal 2019, 2018, and 2017 respectively, in respect of vested options as a result of dividends declared in connection with our recapitalizations in fiscal 2018 and 2016. Represents the write-off of debt issuance costs and debt discounts related to the repricing and/or repayment of our first and second lien credit facilities. See NOTE 6 —Long-term Debt to our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information. Consists of the non-cash portion of rent expense, which represents the difference between our straight-line rent expense recognized under GAAP and cash rent payments. The adjustment can vary depending on the average age of our lease portfolio, which has been impacted by our significant growth in recent years. Non- cash rent was impacted by the adoption of ASC 842, Leases, which moved approximately $3.2 million out of amortization expense and into non-cash rent expense. Represents impairment charges with respect to planned store closures and gains or losses on dispositions of assets in connection with store transitions to new IOs. Includes marketing, occupancy and other expenses incurred in connection with store grand openings, including costs that will be the IO’s responsibility after store opening. Represents cash occupancy costs on leases acquired from Fresh & Easy, Inc. in 2015 for the periods prior to opening new stores on such sites (commonly referred to as “dead rent”). Represents non-cash changes in reserves related to our IO notes and accounts receivable. Other non-recurring, non-cash or discrete items as determined by management, including transaction related costs, personnel-related costs, store closing costs, legal expenses, strategic project costs, and miscellaneous costs. Represents the amortization of debt issuance costs and incremental amortization of an asset step-up resulting from purchase price accounting related to the 2014 H&F Acquisition which included trademarks, customer lists, and below-market leases. In fiscal 2019, due to the adoption of ASC 842, Leases, approximately $3.2 million in below-market lease amortization expense was moved out of this line and into non-cash rent expense. Represents the tax effect of the total adjustments. Because of the increased impact of discrete items on our effective tax rate including the excess tax benefits from the exercise and vest of share-based awards, beginning in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019, we changed our methodology in order to tax effect the total adjustments on a discrete basis excluding any non-recurring and unusual tax items. Prior to the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019, the methodology we used was to calculate the tax effect of the total adjustments using our quarterly effective tax rate. On June 6, 2019, we effected a 1.403 for 1 forward stock split. All share amounts and per share disclosures for all periods presented have been adjusted retroactively for the impact of this forward stock split. (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) (j) (k) (l) 51 Table of Contents Comparison of fiscal 2019 to fiscal 2018 (dollars in thousands) Net Sales Net sales December 28, 2019 2,559,617 $ December 29, 2018 2,287,660 $ $ $ Change % Change 271,957 11.9 % Fiscal Year Ended The increase in net sales for fiscal 2019 compared to fiscal 2018 was due to non-comparable store sales growth attributable to the net 31 stores opened during fiscal 2019 as well as an increase in comparable store sales. Comparable store sales increased 5.2% for fiscal 2019 compared to fiscal 2018, primarily driven by strong opportunistic and every day product purchasing, continued growth of our Natural, Organic, Specialty and Healthy (“NOSH”) business and expansion and effectiveness of our corporate and IO- led marketing initiatives. Cost of Sales Cost of sales % of net sales December 28, 2019 1,772,515 $ $ December 29, 2018 1,592,263 $ Change % Change $ 180,252 11.3 % Fiscal Year Ended 69.2 % 69.6 % The increase in cost of sales for fiscal 2019 compared to fiscal 2018 was primarily the result of new store growth and an increase in comparable store sales. Costs as a percentage of sales decreased slightly due to strong purchasing and inventory management. Gross Profit and Gross Margin Gross profit Gross margin December 28, 2019 December 29, 2018 $ Change % Change $ 787,102 $ 695,397 $ 91,705 13.2 % Fiscal Year Ended 30.8 % 30.4 % The increase in gross profit for fiscal 2019 compared to fiscal 2018 was primarily the result of new store growth and an increase in comparable store sales. Our gross margin increased modestly for fiscal 2019 compared to fiscal 2018 due to strong purchasing and inventory management. Selling, General and Administrative Expenses (“SG&A”) SG&A % of net sales December 28, 2019 December 29, 2018 $ Change % Change $ 639,437 $ 557,100 $ 82,337 14.8 % Fiscal Year Ended 25.0 % 24.4 % The increase in SG&A for fiscal 2019 compared to fiscal 2018 was primarily driven by increased selling expenses related to new store growth and higher sales volume. These increased expenses consisted primarily of commissions, store occupancy and shared maintenance costs, as well as investments in general and administrative infrastructure to support the continued growth in the business. SG&A was also impacted by the adoption of ASC 842, Leases, which moved approximately $3.2 million of previous amortization expense into non-cash rent. As a percentage of sales, SG&A increased modestly for fiscal 2019 compared to fiscal 2018 partially as a result of approximately $4.5 million in additional costs incurred to comply with public company requirements including incremental insurance, accounting, and legal expense as well as costs required to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. 52 Table of Contents Depreciation and Amortization Expense Depreciation and amortization % of net sales December 28, 2019 December 29, 2018 $ Change % Change $ 47,883 $ 45,421 $ 2,462 5.4 % Fiscal Year End 1.9 % 2.0 % The increase in depreciation and amortization expenses for fiscal 2019 compared to fiscal 2018 is primarily driven by new store growth and other capital investments, partially offset by the adoption of ASC 842, Leases, which moved approximately $3.2 million of previous amortization expense into SG&A expenses. Share-based Compensation Expense Share-based compensation % of net sales December 28, 2019 December 29, 2018 $ Change % Change $ 31,439 $ 10,409 $ 21,030 202.0 % Fiscal Year Ended 1.2 % 0.5 % The increase in share-based compensation expense for fiscal 2019 compared to fiscal 2018 was primarily driven by $24.3 million for share-based compensation expense related to time-based stock options granted prior to our IPO and $3.0 million for share-based compensation expense related to time- based stock options and RSUs granted as part of and subsequent to our IPO, with the remaining difference primarily relating to payment of dividends declared in connection with our recapitalizations in fiscal 2018 and 2016 for outstanding stock options that became exercisable during fiscal 2019. We did not record compensation expense for time-based stock options grants prior to our IPO in June 2019 because such time-based options were subject to a post-termination repurchase right by us until certain contingent events occurred, and such contingent events were not deemed probable prior to our IPO. When the IPO occurred and the repurchase feature lapsed, this contingent event resulted in share-based compensation expense on these options being recorded. We recognized share-based compensation expense for prior service completed as of the IPO date and began recognizing the remaining unamortized share-based compensation expense related to these outstanding time-based options over the remaining service period. Prior to our IPO, share-based compensation expense was primarily related to the equity awards granted to our board of directors and dividends paid in connection with our recapitalizations in fiscal 2018 and 2016. See NOTE 7—Share-based Awards to our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information. Interest Expense, net Interest expense, net % of net sales December 28, 2019 December 29, 2018 $ Change % Change $ 45,927 $ 55,362 $ (9,435) (17.0) % Fiscal Year Ended 1.8 % 2.4 % The decrease in interest expense, net for fiscal 2019 compared to fiscal 2018 was primarily driven by lower total borrowings under our First Lien Credit Agreement and the repayment in full of our Second Lien Credit Agreement. In connection with the closing of our IPO in the second quarter of fiscal 2019, we repaid in full the $150.0 million outstanding principal amount on our second lien term loan and terminated the related loan agreement. Additionally, we prepaid a portion of our term loan outstanding under the First Lien Credit Agreement totaling $263.0 million. In July 2019, we repriced and amended our existing First Lien Credit Agreement by replacing the existing term loan with a new $475.2 million senior secured term loan credit facility, The First Replacement Term Loan, discussed below under “—Liquidity and Capital Resources.” The First Replacement Term Loan reduced the applicable margin rates compared to the prior term loan. On October 23, 2019, we prepaid an additional $15.0 million of principal on the First Replacement Term Loan. See NOTE 6—Long-term Debt to our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information. 53 Table of Contents Debt Extinguishment and Modification Costs Debt extinguishment and modification costs $ % of net sales Fiscal Year Ended December 28, 2019 December 29, 2018 5,634 0.2 % 5,253 $ 0.2 % $ Change % Change 381 7.3 % During fiscal 2019, we wrote-off $4.1 million of debt issuance costs and incurred $0.2 million of debt modification costs related to the repricing and amendment of our First Lien Credit Agreement, and repaid in full our outstanding second lien term loan and terminated the related loan agreement. During fiscal 2018, we wrote-off $3.5 million of debt issuance costs and incurred $1.8 million of debt modification costs related to the 2018 recapitalization and related repayment in full of our prior first lien credit agreement. See NOTE 6—Long-term Debt to our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information. Income Tax Expense Income tax expense % of net sales Effective tax rate December 28, 2019 December 29, 2018 $ Change % Change $ 1,363 $ 5,984 $ (4,621) (77.2) % Fiscal Year Ended 0.1 % 8.1 % 0.3 % 27.4 % The decrease in income tax expense in fiscal 2019 compared to fiscal 2018 was primarily the result of lower income before taxes, which was mainly due to the share-based compensation expense of $31.4 million we recognized in connection with the IPO as discussed previously. As a result, our effective tax rate decreased to 8.1% for fiscal 2019 from 27.4% for fiscal 2018 primarily due to excess tax benefits from the exercise and vesting of share-based awards. See NOTE 9—Income Taxes to our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information. Net Income Net income % of net sales December 28, 2019 December 29, 2018 $ Change % Change $ 15,419 $ 15,868 $ (449) (2.8) % Fiscal Year Ended 0.6 % 0.7 % As a result of the foregoing, net income decreased modestly in fiscal 2019 compared to fiscal 2018. Adjusted EBITDA December 28, 2019 December 29, 2018 $ Change % Change Fiscal Year Ended Adjusted EBITDA $ 169,842 $ 153,578 $ 16,264 10.6 % The increase in adjusted EBITDA for fiscal 2019 compared to fiscal 2018 was primarily due to the aforementioned sales growth and gross margin expansion, partially offset by increased SG&A expenses including the impact of approximately $4.5 million in additional costs incurred to comply with public company requirements. Non-GAAP Adjusted Net Income Non-GAAP adjusted net income $ 64,963 $ 49,308 $ 15,655 31.7 % The increase in non-GAAP adjusted net income for fiscal 2019 compared to fiscal 2018 was primarily due to our increase in sales, which was primarily driven by the increase in store count for fiscal 2019 compared to fiscal 2018 and comparable sales of 5.2% and 3.9%, respectively. Additionally, our interest expense decreased for fiscal 2019 compared to fiscal 2018 as discussed previously. December 28, 2019 December 29, 2018 $ Change % Change Fiscal Year Ended 54 Table of Contents Comparison of fiscal 2018 to fiscal 2017 (dollars in thousands) Net Sales Net sales December 29, 2018 2,287,660 $ December 30, 2017 2,075,465 $ $ $ Change % Change 212,195 10.2 % Fiscal Year Ended The increase in net sales for fiscal 2018 compared to fiscal 2017 was due to non-comparable store sales growth attributable to the net 23 stores opened during fiscal 2018 as well as an increase in comparable store sales. Comparable store sales increased 3.9% for fiscal 2018 compared to fiscal 2017, primarily driven by increases in both the average transaction size and number of customer transactions, strong opportunistic purchasing, the expansion of our digital marketing initiatives, and the continued growth of our Natural, Organic, Specialty and Healthy (“NOSH”) business. Cost of Sales Cost of sales % of net sales December 29, 2018 1,592,263 $ $ December 30, 2017 1,443,582 $ Change % Change $ 148,681 10.3 % Fiscal Year Ended 69.6 % 69.6 % The increase in cost of sales for fiscal 2018 compared to fiscal 2017 was primarily the result of new store growth and an increase in comparable store sales. Costs as a percentage of sales remained flat at 69.6% for fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2017, respectively. Gross Profit and Gross Margin Gross profit Gross margin December 29, 2018 December 30, 2017 $ Change % Change $ 695,397 $ 631,883 $ 63,514 10.1 % Fiscal Year Ended 30.4 % 30.4 % The increase in gross profit for fiscal 2018 compared to fiscal 2017 was primarily the result of new store growth and an increase in comparable store sales. Our gross margin remained flat at 30.4% for fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2017 respectively. Selling, General and Administrative Expenses (“SG&A”) SG&A % of net sales December 29, 2018 December 30, 2017 $ Change % Change $ 557,100 $ 510,136 $ 46,964 9.2 % Fiscal Year Ended 24.4 % 24.6 % The increase in SG&A for fiscal 2018 compared to fiscal 2017 was primarily driven by increased selling expenses related to new store growth and higher sales volume. These increased expenses consisted primarily of commissions, store occupancy and shared maintenance costs, as well as investments in general and administrative infrastructure to support the continued growth in the business. As a percentage of sales, SG&A improved modestly for fiscal 2018 compared to fiscal 2017. This improvement was driven partially by a decrease in the provision for IO notes and receivables due to a combination of improved store performance and operational efficiencies which helped mitigate rising costs for IOs, improving the collectability of IO notes and receivables. However, IOs manage their own finances and their financial acumen and expense management practices vary significantly. As we do not control the management decisions in the stores, and as IOs implement a variety of practices with variability in their individual and collective outcomes, we experience variability in the provision and allowance over time as we assess the ability of each IO to repay the notes. 55 Table of Contents Depreciation and Amortization Expense Depreciation and amortization % of net sales December 29, 2018 December 30, 2017 $ Change % Change $ 45,421 $ 43,152 $ 2,269 5.3 % Fiscal Year End 2.0 % 2.1 % The increase in depreciation and amortization expenses (exclusive of distribution center depreciation included in cost of sales) for fiscal 2018 compared to fiscal 2017 is primarily driven by new store growth and other capital investments. Share-based Compensation Expense Share-based compensation % of net sales December 29, 2018 December 30, 2017 $ Change % Change $ 10,409 $ 1,659 $ 8,750 527.4 % Fiscal Year Ended 0.5 % 0.1 % The increase in share-based compensation expense for fiscal 2018 compared to fiscal 2017 was primarily driven by expense related to the payment of dividends declared in connection with our recapitalizations in fiscal 2018 and 2016 for outstanding stock options that became exercisable during fiscal 2018. Interest Expense, net Interest expense, net % of net sales December 29, 2018 December 30, 2017 $ Change % Change $ 55,362 $ 49,698 $ 5,664 11.4 % Fiscal Year Ended 2.4 % 2.4 % The increase in interest expense, net for fiscal 2018 compared to fiscal 2017 was primarily driven by rising interest rates and an increase of $150.0 million in our total debt related to the 2018 recapitalization. Debt Extinguishment and Modification Costs Debt extinguishment and modification costs $ % of net sales December 29, 2018 December 30, 2017 $ Change Fiscal Year Ended 5,253 0.2 % 1,466 $ 3,787 0.1 % % Change 258.3% The increase in debt extinguishment and modification costs for fiscal 2018 compared to fiscal 2017 was primarily driven by the write-off of debt issuance costs and non-capitalizable modification costs related to the 2018 recapitalization. 56 Table of Contents Income Tax Expense Income tax expense % of net sales Effective tax rate December 29, 2018 December 30, 2017 $ Change % Change $ 5,984 $ 5,171 $ 813 15.7 % Fiscal Year Ended 0.3 % 27.4 % 0.2 % 20.1 % The increase in income tax expense for fiscal 2018 compared to fiscal 2017 was primarily the result of an increase in our effective tax rate, which was due to a $5.4 million provisional tax benefit recorded in fiscal 2017 year pursuant to the provisions of the 2017 Tax Act (the “Tax Act”). As a result, our effective tax rate increased to 27.4% for fiscal 2018 from 20.1% for fiscal 2017. The effective tax rate increase was partially offset by a $3.9 million decrease in income before taxes. The Tax Act was enacted on December 22, 2017 and among other things, decreased the existing maximum federal corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21%. The provisional tax benefit of $5.4 million recorded in fiscal 2017 was primarily due to the net impact of the revaluation of net deferred tax liability balances at fiscal year-end. See NOTE 9—Income Taxes to our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information. Net Income Net income % of net sales December 29, 2018 December 30, 2017 $ Change % Change $ 15,868 $ 20,601 $ (4,733) (23.0) % Fiscal Year Ended 0.7 % 1.0 % As a result of the foregoing, net income decreased modestly in fiscal 2018 compared to fiscal 2017. Adjusted EBITDA December 29, 2018 December 30, 2017 $ Change % Change Fiscal Year Ended Adjusted EBITDA $ 153,578 $ 136,319 $ 17,259 12.7 % The increase in adjusted EBITDA for fiscal 2018 compared to fiscal 2017 was primarily due to our increase in sales, which was primarily driven by a 3.9% increase in comparable store sales in fiscal 2018 and an increase in fiscal year-end store count to 316 stores in fiscal 2018 as compared to 293 stores in fiscal 2017. Non-GAAP Adjusted Net Income Non-GAAP adjusted net income $ 49,308 $ 48,655 $ 653 1.3 % The increase in non-GAAP adjusted net income for fiscal 2018 compared to fiscal 2017 was primarily due to our increase in sales, which was primarily driven by a 3.9% increase in comparable store sales in fiscal 2018 and an increase in fiscal year-end store count to 316 stores in fiscal 2018 as compared to 316 stores in fiscal 2017. December 29, 2018 December 30, 2017 $ Change % Change Fiscal Year Ended 57 Table of Contents Liquidity and Capital Resources Our primary sources of liquidity are net cash provided by operating activities and borrowings and availability under our First Lien Credit Agreement. In addition, we also have a $100.0 million revolving credit facility available under our First Lien Credit Agreement. As of December 28, 2019, we had $3.6 million of outstanding standby letters of credit and $96.4 million of remaining borrowing capacity available under the revolving credit facility. Our primary cash needs are for working capital, capital expenditures, and to meet debt service requirements. Historically, we have funded our working capital and capital expenditures requirements with internally generated cash on hand, and most recently through our initial public offering of our common stock in June 2019 as described further below. As of December 28, 2019, we had cash and cash equivalent of $28.1 million, which consisted primarily of cash held in checking and money market accounts with financial institutions. On June 24, 2019, we completed our IPO in which we sold 19,765,625 shares of our common stock, including 2,578,125 shares from the full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, at a public offering price of $22.00 per share. We received net proceeds of $407.7 million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of $27.1 million. We also incurred offering costs payable by us of $7.2 million all of which will have been fully paid as of December 28, 2019 and were charged against the proceeds of the offering. On October 8, 2019, certain of our selling stockholders completed a secondary public offering of shares of our common stock. We did not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of these shares by the selling stockholders. We incurred offering costs payable by us of $1.1 million which are included in SG&A expenses for fiscal 2019. We received $3.2 million in cash (excluding withholding taxes) in connection with the exercise of 451,470 options by certain stockholders participating in this secondary public offering. On February 3, 2020, certain of our selling stockholders completed another secondary public offering of shares of our common stock. We did not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of these shares by the selling stockholders. We incurred offering costs payable by us of $1.1 million which will be included in SG&A expenses in fiscal 2020. We received $1.4 million in cash (excluding withholding taxes) in connection with the exercise of 191,470 options by certain stockholders participating in this secondary public offering. The terms of our First Lien Credit Agreement permit voluntarily prepayment without premium or penalty. In connection with the closing of our IPO on June 24, 2019, we used the net proceeds from the offering to repay in full the $150.0 million outstanding second lien term loan plus $3.6 million accrued and unpaid interest and terminated the related agreement. In addition, using the remainder of the net proceeds, together with excess cash on hand, we prepaid a portion of the term loan outstanding under our First Lien Credit Agreement totaling $248.0 million plus accrued interest of $3.8 million. We elected to apply the prepayment against the remaining principal installments in the direct order of maturity. No further principal payment on this term loan will be due until its maturity in October 2025. On July 23, 2019, we entered into an incremental agreement (the “Incremental Agreement”) to amend the First Lien Credit Agreement. The Incremental Agreement refinanced the term loan outstanding under the First Lien Credit Agreement with a replacement $475.2 million senior secured term loan credit facility (the “First Replacement Term Loan”) with an applicable margin of 3.50% or 3.25% for Eurodollar loans and 2.50% or 2.25% for base rate loans, in each case depending on the public corporate family rating of GOBP Holdings. The First Replacement Term Loan matured on October 22, 2025, which was the same maturity date as the prior term loan under our First Lien Credit Agreement. On October 23, 2019, we prepaid $15.0 million of principal on the First Replacement Term Loan. On January 24, 2020, we entered into a second Incremental Agreement (the “Second Incremental Agreement”) to further amend the First Lien Credit Agreement. The Second Incremental Agreement refinanced the First Replacement Term Loan with a replacement $460.0 million senior secured term loan credit facility (the “Second Replacement Term Loan”) with an applicable margin of 2.75% for Eurodollar loans and 1.75% for base rate loans, and made certain other corresponding technical changes and updates to the previously amended First Lien Credit Agreement. The Second Replacement Term Loan matures on October 22, 2025, which is the same maturity date as the First Replacement Term Loan. On March 19, 2020, GOBP Holdings together with another of our wholly owned subsidiaries borrowed $90.0 million under the revolving credit facility, the proceeds of which are to be used as reserve funding for working capital needs as a precautionary measure in light of the economic uncertainty surrounding the current COVID-19 pandemic. See NOTE 14—Subsequent Events for additional information. 58 Table of Contents As of December 28, 2019, we expected to pay an additional $0.7 million related to dividends declared in our recapitalizations in 2018 and 2016 for stock options that will vest during fiscal 2020 and beyond, of which $0.3 million, $0.2 million, $0.1 million, and $0.1 million is expected to be paid in fiscal 2020, fiscal 2021, fiscal 2022, and fiscal 2023, respectively. Pursuant to our 2014 Plan, if we are unable to make those payments, we may instead elect to reduce the per share exercise price of each such option by an amount equal to the dividend amount in lieu of making the applicable dividend payment. Our primary working capital requirements are for the purchase of inventory, payroll, rent, issuance of IO notes, other store facilities costs, distribution costs and general and administrative costs. Our working capital requirements fluctuate during the year, driven primarily by the timing of opportunistic inventory purchases and new store openings. Our capital expenditures are primarily related to new store openings, ongoing store maintenance and improvements, expenditures related to our distribution centers and infrastructure-related investments, including investments related to upgrading and maintaining our information technology systems and corporate offices. We expect to fund capital expenditures through cash generated from our operations. Based on our new store growth plans, we believe our existing cash and cash equivalents position, cash generated from our operations, and availability under our revolving credit facility will be adequate to finance our working capital requirements, planned capital expenditures and debt service over the next 12 months. If cash generated from our operations and borrowings under our credit facility are not sufficient or available to meet our capital requirements, then we will be required to obtain additional equity or debt financing in the future. However, there can be no assurance equity or debt financing will be available to us when we need it or, if available, the terms will be satisfactory to us and not dilutive to our then-current stockholders. Additionally, we may seek to take advantage of market opportunities to refinance our existing debt instruments with new debt instruments at interest rates, maturities and terms we deem attractive. We may also, from time to time, in our sole discretion, purchase or retire all or a portion of our existing debt instruments through privately negotiated or open market transactions, or otherwise. Debt Covenant The First Lien Credit Agreement contains certain customary representations and warranties, subject to limitations and exceptions, and affirmative and customary covenants. The First Lien Credit Agreement has the ability to restrict us from entering into certain types of transactions and making certain types of payments including dividends and stock repurchase and other similar distributions, with certain exceptions. Additionally, the revolving credit facility under our First Lien Credit Agreement is subject to a first lien secured leverage ratio of 7:00 to 1:00, tested quarterly if, and only if, the aggregate principal amount from the revolving facility, letters of credit (to the extent not cash collateralized or backstopped or, in the aggregate, not in excess of the greater of $10.0 million and the stated face amount of letters of credit outstanding on the closing date) and swingline loans outstanding and/or issued, as applicable, exceeds 35% of the total amount of the revolving credit facility commitments. As of December 28, 2019, we were not subject to the first lien secured leverage ratio testing requirement. Additionally, we were in compliance with all applicable covenant requirements as of December 28, 2019 for our First Lien Credit Agreement. 59 Table of Contents Cash Flows The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods presented (in thousands): Net cash provided by operating activities Net cash used in investing activities Net cash used in financing activities Net increase in cash and cash equivalents Cash Provided by Operating Activities December 28, 2019 Fiscal Year Ended December 29, 2018 December 30, 2017 $ $ 132,835 $ 105,811 $ (108,019) (17,778) (73,550) (16,999) 7,038 $ 15,262 $ 84,703 (77,820) (7,935) (1,052) Net cash provided by operating activities was $132.8 million, $105.8 million, and $84.7 million for fiscal 2019, fiscal 2018, and fiscal 2017, respectively. The improvements in net cash provided by operating activities for each fiscal year presented compared to prior fiscal years was primarily the result of increased net sales driven by new store growth and comparable store sales growth, partially offset by increased cost of sales and operating expenses, particularly commissions. Cash Used in Investing Activities Net cash used in investing activities for fiscal 2019, fiscal 2018, and fiscal 2017 was primarily for capital expenditures and cash advances to IOs. Net cash used in investing activities was $108.0 million for fiscal 2019 compared to $73.6 million for fiscal 2018. The $34.5 million increase was primarily related to capital expenditures for 34 new store openings and one relocation in fiscal 2019 compared to 26 new store openings in fiscal 2018. Net cash used in investing activities was $73.6 million for fiscal 2018 compared to $77.8 million for fiscal 2017. The $4.3 million decrease was primarily related to capital expenditures for only 26 new store openings in fiscal 2018 compared to 29 new store openings in fiscal 2017. Net cash used in investing activities for fiscal 2017 was $77.8 million, which was primarily the result of capital expenditures for 29 new stores and advances to IOs. Additional fiscal 2017 capital expenditures included investments in additional corporate office space, a new warehouse management system and upgraded point of sale technology. We expect capital expenditures of between $110.0 million and $120.0 million, net of tenant improvement allowances, in fiscal year 2020. Cash Used in Financing Activities Net cash used in financing activities was $17.8 million for fiscal 2019 compared to $17.0 million for fiscal 2018. The $0.8 million increase was primarily due to debt and interest repayments and offering cost payments related to our IPO. In June 2019, using the net proceeds from our IPO and excess cash on hand, we repaid in full the $150.0 million outstanding second lien term loan plus $3.6 million of accrued interest, and prepaid a portion of our outstanding term loan under the First Lien Credit Agreement totaling $248.0 million plus $3.8 million of accrued interest. Additionally, on October 23, 2019, we prepaid an additional $15.0 million of principal on our outstanding term loan under the First Lien Credit Agreement. These debt and interest payments were partially offset by proceeds of $407.7 million from our IPO, net of $27.1 million of underwriting discounts and commissions paid. We also incurred offering costs of $7.2 million related to our IPO. Net cash used in financing activities was $17.0 million for fiscal 2018 compared to $7.9 million for fiscal 2017. The $9.1 million increase was primarily the result of the net cash used to pay bank fees and transaction expenses related to the refinancing of our Existing Credit Facilities in connection with the 2018 recapitalization. Net cash used in financing activities for fiscal 2017 was $7.9 million, which was primarily the result of $5.3 million principal payments on term loans, $1.1 million payments of debt issuance costs, and $1.3 million payments of dividends related to our 2016 recapitalization. 60 Table of Contents Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements As of December 28, 2019, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements as defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of Regulation S-K. Contractual Obligations We enter into long-term contractual obligations and commitments in the normal course of business, primarily operating leases. The contractual commitment amounts in the table below are associated with agreements that are enforceable and legally binding. Obligations under contracts that we can cancel without a significant penalty are not included in the below table. Our contractual obligations and other commitments as of December 28, 2019 were as follows (in thousands): Lease obligations (1) Principal payments of long-term debt Interest on long-term debt (2) Purchase commitments (3) Total Total 1,249,282 $ $ Less than 1 Year 1-2 Years 3-5 Years More than 5 Years 99,395 $ 199,467 $ 197,083 $ 460,434 142,266 29,131 246 24,849 10,361 — 48,762 18,770 — 48,762 — 753,337 460,188 19,893 — $ 1,881,113 $ 134,851 $ 266,999 $ 245,845 $ 1,233,418 ______________________ (1) (2) Represents the maturities of lease liabilities of our operating and finance leases as disclosed in NOTE 4—Leases to our Consolidated Financial Statements. Represents the expected cash payments for interest on our long-term debt based on the amounts outstanding as of the end of each period and the interest rates applicable on such debt as of December 28, 2019. As described in NOTE 14—Subsequent Events to our Consolidated Financial Statements, in January 2020 we refinanced the term loan outstanding under the First Lien Credit Agreement with a replacement $460.0 million senior secured term loan facility and reduced the applicable margin rates on our borrowings to 2.75% for Eurodollar loans and 1.75% for base rate loans. The maturity date of the replacement term loan remains the same as that of the previous term loan under the First Lien Credit Agreement. Represents a purchase commitment for fresh meat with our primary fresh meat vendor and a purchase commitment with our human capital management software provider. (3) 61 Table of Contents Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). A summary of our significant accounting policies can be found in NOTE 1—Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to our Consolidated Financial Statements. The preparation of our consolidated financial statements requires us to make judgments and estimates that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and related disclosures. These judgments and estimates are based on historical and other factors believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Management evaluated the development and selection of our critical accounting policies and estimates and believes that the following involve a higher degree of judgment or complexity and are most significant to reporting our results of operations and financial position, and are therefore discussed as critical. The following critical accounting policies reflect the significant estimates and judgments used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. With respect to critical accounting policies, even a relatively minor variance between actual and expected results can potentially have a materially favorable or unfavorable impact on subsequent results of operations. Critical accounting estimates are applied in the following areas: Long-lived asset impairment; Leases; Share-based compensation; and • • • • Variable interest entities. Long-lived asset impairment We evaluate long-lived assets, including property and equipment and lease right-of-use assets, for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of such assets may not be recoverable. For purposes of this evaluation, long-lived assets are grouped with other assets at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets. Our retail stores are evaluated for impairment at the store level. A long-lived asset or asset group may be impaired if its carrying value exceeds its estimated undiscounted future cash flows over its remaining useful life. Our estimate of future cash flows requires us to make assumptions and apply judgment, including forecasting future net sales and gross margin and estimating the useful lives of the assets. If a long-lived asset or asset group is determined to be impaired, we record an impairment loss for the amount by which the carrying value of the asset or asset group exceeds its fair value. The estimated fair value of the asset or asset group is based on the estimated discounted future cash flows of the asset or asset group using a discount rate commensurate with the related risk. Leases We determine if a long-term contractual obligation is a lease at inception. The majority of our operating leases relate to retail stores. We also lease our corporate facilities and distribution centers. Most store leases have a 10-year base period and include options that allow us to extend the lease term beyond the initial base period, subject to terms agreed upon at lease inception. We have evaluated the period in which we are reasonably certain to renew our leases, based upon our history and initial capital investment, and have concluded that our reasonably certain lease period approximates 15 years for new retail store leases. Some leases also include early termination options, which can be exercised under specific conditions. Our lease agreements do not contain any material residual value guarantees or material restrictive covenants. We record our lease liabilities at the present value of the lease payments not yet paid, discounted at the rate of interest that we would have to pay to borrow on a collateralized basis over a similar term. As our leases do not provide an implicit interest rate, we use an incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at commencement date in determining the present value of lease payments. This information is dependent upon our credit rating, market information for credit spreads, and adjustments for the impact of collateral. We recognize operating lease cost over the estimated term of the lease, which includes options to extend lease terms that are reasonably certain of being exercised, starting when possession of the property is taken from the landlord, which normally includes a construction period prior to the store opening. When a lease contains a predetermined fixed escalation of the fixed rent, we recognize the related operating lease cost on a straight-line basis over the lease term. In addition, certain of our lease agreements include variable lease payments, such as increases based on a change in the consumer price index or fair market value. These variable lease payments are excluded from minimum lease payments and are included in the determination of net lease cost when it is probable that the expense has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. If an operating lease asset is impaired, the remaining operating lease asset will be amortized on a straight-line basis over the remaining lease term. 62 Table of Contents We did not elect the practical expedient to combine lease and non-lease components for each of our existing underlying asset classes. The only significant non-lease component represents common-area maintenance which was analyzed and concluded to be variable and paid at stand-alone (selling) prices based upon actual costs incurred. We do not record a lease liability and corresponding right-of-use asset for leases with terms of 12 months or less. Share-based compensation Share-based compensation cost is measured at grant date, based on the fair value of the award, and is recognized on a straight-line method over the requisite service period for awards expected to vest. We estimate the fair value of employee share-based payment awards subject to only a service condition on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes-Merton valuation model. The Black-Scholes-Merton model requires the use of highly subjective and complex assumptions, including the option’s expected term and the price volatility of the underlying stock. We estimate the fair value of employee share-based payment awards subject to both a market condition and the occurrence of a performance condition on the date of grant using a Monte Carlo simulation approach implemented in a risk-neutral framework. We recognize share-based award forfeitures as they occur rather than estimating by applying a forfeiture rate. We recognize compensation expense for awards expected to vest with only a service condition on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the award’s vesting period. Vesting of these awards is accelerated for certain employees in the event of a change in control. Compensation expense for employee share-based awards whose vesting is subject to the fulfillment of both a market condition and the occurrence of a performance condition is recognized on a graded- vesting basis at the time the achievement of the performance condition becomes probable. Prior to our initial public offering in June 2019, as our common stock had never been publicly traded, the expected stock price volatility for the common stock was estimated by taking the average historic price volatility for industry peers based on daily price observations over a period equivalent to the expected term of the stock option grants. Industry peers consist of several public companies in our industry which are of similar size, complexity and stage of development. The risk-free interest rate for the expected term of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury implied yield at the date of grant. The weighted-average expected term is determined with reference to historical exercise and post-vesting cancellation experience and the vesting period and contractual term of the awards. Prior to our initial public offering in June 2019, as our common stock had never been previously publicly traded, the fair value of shares of common stock underlying the stock options had historically been determined by our board of directors, with input from management. Because prior to our initial public offering in June 2019 there was no public market for our common stock, the board of directors determined the fair value of common stock at the time of grant by considering a number of objective and subjective factors including quarterly independent third-party valuations of our common stock, operating and financial performance, the lack of liquidity of our capital stock and general and industry specific economic outlook, among other factors. The third-party valuation of our common stock used a combination of the discounted cash flow method under the income approach, the guideline public company method under the market approach and the guideline merged and acquired method under the market approach. The material assumptions used in the income approach method is the estimated future cash flows and the associated discount rate used to discount such cash flows. The material assumptions used in the market approach methods are estimated future revenue and EBITDA. While these material assumptions are subjective in nature, we have not deemed them complex. Share-based awards expected to vest We are required to make estimates and assumptions with regards to the number of share-based awards that we expect will ultimately vest, among other things. With respect to performance-based stock option awards that we grant to certain executive officers and senior management, we estimate the number of shares expected to vest based primarily on our most current reported financial results. Because past or current financial trends may not be indicative of future financial performance, our estimate of the number of shares expected to vest may differ materially from the number of shares that actually vest. The maximum number of potential performance-based shares available to vest as of December 28, 2019 totaled 5.8 million, none of which were deemed probable of vesting as of December 28, 2019 because the requisite performance conditions had not been met, and accordingly, we have not recognized any compensation expense related to these awards. Total unrecognized compensation expense for the 5.8 million outstanding performance shares was $26.2 million as of December 28, 2019, which we would be required to recognize if all of the potential performance-based stock option awards were to vest. See NOTE 7—Share-based Awards to our Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion related to awards outstanding and expected to vest. 63 Table of Contents On February 3, 2020, in conjunction with a secondary offering, certain performance criteria were achieved resulting in the vesting of 4.1 million of the above noted performance-based shares. In the first fiscal quarter of 2020, we expect to recognize the additional share-based compensation expense of approximately $18.5 million associated with the vesting of the 4.1 million performance-based shares. See NOTE 14—Subsequent Events to our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information. Variable interest entities We assess at each reporting period whether or not we are considered the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity (“VIE”) and therefore required to consolidate the financial results of the VIE in our consolidated financial statements. Determining whether to consolidate a VIE may require judgment in assessing (i) whether an entity is a VIE, and (ii) if a reporting entity is a VIE’s primary beneficiary. A reporting entity is determined to be a VIE’s primary beneficiary if it has the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact a VIE’s economic performance and the obligation to absorb losses or rights to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to a VIE. We had 342, 308, and 283 stores operated by independent operators as of December 28, 2019, December 29, 2018, and December 30, 2017, respectively. We have Operator Agreements in place with each IO. The IO orders its merchandise exclusively from us which is provided to the independent operator on consignment. Under the Operator Agreement, the IO may select a majority of merchandise that we consign to the IO, which the IO chooses from our merchandise order guide according to IO’s knowledge and experience with local customer purchasing trends, preferences, historical sales and similar factors. The Operator Agreement gives the IO discretion to adjust our initial prices if the overall effect of all price changes at any time comports with the reputation of our Grocery Outlet retail stores for selling quality, name-brand consumables and fresh products and other merchandise at extreme discounts. IOs are required to furnish initial working capital and to acquire certain store and safety assets. The IO is required to hire, train, and employ a properly trained workforce sufficient in number to enable the IO to fulfill its obligations under the Operator Agreement. The IO is responsible for expenses required for business operations, including all labor costs, utilities, credit card processing fees, supplies, taxes, fines, levies, and other expenses. Either party may terminate the Operator Agreement without cause upon 75 days’ notice. As consignor of all merchandise to each IO, the aggregate sales proceeds from merchandise sales belongs to us. Sales related to independent operator stores were $2.5 billion, $2.2 billion, and $2.0 billion for fiscal 2019, fiscal 2018, and fiscal 2017, respectively. We, in turn, pay IOs a commission based on a share of the gross profit of the store. Inventories and related sales proceeds are our property, and we are responsible for store rent and related occupancy costs. Independent operator commissions are expensed and included in selling, general and administrative expenses. Independent operator commissions were $382.8 million, $340.0 million and $306.6 million for fiscal 2019, fiscal 2018, and fiscal 2017. Independent operator commissions of $6.1 million and $3.9 million were included in accrued expenses as of December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, respectively. IOs may fund their initial store investment from existing capital, a third-party loan or most commonly through a loan from us. To ensure IO performance, the Operator Agreements grant us the security interests in the assets owned by the IO. The total investment at risk associated with each IO is not sufficient to permit each IO to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support and, as a result, the IO are VIEs which we have variable interests in. To determine if we are the primary beneficiary of these VIEs, we evaluate whether we have (i) the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the IO’s economic performance and (ii) the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits of the IO that could potentially be significant to the IO. Our evaluation includes identification of significant activities and an assessment of its ability to direct those activities. Activities that most significantly impact the IO economic performance relate to sales and labor. Sales activities that significantly impact the IO’s economic performance include determining what merchandise the IO will order and sell and the price of such merchandise, both of which the IO controls. The IO is also responsible for all of their own labor. Labor activities that significantly impact the IO’s economic performance include hiring, training, supervising, directing, compensating (including wages, salaries and employee benefits) and terminating all of the employees of the IO, activities which the IO controls. Accordingly, the IO has the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the IO’s economic performance. Furthermore, the mutual termination rights associated with the Operator Agreements do not give us power over the independent operator. Our maximum exposure to the IOs is generally limited to the gross receivable due from these entities, which was $37.7 million and $27.8 million as of December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, respectively. Additional information can be found in NOTE 2— Independent Operator Notes and Accounts Receivable to our Consolidated Financial Statements. 64 Table of Contents Recent Accounting Pronouncements Refer to NOTE 1—Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to our Consolidated Financial Statements. 65 Table of Contents ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK Interest Rate Risk Our operating results are subject to risk from interest rate fluctuations on our credit facilities, which carry variable interest rates. As of December 28, 2019, our credit facility included a term loan and a revolving credit facility under the First Lien Credit Agreement which provided for revolving loans of up to $100.0 million, with a sub-commitment for issuance of letters of credit of $35.0 million and a sub-commitment for $20.0 million of swingline loans. Because our credit facility bears interest at a variable rate, we are exposed to market risks relating to changes in interest rates. As of December 28, 2019, we had a $460.2 million variable rate term loan (the First Replacement Term Loan) outstanding under our First Lien Credit Agreement and no outstanding variable rate debt under our revolving credit facility under out First Lien Credit Agreement. Based on our December 28, 2019 credit facility balance, a hypothetical 1% increase or decrease in the effective interest rate would cause an increase or decrease in interest cost of approximately $4.6 million over the next 12 months. We do not use derivative financial instruments for speculative or trading purposes, but this does not preclude our adoption of specific hedging strategies in the future. Impact of Inflation Our results of operations and financial condition are presented based on historical cost. While it is difficult to accurately measure the impact of inflation due to the imprecise nature of the estimates required, we believe the effects of inflation, if any, on our historical results of operations and financial condition have been immaterial. We cannot be assured that our results of operations and financial condition will not be materially impacted by inflation in the future. 66 Table of Contents ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA GROCERY OUTLET HOLDING CORP. INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Consolidated Balance Sheets Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 67 Page 68 69 70 71 72 73 Table of Contents REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Grocery Outlet Holding Corp. Opinion on the Financial Statements We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Grocery Outlet Holding Corp. and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, stockholders' equity, and cash flows, for each of the fiscal years ended December 28, 2019, December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017, and the related notes and Schedule I listed in the Index at Item 15 (collectively referred to as the "financial statements"). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the fiscal years ended December 28, 2019, December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Change in Accounting Principle As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Company has changed its method of accounting for Leases effective December 30, 2018 due to the adoption of FASB ASC Topic 842, Leases (“ASC 842”), using the modified retrospective approach. Basis for Opinion These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. /s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP San Francisco, California March 25, 2020 We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2007. 68 Table of Contents Assets Current assets: GROCERY OUTLET HOLDING CORP. CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (in thousands, except share and per share amounts) Cash and cash equivalents Independent operator receivables and current portion of independent operator notes, net of allowance $1,283 and $1,141 Other accounts receivable, net of allowance $19 and $24 Merchandise inventories Prepaid rent, related party Prepaid expenses and other current assets Total current assets Independent operator notes, net of allowance $9,088 and $7,926 Property and equipment, net Operating lease right-of-use assets Intangible assets, net Goodwill Other assets Total assets Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity Current liabilities: Trade accounts payable Accrued expenses Accrued compensation Current portion of long-term debt Current lease liabilities Income and other taxes payable Total current liabilities Long-term liabilities: Long-term debt, net Deferred income taxes Long-term lease liabilities Deferred rent Total liabilities Commitments and contingencies (NOTE 11) Stockholders’ equity: Voting common stock, par value $0.001, 500,000,000 and 107,536,215 shares authorized, respectively; 89,005,062 and 67,435,288 shares issued and outstanding, respectively Nonvoting common stock, par value $0.001, 0 and 17,463,785 shares authorized, respectively; 0 and 1,038,413 shares issued and outstanding, respectively Series A Preferred stock, par value $0.001, 50,000,000 and 1 share authorized, respectively; 0 and 1 share issued and outstanding, respectively Additional paid-in capital Retained earnings Total stockholders’ equity Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 69 December 28, 2019 December 29, 2018 $ 28,101 $ 21,063 7,003 2,849 219,420 — 13,453 270,826 20,331 356,614 734,327 47,792 747,943 7,696 5,056 2,069 198,304 512 13,368 240,372 13,646 304,032 — 68,824 747,943 2,045 $ $ 2,185,529 $ 1,376,862 119,217 $ 31,363 14,915 246 38,245 4,641 98,123 31,194 10,795 7,349 — 3,463 208,627 150,924 447,743 16,020 767,755 — 850,019 15,135 — 60,833 1,440,145 1,076,911 89 — — 717,282 28,013 745,384 67 1 — 287,457 12,426 299,951 $ 2,185,529 $ 1,376,862 Table of Contents GROCERY OUTLET HOLDING CORP. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (in thousands, except per share data) Net sales Cost of sales Gross profit Operating expenses: Selling, general and administrative Depreciation and amortization Share-based compensation Total operating expenses Income from operations Other expense: Interest expense, net Debt extinguishment and modification costs Total other expense Income before income taxes Income tax expense Net income and comprehensive income Basic earnings per share (1) Diluted earnings per share (1) Weighted average shares outstanding: Basic (1) Diluted (1) Fiscal Year Ended December 28, 2019 2,559,617 $ December 29, 2018 2,287,660 $ December 30, 2017 2,075,465 $ 1,772,515 787,102 1,592,263 695,397 1,443,582 631,883 639,437 47,883 31,439 718,759 68,343 45,927 5,634 51,561 16,782 1,363 557,100 45,421 10,409 612,930 82,467 55,362 5,253 60,615 21,852 5,984 $ $ $ 15,419 $ 15,868 $ 0.20 $ 0.19 $ 0.24 $ 0.23 $ 79,044 81,863 68,473 68,546 510,136 43,152 1,659 554,947 76,936 49,698 1,466 51,164 25,772 5,171 20,601 0.30 0.30 68,232 68,332 (1) On June 6, 2019, we effected a 1.403 for 1 forward stock split. All share amounts and per share disclosures for all periods presented have been adjusted retroactively for the impact of this forward stock split. See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 70 Table of Contents Balance at December 31, 2016 Issuance of shares Repurchase of shares Share-based compensation expense Dividends paid Net income and comprehensive income GROCERY OUTLET HOLDING CORP. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (in thousands, except share amounts) Voting Common Nonvoting Common Preferred Shares Shares Shares Amount Additional Paid-In Capital Retained Earnings Stockholders’ Equity 67,381,104 $ 1,060,277 $ Amount 67 Amount 1 2,272 (24,136) — — 1 $ — $ 403,109 $ 3,175 $ 406,352 (172) 1,659 (1,307) — (172) 1,659 (1,307) 20,601 20,601 Balance at December 30, 2017 67,381,104 $ 67 1,038,413 $ 1 1 $ — $ 403,289 $ 23,776 $ 427,133 Cumulative effect of accounting change Issuance of shares Repurchase of shares Share-based compensation expense Dividends paid Net income and comprehensive income 54,184 — 2,946 (2,946) — — 29 (34) 10,409 133 133 29 (34) 10,409 (126,236) (27,351) (153,587) 15,868 15,868 Balance at December 29, 2018 67,435,288 $ 67 1,038,413 $ 1 1 $ — $ 287,457 $ 12,426 $ 299,951 Cumulative effect of accounting change Issuance of common shares upon initial public offering, net of underwriting discounts Other direct initial public offering costs Conversion of nonvoting to voting common shares Redemption of preferred shares Exercise and vest of share-based awards Tax withholdings paid on behalf of employees related to net settlement of share-based awards Share-based compensation expense Dividends paid Net income and comprehensive income Balance at December 28, 2019 19,765,625 20 1,068,413 1 (1,068,413) (1) (1) — 735,736 1 30,000 168 168 407,666 (7,245) — — 4,444 (2,813) 31,439 (3,645) 407,646 (7,245) 4,443 (2,813) 31,439 (3,645) 89,005,062 $ 89 — $ — — $ — $ 717,282 $ 28,013 $ 745,384 15,419 15,419 See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 71 Table of Contents GROCERY OUTLET HOLDING CORP. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (in thousands) Cash flows from operating activities: Net income Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: Depreciation of property and equipment Amortization of intangible and other assets Amortization of debt issuance costs and bond discounts Debt extinguishment and modification costs Share-based compensation Provision for accounts receivable Deferred income taxes Other Changes in operating assets and liabilities: Independent operator and other accounts receivable Merchandise inventories Prepaid expenses and other current assets Income and other taxes payable Trade accounts payable, accrued compensation and other accrued expenses Deferred rent Changes in operating lease assets and liabilities, net Net cash provided by operating activities Cash flows from investing activities: Cash advances to independent operators Repayments of cash advances from independent operators Purchase of property and equipment Proceeds from sales of assets Intangible assets and licenses Net cash used in investing activities Cash flows from financing activities: Proceeds from initial public offering, net of underwriting discounts Proceeds from exercise of share-based compensation awards Proceeds from loans Payments related to net settlement of share-based compensation awards Other direct costs paid related to the initial public offering Principal payments on term loans Principal payments on other borrowings Dividends paid Debt issuance costs paid Net cash used in financing activities Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period Cash and cash equivalents at end of period Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information: Cash paid for interest Income taxes paid (refunded) in cash Property and equipment accrued at end of period December 28, 2019 Fiscal Year Ended December 29, 2018 December 30, 2017 $ 15,419 $ 15,868 $ 20,601 42,906 7,237 2,542 5,634 31,439 2,575 872 1,955 (3,649) (21,115) 498 1,191 22,599 — 22,732 132,835 (12,811) 4,473 (97,194) 586 (3,073) (108,019) 407,666 4,444 — (2,813) (7,062) (414,813) (865) (3,645) (690) (17,778) 7,038 21,063 37,052 10,005 4,108 5,253 10,409 749 5,831 1,306 (642) (15,292) (1,543) 159 16,315 16,233 — 105,811 (10,456) 3,749 (64,762) 1,092 (3,173) (73,550) — 29 871,688 (34) — (725,010) (94) (153,587) (9,991) (16,999) 15,262 5,801 $ $ $ $ 28,101 $ 21,063 $ 49,372 $ (65) $ 10,498 $ 47,305 $ 289 $ 7,851 $ 31,812 11,344 4,442 1,466 1,659 3,004 4,745 549 (2,595) (18,202) (1,346) 881 13,191 13,152 — 84,703 (8,471) 3,511 (71,066) 1,262 (3,056) (77,820) — — — (172) — (5,317) (89) (1,307) (1,050) (7,935) (1,052) 6,853 5,801 45,836 (66) 6,883 See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 72 Table of Contents GROCERY OUTLET HOLDING CORP. Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements NOTE 1—Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies Description of Business — Based in Emeryville, California, and incorporated in Delaware in 2014, Grocery Outlet Holding Corp. (together with its wholly owned subsidiaries, collectively, “Grocery Outlet,” “we,” or the “Company”) is a high-growth, extreme value retailer of quality, name-brand consumables and fresh products sold through a network of independently operated stores. As of December 28, 2019, we had 347 stores in California, Washington, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Idaho and Nevada. Grocery Outlet Holding Corp. (the “Parent Company”) owns 100% of Globe Intermediate Corp. (“Intermediate”), which owns 100% of GOBP Holdings, Inc. (“GOBP Holdings”), which owns 100% of GOBP Midco, Inc. (“Midco”), which owns 100% of Grocery Outlet Inc. (“GOI”). Initial Public Offering — In June 2019, we completed an initial public offering (“IPO”) of 19,765,625 shares of our common stock at a public offering price of $22.00 per share for net proceeds of $407.7 million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of $27.1 million. We also incurred offering costs payable by us of $7.2 million. The shares of common stock sold in the IPO and the net proceeds from the IPO included the full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. On October 8 2019, certain of our selling stockholders completed a secondary public offering of shares of our common stock. We did not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of these shares by the selling stockholders. We incurred offering costs payable by us of $1.1 million which are included in selling, general and administrative expenses (“SG&A“) for fiscal 2019. We received $3.2 million in cash (excluding withholding taxes) in connection with the exercise of 451,470 options by certain stockholders participating in this secondary public offering. On February 3, 2020, certain of our selling stockholders completed another secondary public offering of shares of our common stock. We did not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of these shares by the selling stockholders. We incurred offering costs payable by us of $1.1 million. We received $1.4 million in cash (excluding withholding taxes) in connection with the exercise of 191,470 options by certain stockholders participating in this secondary public offering. See NOTE 14—Subsequent Events for additional information. Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Charter”) became effective in connection with the completion of the IPO on June 24, 2019. The Charter, among other things, provided that all of our outstanding shares of nonvoting common stock were automatically converted into shares of voting common stock on a one-for-one basis and that our authorized capital stock consisted of 500,000,000 shares of common stock, and 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share. Our bylaws were also amended and restated as of June 24, 2019. Additionally, upon the closing of the IPO, we redeemed all of our outstanding preferred stock for an aggregate of $1.00. On June 24, 2019, we used the net proceeds from the IPO to repay $150.0 million in principal on the outstanding term loan under our second lien credit agreement, dated as of October 22, 2018 (as amended, the “Second Lien Credit Agreement”), as well as accrued and unpaid interest as of that date of $3.6 million, and terminated the Second Lien Credit Agreement. In addition, using the remainder of net proceeds, together with excess cash on hand, we prepaid a portion of our outstanding senior secured term loan under our First Lien Credit Agreement (as defined below) totaling $248.0 million plus accrued interest of $3.8 million. On October 23, 2019, we prepaid an additional $15.0 million of principal on the senior secured term loan under the First Lien Credit Agreement. Forward Stock Split — On June 6, 2019, we effected a 1.403 for 1 forward stock split. All share amounts and per share disclosures for all periods presented have been adjusted retroactively for the impact of this forward stock split. Fiscal Year — We operate on a fiscal year that ends on the Saturday closest to December 31st each year. The fiscal years ended December 28, 2019, December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017 all contained 52 weeks. Basis of Presentation — The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). Our consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Grocery Outlet Holding Corp. and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions were eliminated. In the opinion of management, these consolidated financial statements include all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair statement of the results for the periods presented. Certain prior period amounts in the consolidated statements of cash flows have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation. 73 Table of Contents Use of Estimates — The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results can differ from these estimates depending upon certain risks and uncertainties, and changes in these estimates are recorded when known. Segment Reporting — We manage our business as one operating segment. All of our sales were made to customers located in the United States and all property and equipment is located in the United States. Cash and Cash Equivalents — We consider all highly liquid investments, purchased with original maturities of three months or less, to be cash equivalents. All cash equivalents are unrestricted and available for immediate use. Allowance for Independent Operator (“IO”) Receivables and Notes and Other Accounts Receivable — We maintain allowances and accruals for estimated losses of amounts advanced to independent operators and other third parties determined to be uncollectible. See NOTE 2—Independent Operator Notes and Receivables for additional information. Concentrations of Credit Risk — Financial instruments which potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents and accounts and notes receivable. Although we deposit our cash with creditworthy financial institutions, our deposits typically exceed federally insured limits. To date, we have not experienced any losses on our cash deposits. No single customer or independent operator represented more than 10% of net sales for the years ended December 28, 2019, December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017. No single customer or independent operator represented more than 10% of accounts receivable or notes receivable as of December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018. Merchandise Inventories — Merchandise inventories are valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is determined by the first-in, first- out weighted-average cost method for warehouse inventories and the retail inventory method for store inventories. We provide for estimated inventory losses between physical inventory counts based on historical averages. This provision is adjusted periodically to reflect the actual shrink results of the physical inventory counts. Property and Equipment — Property and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and includes expenditures for significant improvements to leased premises. Depreciation of property and equipment is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally ranging from three to 15 years. Amortization of leasehold improvements is calculated based on the shorter of their estimated useful life or the remaining terms of the lease. Remaining lease terms currently range from one to 19 years. We evaluate events and changes in circumstances that could indicate carrying amounts of long-lived assets, including property and equipment, may not be recoverable. When such events or changes in circumstances occur, we assesses the recoverability of long-lived assets by determining whether or not the carrying value of such assets will be recovered through undiscounted future cash flows derived from their use and eventual disposition. For purposes of this assessment, long-lived assets are grouped with other assets and liabilities at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets and liabilities, primarily at an individual store level. If the sum of the undiscounted future cash flows is less than the carrying amount of an asset, we record an impairment loss for the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its fair value. The estimated fair value of the asset or asset group is based on the estimated discounted future cash flows of the asset or asset group using a discount rate commensurate with the related risk. We recorded impairment charges of $0.5 million and $0.6 million during the fiscal years ended December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, respectively. There were no impairment charges recorded during the fiscal year ended December 30, 2017. See NOTE 3—Property and Equipment for additional information. Leases — We adopted Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-02 (“ASU 2016-02”), Leases (Topic 842), and all subsequent amendments, effective December 30, 2018 using the modified retrospective approach under which we recorded the cumulative effect of transition as of the effective date and did not restate comparative periods. Under this transition method we determine if an arrangement is a lease at inception. Operating leases are included in operating lease right-of-use assets, current lease liabilities, and long-term lease liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. Finance leases are included in other assets, current lease liabilities, and long-term lease liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets. Right-of-use assets represent our right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent our obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease over the same term. Right-of-use assets and liabilities are recognized at commencement date based on the present value of the lease payments over the lease term, reduced by landlord incentives. As most of our leases do not provide an implicit rate, we use our incremental borrowing rate, which is estimated to approximate the interest rate on a collateralized basis with similar terms and payments based on the information available at the commencement date to determine the present value of our lease payments. The right-of-use assets also exclude lease incentives. 74 Table of Contents Our lease terms may include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that we will exercise that option. Lease expense for operating lease payments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Amortization of finance lease right-of-use assets, interest expense on finance lease liabilities and operating and financing cash flows for finance leases are immaterial. We have lease agreements with retail facilities for store locations, distribution centers, office space and equipment with lease and non-lease components, which are accounted for separately. Leases with an initial term of 12 months or less are not recorded on the balance sheet; lease expense for these leases is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The short-term lease expense is reflective of the short-term lease commitments on a go-forward basis. We sublease certain real estate to unrelated third parties under non-cancelable leases and the sublease portfolio consists of operating leases for retail stores. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets — We have both goodwill and intangible assets recorded on our consolidated balance sheets. Goodwill represents the difference between the purchase price and the fair value of assets and liabilities acquired in a business combination. Goodwill is not amortized, but rather is subject to an annual impairment evaluation which is performed during our fourth quarter or when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the value of goodwill may be impaired. Our impairment evaluation of goodwill consists of an initial qualitative assessment of our reporting unit to determine whether it is more-likely-than-not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value. If it is concluded that this is the case, a quantitative evaluation, based on discounted cash flows, is performed which requires us to estimate future cash flows, growth rates and economic and market conditions. If the quantitative evaluation indicates that goodwill is not recoverable, an impairment loss is calculated and recognized during that period. Measurement of such an impairment loss would be based on the excess of the carrying amount over fair value. There were no goodwill impairment charges recorded during the fiscal years ended December 28, 2019, December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017. There were no changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the fiscal years ended December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018. Intangible assets include trademarks, computer software and customer lists. Trademarks represent the value of all our trademarks and trade names in the marketplace. We are amortizing the value assigned to the trade names on a straight-line basis over 15 years. Computer software includes both acquired software and eligible costs to develop internal-use software that are incurred during the application development stage. These assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives of three years. Customer lists are amortized over their estimated useful lives of five years. We review our intangible assets for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. If the carrying amount of the intangible assets are not recoverable, the impairment is measured as the amount by which the carrying value of the intangible asset exceeds its fair value. There were no impairments of intangible assets recognized during the fiscal years ended December 28, 2019, December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017. Fair Value Measurements — Fair value is defined as the exchange price, or exit price, representing the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. The fair value of financial instruments is categorized based upon the level of judgment associated with the inputs used to measure their fair values. Fair value is measured using inputs from the three levels of the fair value hierarchy, which are described as follows: Level 1 — Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities Level 2 — Quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets or inputs that are observable Level 3 — Unobservable inputs in which there is little or no market data, which requires us to develop our own assumptions when pricing the financial instruments. For example, cash flow modeling inputs based on management's assumptions. The assets’ or liabilities’ fair value measurement level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The fair value framework requires that we maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. There were no assets or liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring or nonrecurring basis as of December 28, 2019 or December 29, 2018. There were no transfers of assets or liabilities between levels within the fair value hierarchy as of December 28, 2019 or December 29, 2018. Our financial assets and liabilities are carried at cost, which approximates their fair value, as described below: Cash and cash equivalents, IO receivables, other accounts receivable and accounts payable — The carrying value of such financial instruments approximates their fair value due to factors such as their short-term nature or their variable interest rates. 75 Table of Contents Independent operator notes receivable (net) — The carrying value of such financial instruments approximates their fair value. Notes payable and term loans — The carrying value of such financial instruments approximates their fair value since the stated interest rates approximates market rates for loans with similar terms for borrowers with similar credit profiles. However, in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 825, Financial Instruments, the fair values of our term loans as of December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018 are set forth below. The following table sets forth by level within the fair value hierarchy the carrying amounts and estimated fair values of our significant financial liabilities that are not recorded at fair value on the consolidated balance sheets (in thousands): Financial Liabilities: Term loans (Level 2) December 28, 2019 December 29, 2018 Carrying Amount (1) Estimated Fair Value (2) Carrying Amount (1) Estimated Fair Value (2) $ 458,682 $ 466,515 $ 871,772 $ 852,577 _______________________ (1) (2) The carrying amounts as of December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018 are net of unamortized debt discounts of $1.5 million and $3.2 million, respectively. The estimated fair value of our term loans was determined based on the average quoted bid-ask prices for the term loans in an over-the-counter market on the last trading day of fiscal 2019 and 2018. Revenue Recognition Net Sales — We recognize revenue from the sale of products at the point of sale, net of any taxes or deposits collected and remitted to governmental authorities. Our performance obligations are satisfied upon the transfer of goods to the customer, at the point of sale, and payment from customers is also due at the time of sale. Discounts provided to customers by us are recognized at the time of sale as a reduction in sales as the products are sold. Discounts provided by independent operators are not recognized as a reduction in sales as these are provided solely by the independent operator who bears the incremental costs arising from the discount. We do not accept manufacturer coupons. We do not have any material contract assets or receivables from contracts with customers, any revenue recognized in the current year from performance obligations satisfied in previous periods, any performance obligations, or any material costs to obtain or fulfill a contract as of December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018. Gift Cards — We record a deferred revenue liability when a Grocery Outlet gift card is sold. Revenue related to gift cards is recognized as the gift cards are redeemed, which is when we have satisfied our performance obligation. While gift cards are generally redeemed within 12 months, some are never fully redeemed. We reduce the liability and recognize revenue for the unused portion of the gift cards (“breakage”) under the proportional method, where recognition of breakage income is based upon the historical run-off rate of unredeemed gift cards. Our gift card deferred revenue liability was $2.0 million as of December 28, 2019 and $1.7 million as of December 29, 2018. Breakage amounts were less than $0.1 million for each of the fiscal years ended December 28, 2019, December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017. Disaggregated Revenues — The following table presents sales revenue by type of product for the fiscal years ended December 28, 2019, December 29, 2018, and December 30, 2017 (in thousands): Perishable (1) Non-perishable (2) Total sales December 28, 2019 December 29, 2018 December 30, 2017 $ $ 868,109 $ 768,373 $ 1,691,508 1,519,287 2,559,617 $ 2,287,660 $ 694,696 1,380,769 2,075,465 _______________________ (1) (2) Perishable departments include dairy and deli; produce and floral; and fresh meat and seafood. Non-perishable departments include grocery; general merchandise; health and beauty care; frozen foods; and beer and wine. Cost of Sales — Cost of sales includes, among other things, merchandise costs, inventory markdowns, shrink and transportation, distribution and warehousing costs, including depreciation. Marketing and Advertising Expenses — Costs for store promotions, newspaper, television, radio and other media advertising are expensed at the time the promotion or advertising takes place. Advertising costs are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income and amounted to approximately $26.2 million, $21.2 million and $20.8 million, respectively, in the years ended December 28, 2019, December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017. 76 Table of Contents Share-based Awards — We estimate the fair value of stock option awards subject to only a service condition on the date of grant using the Black- Scholes-Merton valuation model. The Black-Scholes-Merton model requires the use of certain input assumptions. Because we completed our IPO during the current fiscal year, we have limited historical exercise data from which to derive such input assumptions, including an option's expected term and the price volatility of the underlying stock. Consequently, we determine the expected term using an accepted, simplified formula which derives an expected term by taking the sum of the contractual term and adding the length of the vesting period and dividing by two. We estimate stock price volatility for our common stock by taking the average historic price volatility for industry peers based on daily price observations over a period equivalent to the expected term of the stock option grants. Industry peers consist of several public companies in our industry which are of similar size, complexity and stage of development. The risk-free interest rate for the expected term of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury implied yield at the date of grant. We estimate the fair value of share-based payment awards subject to both a market condition and a performance condition on the date of grant using a Monte Carlo simulation approach implemented in a risk-neutral framework. We estimate the fair value of restricted stock units based upon the closing price of our common stock as reported on the date of grant. We recognize compensation expense for share-based payment awards with only a service condition on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the award’s vesting period. Vesting of these awards is accelerated for certain employees in the event of a change in control. Compensation expense for share-based payment awards subject to vesting based upon the achievement of a performance condition is recognized on a graded-vesting basis at the time the achievement of the performance condition becomes probable. We recognize share-based award forfeitures as they occur rather than estimating by applying a forfeiture rate. While we recognize share-based compensation expense over the performance period and/or requisite service period based on the fair market value of the award as of the grant date, we will not know the actual amount of tax benefit an award will generate until such award is exercised (or vested for RSUs). Until such award is exercised (or vested for RSUs) we assume that the amount ultimately recognized for tax purposes is the same amount we are currently recognizing in our operating results, that is for “book” purposes. Consequently, our deferred tax asset related to share-based compensation expense, which totaled $6.3 million as of December 28, 2019, is based on each qualifying award’s grant date fair value rather than the award’s to-be-determined exercise date intrinsic value (or vesting date fair value). For our fiscal year ended December 28, 2019, the difference between the grant date fair value and the exercise or vest date intrinsic value totaled $17.0 million. If the share price for our common stock were to depreciate for a sustained period of time, we could be required to recognize a tax benefit shortfall. Such shortfalls could have a material effect on our cash flows and financial results. See NOTE 7— Share-based Awards and NOTE 9—Income Taxes for additional information. Income Taxes — Income taxes are accounted for using an asset and liability approach that requires recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in our consolidated financial statements or tax returns. In estimating future tax consequences, all expected future events are considered, other than changes in the tax law. A valuation allowance is established, when necessary, to reduce net deferred income tax assets to the amount expected to be realized. We have not recorded any valuation allowances against our deferred income tax balances for the fiscal years ended December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018. Significant items comprising our future tax benefits and liabilities (deferred tax assets and liabilities) include net operating losses, depreciation and amortization, goodwill, intangible assets, lease liability obligations and right-of-use assets. We recognize interest and penalties accrued on any unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense. We record uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes, on the basis of a two-step process in which (1) we determine whether it is more likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained on the basis of the technical merits of the position and (2) for those tax positions that meet the more likely-than-not recognition threshold, we recognize the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50 percent likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the related tax authority. Variable Interest Entities — We assess at each reporting period whether or not we are considered the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity (“VIE”) and therefore required to consolidate the financial results of the VIE in our consolidated financial statements. Determining whether to consolidate a VIE may require judgment in assessing (i) whether an entity is a VIE, and (ii) if a reporting entity is a VIE’s primary beneficiary. A reporting entity is determined to be a VIE’s primary beneficiary if it has the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact a VIE’s economic performance and the obligation to absorb losses or rights to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to a VIE. 77 Table of Contents We had 342, 308 and 283 stores operated by independent operators as of December 28, 2019, December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017, respectively. We have agreements in place with each independent operator. The independent operator orders its merchandise exclusively from us which is provided to the independent operator on consignment. Under the independent operator agreement, the independent operator may select a majority of merchandise that we consign to the independent operator, which the independent operator chooses from our merchandise order guide according to the independent operator’s knowledge and experience with local customer purchasing trends, preferences, historical sales and similar factors. The independent operator agreement gives the independent operator discretion to adjust our initial prices if the overall effect of all price changes at any time comports with the reputation of our Grocery Outlet retail stores for selling quality, name-brand consumables and fresh products and other merchandise at extreme discounts. Independent operators are required to furnish initial working capital and to acquire certain store and safety assets. The independent operator is required to hire, train and employ a properly trained workforce sufficient in number to enable the independent operator to fulfill its obligations under the independent operator agreement. The independent operator is responsible for expenses required for business operations, including all labor costs, utilities, credit card processing fees, supplies, taxes, fines, levies and other expenses. Either party may terminate the independent operator agreement without cause upon 75 days’ notice. As consignor of all merchandise to each independent operator, the aggregate net sales proceeds from merchandise sales belongs to us. Sales related to independent operator stores were $2.5 billion, $2.2 billion, and $2.0 billion for the fiscal years ended December 28, 2019, December 29, 2018, and December 30, 2017, respectively. We, in turn, pay independent operators a commission based on a share of the gross profit of the store. Inventories and related sales proceeds are our property, and we are responsible for store rent and related occupancy costs. Independent operator commissions were expensed and included in selling, general and administrative expenses. Independent operator commissions were $382.8 million, $340.0 million, and $306.6 million for the fiscal years ended December 28, 2019, December 29, 2018, and December 30, 2017, respectively. Independent operator commissions of $6.1 million and $3.9 million were included in accrued expenses as of December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, respectively. Independent operators may fund their initial store investment from existing capital, a third-party loan or most commonly through a loan from us, as further discussed in NOTE 2—Independent Operator Notes and Receivables. To ensure independent operators performance, the operator agreements grant us the security interests in the assets owned by the independent operators. The total investment at risk associated with each store's independent operators is not sufficient to permit the independent operators to finance their activities without additional subordinated financial support and, as a result, the independent operators are VIEs which we have variable interests in. To determine whether or not we are the primary beneficiary of these VIEs, we evaluate whether we have (i) the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the independent operators' economic performance and (ii) whether we have the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits of the independent operators that could potentially be significant to the independent operators. Our evaluation includes identification of significant independent operators' activities and an assessment of their ability to direct those activities. Activities that most significantly impact the independent operators' economic performance relate to sales and labor. Sales activities that significantly impact the independent operators’ economic performance include determining what merchandise the independent operators will order and sell and the price of such merchandise, both of which the independent operators controls. The independent operators are also responsible for all of their own labor. Labor activities that significantly impact the independent operators' economic performance include hiring, training, supervising, directing, compensating (including wages, salaries and employee benefits) and terminating all of their employees, activities which the independent operators controls. Accordingly, the independent operators have the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact their economic performance. Furthermore, the mutual termination rights associated with the operator agreements do not give us power over the independent operators. Our maximum exposure to the independent operators is generally limited to the gross operator notes and receivables due from these entities, which was $37.7 million and $27.8 million as of December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, respectively. See NOTE 2—Independent Notes and Operator Receivables for additional information. Net Income Per Share — Basic net income per share is calculated using net income available to common stockholders divided by the weighted- average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net income per share reflects the dilutive effects of stock options and restricted stock units outstanding during the period, to the extent such securities would not be anti-dilutive, and is determined using the treasury stock method. 78 Table of Contents Recently Adopted Accounting Standards We adopted ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), (“ASC 842”) on December 30, 2018, using a modified retrospective approach. The modified retrospective approach provides a method for recording existing leases in accordance with ASC 842 at adoption with the comparative reporting periods being presented in accordance with ASU 2018-11, Leases (Topic 840), (“ASC 840”). We elected a number of the practical expedients permitted under the transition guidance within the new standard. This included the election to apply the practical expedient package upon transition, which comprised the following: • We did not reassess whether expired or existing contracts are or contain a lease; • We did not reassess the classification of existing leases; and • We did not reassess the accounting treatment for initial direct costs. In addition, we elected the practical expedient related to short-term leases, which allows us to not recognize a right-of-use asset and lease liability for leases with an initial expected term of 12 months or less. We did not elect the practical expedient to combine lease and non-lease components for each of our existing underlying asset classes and will account for fixed-payment lease components such as rent, and for gross leases, fixed real estate taxes and fixed insurance costs, separately from the variable non-lease components such as common-area maintenance costs. Adoption of the new standard resulted in the recognition of additional lease assets of $664.9 million and lease liabilities of $709.0 million on the consolidated balance sheets as of December 30, 2018, which includes the reclassification of amounts presented in comparative periods as deferred rent of $60.8 million as a reduction to the right-of-use assets and leasehold interests of $17.7 million as an addition to right-of-use assets. The adoption of the new standard resulted in a $0.2 million cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings. The standard did not materially impact the consolidated statement of operations and other comprehensive income or the consolidated statement of cash flows. See NOTE 4—Leases for additional information. Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements In June 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU No. 2016-13, Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (“ASU 2016-13”). ASU 2016-13, which was further updated and clarified by the FASB through issuance of additional related ASUs, amends the guidance surrounding measurement and recognition of credit losses on financial assets measured at amortized cost, including trade receivables and debt securities, by requiring recognition of an allowance for credit losses expected to be incurred over an asset’s lifetime based on relevant information about past events, current conditions, and supportable forecasts impacting the financial assets ultimate collectability. This “expected loss” model will likely result in earlier recognition of credit losses than the current “as incurred” model, under which losses are recognized only upon an occurrence of an event that gives rise to the incurrence of a probable loss. ASU 2016-13 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years, and is to be adopted on a modified retrospective basis. We will adopt ASU 2016-13 beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2020 and are currently evaluating the impact on our consolidated financial statements. In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-15, Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract (“ASU 2018-15”). ASU 2018-15 aligns the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software. ASU 2018-15 is effective retrospectively for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2019. We will adopt ASU 2018-15 beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2020. We do not expect the adoption of ASU 2018-15 to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-12, Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes (“ASU 2019-12”). ASU 2019-12 simplifies accounting guidance for certain tax matters including franchise taxes, certain transactions that result in a step-up in tax basis of goodwill, and enacted changes in tax laws in interim periods. In addition, it eliminates a company’s need to evaluate certain exceptions relating to the incremental approach for intra-period tax allocation, accounting for basis differences when there are ownership changes in foreign investments, and interim period income tax accounting for year-to-date losses that exceed anticipated losses. ASU 2019-12 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, including interim periods within those fiscal years. We will adopt ASU 2019-12 beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2021 and are currently evaluating the impact on our consolidated financial statements. 79 Table of Contents NOTE 2—Independent Operator Notes and Receivables The amounts included in independent operator notes and accounts receivable consist primarily of funds we loaned to independent operators, net of estimated uncollectible amounts. Independent operator notes are payable on demand and, where applicable, typically bear interest at a rate of 9.95%. Independent operator notes and receivables are also subjected to estimations of collectability based on an evaluation of overall credit quality, the estimated value of the underlying collateral and historical collections experience, including the fact that, typically, IOs pay third-party operations-related payables prior to paying down their note with us. While estimates are required in making this determination, we believe the independent operator notes and receivables balances, net of allowances, represent what we expect to collect from IOs. Amounts due from IOs and the related allowances and accruals for estimated losses as of December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018 consisted of the following (in thousands): December 28, 2019 Independent operator notes Independent operator receivables Total December 29, 2018 Independent operator notes Independent operator receivables Total $ $ $ $ Gross Current Portion Long-term Portion Net Current Portion Long-term Portion Allowance 31,952 $ 5,753 (678) $ (605) (9,088) $ 22,186 $ 1,855 $ 20,331 — 5,148 5,148 — 37,705 $ (1,283) $ (9,088) $ 27,334 $ 7,003 $ 20,331 Gross Current Portion Long-term Portion Net Current Portion Long-term Portion Allowance 23,450 $ 4,319 (577) $ (564) (7,926) $ 14,947 $ 1,301 $ 13,646 — 3,755 3,755 — 27,769 $ (1,141) $ (7,926) $ 18,702 $ 5,056 $ 13,646 A summary of activity in the independent operator notes and receivables allowance is as follows (in thousands): Balance at beginning of year Provision for independent operator notes and receivables Write-off of provision for independent operator notes and receivables Balance at end of year December 28, 2019 Fiscal Year Ended December 29, 2018 December 30, 2017 $ $ 9,067 $ 9,031 $ 2,741 (1,437) 1,029 (993) 10,371 $ 9,067 $ 6,046 3,259 (274) 9,031 80 Table of Contents NOTE 3—Property and Equipment Property and equipment as of December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018 consisted of the following (in thousands): December 28, 2019 Leasehold improvements Fixtures and equipment Lease acquisition costs Construction in progress Totals December 29, 2018 Leasehold improvements Fixtures and equipment Lease acquisition costs Construction in progress Totals Property and Equipment, At Cost Accumulated Depreciation and Amortization Property and Equipment, Net $ $ $ $ 225,496 $ (53,733) $ 274,523 383 16,100 (105,886) (269) — 516,502 $ (159,888) $ 190,158 $ (39,509) $ 220,337 433 11,860 (78,996) (251) — 422,788 $ (118,756) $ 171,763 168,637 114 16,100 356,614 150,649 141,341 182 11,860 304,032 Construction in progress is primarily composed of leasehold improvements and fixtures and equipment related to new or remodeled stores where construction had not been completed at year-end. Long-lived assets were evaluated for potential impairment by measuring their fair value on a nonrecurring basis. Fair value of long-lived assets is determined by estimating the amount and timing of net future cash flows (including rental expense for leased properties, sublease rental income, common area maintenance costs, and real estate taxes) and discounting them using a risk-adjusted rate. We estimate future cash flows based on our experience and knowledge of the market in which each store is located. We recorded impairment charges of $0.5 million and $0.6 million during fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018, respectively. There were no adjustments to the carrying value of long-lived assets due to impairment charges during 2017. Depreciation expense on property and equipment for fiscal 2019, 2018 and 2017 was as follows (in thousands): Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income Location Cost of sales Selling, general and administrative expenses Total depreciation expense on property and equipment December 28, 2019 Fiscal Year Ended December 29, 2018 December 30, 2017 $ $ 1,210 $ 41,696 1,265 $ 35,787 42,906 $ 37,052 $ — 31,812 31,812 81 Table of Contents NOTE 4—Leases We generally lease retail facilities for store locations, distribution centers, office space and equipment and account for these leases as operating leases. We account for one retail store lease and certain equipment leases as finance leases. Lease right-of-use assets and lease liabilities are recognized at the lease commencement date based on the present value of the lease payments over the lease term. As most of our leases do not provide an implicit rate, we use our incremental borrowing rate based on information available at the lease commencement date to determine the present value of lease payments. Leases with an initial term of 12 months or less are not recorded on the balance sheet; lease expense for these short-term leases is recognized on a straight- line basis over the lease term. Leases for 15 of our store locations and one warehouse location are controlled by related parties. As of December 28, 2019, the right-of-use asset and lease liability related to these properties was $42.5 million and $46.7 million, respectively. As of December 28, 2019, we had executed leases for 34 store locations that we had not yet taken possession of with total undiscounted future lease payments of $209.6 million over approximately 15 years. Our lease terms may include options to extend the lease when we are reasonably certain that we will exercise such options. Based upon our initial investment in store leasehold improvements, we utilize an initial, reasonably-certain lease life of 15 years. Most leases include one or more options to renew, with renewal terms that can extend the lease term from five to 15 years or more. Our leases do not include any material residual value guarantees or material restrictive covenants. We also have non-cancelable subleases with unrelated third parties with future minimum rental receipts as of December 28, 2019 totaling $4.9 million ending in various years through 2028, and as of December 29, 2018 totaling $3.6 million ending in various years through 2023, which have not been deducted from the future minimum payments. ASC 842 Disclosures The balance sheet classification of our right-of-use lease assets and lease liabilities as of December 28, 2019 was as follows (in thousands): Leases Assets: Operating lease assets Finance lease assets Total lease assets Liabilities: Current Operating Finance Noncurrent Operating Finance Total lease liabilities Classification Operating right-of-use assets Other assets Current lease liabilities Current lease liabilities Long-term lease liabilities Long-term lease liabilities The components of lease expense for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2019 were as follows (in thousands): Lease Cost Operating lease cost Finance lease cost: Amortization of right-of-use assets Interest on leased liabilities Sublease income Net lease cost Classification Selling, general and administrative expenses Depreciation and amortization Interest expense, net Other income $ $ $ $ $ $ 734,327 5,904 740,231 37,923 322 762,105 5,651 806,001 99,237 817 263 (1,248) 99,069 Short-term lease expense and variable lease payments recorded in operating expenses were immaterial for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2019. 82 Table of Contents Maturities of lease liabilities as of December 28, 2019 were as follows (in thousands): Operating Leases Finance Leases Total Fiscal 2020 Fiscal 2021 Fiscal 2022 Fiscal 2023 Fiscal 2024 Thereafter Total lease payments Less: Imputed interest Present value of lease liabilities $ 98,289 $ 1,106 $ 98,977 98,288 98,015 97,189 750,968 1,241,726 (441,698) $ 800,028 $ 1,128 1,074 972 907 2,369 7,556 $ (1,583) 5,973 The weighted-average lease term and discount rate as of December 28, 2019 were as follows: Weighted-average remaining lease term (years): Operating leases Finance leases Weighted-average discount rate: Operating leases Finance leases 99,395 100,105 99,362 98,987 98,096 753,337 1,249,282 12.33 7.55 7.41 % 6.35 % Supplemental cash flow information related to leases for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2019 was as follows (in thousands): Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities: Operating cash flows used by operating leases Lease assets obtained in exchange for new lease liabilities — adoption Lease assets obtained in exchange for new lease liabilities — fiscal year ended December 28, 2019 ASC 840 Disclosures $ $ $ 88,362 664,882 155,986 Rental expense for all operating leases for the fiscal years ended December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017 (under ASC 840) was as follows (in thousands): Rent expense — third-party lessors Rent expense — related parties Contingent rentals Less rentals from subleases Total rent expense Fiscal Year Ended December 29, 2018 December 30, 2017 $ $ 79,347 $ 7,141 548 (1,075) 85,961 $ 72,622 7,309 531 (1,079) 79,383 Future minimum rental payments for all non-cancelable operating leases having a remaining term in excess of one year as of December 29, 2018 (under ASC 840) was as follows (in thousands): Fiscal 2019 Fiscal 2020 Fiscal 2021 Fiscal 2022 Fiscal 2023 Thereafter Third Parties Related Parties Total $ 82,971 $ 6,152 $ 91,538 93,090 92,359 91,955 801,832 6,201 6,297 6,532 6,410 48,914 89,123 97,739 99,387 98,891 98,365 850,746 Total future minimum rental payments $ 1,253,745 $ 80,506 $ 1,334,251 83 Table of Contents NOTE 5—Goodwill and Intangible Assets Information regarding our goodwill and intangible assets as of December 28, 2019 was as follows (in thousands): _______________________ (1) Leasehold interests previously classified as finite-lived intangible assets were reclassified to operating lease right-of-use assets upon the adoption of ASU 2016-02 (Topic 842). See NOTE 1—Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies for additional information. Information regarding our goodwill and intangible assets as of December 29, 2018 was as follows (in thousands): $ 833,281 $ (37,546) $ Gross Carrying Amount Accumulated Amortization (16,431) $ Net Carrying Amount 41,969 Gross Carrying Amount Accumulated Amortization (20,324) $ Net Carrying Amount 38,076 Useful Lives (Years) 15 $ 5 1–20 3 Indefinite Useful Lives (Years) 15 $ 5 1–20 3 Indefinite 58,400 $ 160 — 20,418 78,978 6,360 85,338 747,943 58,400 $ 160 30,468 18,176 107,204 5,245 112,449 747,943 (160) — (17,062) (37,546) — (37,546) — (135) (12,735) (14,324) (43,625) — (43,625) — — — 3,356 41,432 6,360 47,792 747,943 795,735 25 17,733 3,852 63,579 5,245 68,824 747,943 816,767 Trademarks Customer lists Leasehold interests (1) Computer software Total finite-lived intangible assets Liquor licenses Total intangible assets Goodwill Total goodwill and intangible assets Trademarks Customer lists Leasehold interests Computer software Total finite-lived intangible assets Liquor licenses Total intangible assets Goodwill Total goodwill and intangible assets $ 860,392 $ (43,625) $ Amortization expense for finite-lived intangible assets was $6.7 million, $10.0 million, and $11.3 million for the fiscal years ended December 28, 2019, December 29, 2018, and December 30, 2017, respectively. Liquor license assets have been classified as indefinite-lived intangible assets and accordingly, are not subject to amortization. There were no impairments of goodwill or intangible assets during the fiscal years ended December 28, 2019, December 29, 2018, and December 30, 2017, respectively. The estimated future amortization expense related to finite-lived intangible assets as of December 28, 2019 is as follows (in thousands): Fiscal 2020 Fiscal 2021 Fiscal 2022 Fiscal 2023 Fiscal 2024 Thereafter Total $ $ 5,877 5,000 4,159 3,894 3,893 18,609 41,432 84 Table of Contents NOTE 6—Long-Term Debt Long-term debt consisted of the following (in thousands): Term loans: First Lien Credit Agreement (1) Second Lien Credit Agreement (1) Revolving credit facility Notes payable Finance lease liability (see NOTE 4—Leases) Long-term debt, gross Less: Unamortized debt discounts and debt issuance costs (1) Long-term debt, less unamortized debt discounts and debt issuance costs Less: Current portion Long-term debt, net December 28, 2019 December 29, 2018 $ 460,188 $ — — 246 — 460,434 (12,445) 447,989 (246) $ 447,743 $ 725,000 150,000 — — 2,019 877,019 (19,651) 857,368 (7,349) 850,019 _______________________ (1) To conform with the current period presentation, unamortized debt discounts of $1.8 million and $1.5 million as of December 29, 2018 have been reclassified from “First Lien Credit Agreement” and “Second Lien Credit Agreement,” respectively, and included in “Unamortized debt discounts and debt issuance costs.” This reclassification had no impact on our consolidated financial statements for fiscal 2018. First Lien Credit Agreement On October 22, 2018, GOBP Holdings, Inc (“GOBP Holdings”), our wholly owned subsidiary, together with another of our wholly owned subsidiaries, entered into a first lien credit agreement (the “First Lien Credit Agreement”) with a syndicate of lenders for a $725.0 million senior term loan and a revolving credit facility for an amount up to $100.0 million, with a sub-commitment for a $35.0 million letter of credit and a sub-commitment for $20.0 million of swingline loans. Borrowings under the First Lien Credit Agreement are secured by substantially all the assets of the borrower subsidiary and its guarantors. The term loan proceeds were primarily used for retiring our prior first lien credit agreement and paying the dividends related to our 2018 recapitalization. As of December 28, 2019, we had standby letters of credit outstanding totaling $3.6 million under the First Lien Credit Agreement. We are required to pay a quarterly commitment fee ranging from 0.25% to 0.50% on the daily unused amount of the commitment under the revolving credit facility based upon the leverage ratio defined in the agreement and certain criteria specified in the agreement. We are also required to pay fronting fees and other customary fees for letters of credit issued under the revolving credit facility. The interest rate for the revolving credit facility is determined based on a formula using certain market rates. No amounts were outstanding under the revolving credit facility as of December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018. On March 19, 2020, GOBP Holdings together with another of our wholly owned subsidiaries borrowed $90.0 million under the revolving credit facility, the proceeds of which are to be used as reserve funding for working capital needs as a precautionary measure in light of the economic uncertainty surrounding the current COVID-19 pandemic. See NOTE 14—Subsequent Events for additional information. The First Lien Credit Agreement permits voluntarily prepayment on borrowings without premium or penalty. In connection with the closing of our IPO, we prepaid $248.0 million of principal and $3.8 million of interest on the outstanding term loan under the First Lien Credit Agreement on June 24, 2019 and elected to apply the prepayment against the remaining principal installments in the direct order of maturity. No further principal payment on the term loan under the First Lien Credit Agreement will be due until the maturity date of this term loan. The terms of the First Lien Credit Agreement include mandatory prepayment requirements on the term loan if certain conditions are met (as described in the First Lien Credit Agreement). 85 Table of Contents On July 23, 2019, GOBP Holdings together with another of our wholly owned subsidiaries entered into an incremental agreement (the “Incremental Agreement”) to amend the First Lien Credit Agreement. The Incremental Agreement refinanced the term loan outstanding under the First Lien Credit Agreement with a replacement $475.2 million senior secured term loan credit facility (the “First Replacement Term Loan”) with an applicable margin of 3.50% or 3.25% for Eurodollar loans and 2.50% or 2.25% for base rate loans, in each case depending on the public corporate family rating of GOBP Holdings. The interest rate on the First Replacement Term Loan was 5.24% as of December 28, 2019. The First Replacement Term Loan matured on October 22, 2025, which was the same maturity date as the prior term loan under our First Lien Credit Agreement. We wrote off debt issuance costs of $0.3 million and incurred debt modification costs of $0.2 million during the third quarter of fiscal 2019 in connection with this refinance. On October 23, 2019, we prepaid an additional $15.0 million of principal on the First Replacement Term Loan. On January 24, 2020, GOBP Holdings together with another of our wholly owned subsidiaries entered into an Incremental Agreement (the “Second Incremental Agreement”) which amended the First Lien Credit Agreement, dated October 22, 2018, and the original Incremental Agreement dated July 23, 2019, (jointly, the “Existing Credit Agreement”). See NOTE 14—Subsequent Events for additional information. Second Lien Credit Agreement On October 22, 2018, one of our wholly owned subsidiaries entered into a second lien credit agreement with a syndicate of lenders for a $150.0 million senior term loan. The proceeds were primarily used for retiring the prior second lien credit agreement and paying the dividends related to our 2018 recapitalization. The term loan under the Second Lien Credit Agreement did not require minimum quarterly principal payment. The Second Lien Credit Agreement did require mandatory prepayment if certain conditions were met and permitted voluntarily prepayment on borrowings without premium or penalty. On June 24, 2019, we terminated the Second Lien Credit Agreement and repaid in full the outstanding principal balance of $150.0 million and accrued interest of $3.6 million. In addition, we wrote off the remaining unamortized debt issuance costs of $3.8 million and loan discounts of $1.4 million on June 24, 2019. Debt Covenant The First Lien Credit Agreement contains certain customary representations and warranties, subject to limitations and exceptions, and affirmative and customary covenants. The First Lien Credit Agreement has the ability to restrict us from entering into certain types of transactions and making certain types of payments including dividends and stock repurchase and other similar distributions, with certain exceptions. Additionally, the revolving credit facility under our First Lien Credit Agreement is subject to a first lien secured leverage ratio of 7.00 to 1.00, tested quarterly if, and only if, the aggregate principal amount from the revolving facility, letters of credit (to the extent not cash collateralized or backstopped or, in the aggregate, not in excess of the greater of $10.0 million and the stated face amount of letters of credit outstanding on the closing date) and swingline loans outstanding and/or issued, as applicable, exceeds 35% of the total amount of the revolving credit facility commitments. As of December 28, 2019, we were not subject to the first lien secured leverage ratio testing requirement. Additionally, we were in compliance with all applicable covenant requirements as of December 28, 2019 for our First Lien Credit Agreement. Schedule of Principal Maturities Principal maturities of debt as of December 28, 2019 are as follows (in thousands): Fiscal 2020 Fiscal 2021 Fiscal 2022 Fiscal 2023 Fiscal 2024 Thereafter Total $ $ 246 — — — — 460,188 460,434 86 Table of Contents Interest Expense Interest expense, net, consisted of the following (in thousands): Interest on term loan debt Amortization of debt issuance costs Interest on finance leases Other Interest income Interest expense, net December 28, 2019 Fiscal Year Ended December 29, 2018 December 30, 2017 $ $ 45,259 $ 52,569 $ 2,367 263 51 (2,013) 4,024 117 2 (1,350) 45,927 $ 55,362 $ 46,235 4,442 122 30 (1,131) 49,698 Debt Extinguishment and Modification Costs Debt extinguishment and modification costs consisted of the following (in thousands): Write off of debt issuance costs Debt modification costs Write off of loan discounts Debt extinguishment and modification costs December 28, 2019 Fiscal Year Ended December 29, 2018 December 30, 2017 $ $ 4,110 $ 3,459 $ 150 1,374 1,794 — 5,634 $ 5,253 $ 1,258 208 — 1,466 87 Table of Contents NOTE 7—Share-based Awards Share-based Incentive Plans The Globe Holding Corp. 2014 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2014 Plan”) became effective on October 21, 2014. Under the 2014 Plan, we granted stock options and restricted stock units (“RSUs”) to purchase shares of our common stock. Effective as of June 19, 2019, we terminated the 2014 Plan and as a result no further equity awards may be issued under the 2014 Plan. Any outstanding awards granted under the 2014 Plan will remain subject to the terms of the 2014 Plan and the applicable equity award agreements. On June 4, 2019, our board of directors and stockholders approved the Grocery Outlet Holding Corp. 2019 Incentive Plan (the “2019 Plan”). An aggregate of 4,597,862 shares of common stock were reserved for issuance under the 2019 Plan. In addition, on the first day of each fiscal year beginning in fiscal 2020 and ending in fiscal 2029, the 2019 Plan provides for an annual automatic increase of the shares reserved for issuance in an amount equal to the positive difference between (i) 4% of the outstanding common stock on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year and (ii) the plan share reserve on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year, or a lesser number as determined by our board of directors. As of December 28, 2019, we had an aggregate of 3,100,124 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2019 Plan. Fair Value Determination The fair value of stock option and RSU awards is determined as of the grant date. For time-based stock options, a Black-Scholes-Merton valuation model is utilized to estimate the fair value of the awards. For performance-based stock options, a Monte Carlo simulation approach implemented in a risk- neutral framework is utilized to estimate the fair value of the awards. For RSUs, the closing price of our common stock as reported on the grant date is utilized to estimate the fair value of the awards. The respective valuation methods resulted in weighted-average grant date fair values for time-based stock options, performance-based stock options and RSUs granted during fiscal 2019, 2018 and 2017 as follows: Time-based stock options Performance-based stock options RSUs December 28, 2019 Fiscal Year Ended December 29, 2018 December 30, 2017 $ $ $ 7.61 $ 5.78 $ 27.13 $ 2.96 $ 4.65 $ 10.36 $ 2.31 2.91 7.72 The grant date fair value of time-based stock options awarded during fiscal 2019, 2018 and 2017 was estimated using the Black-Scholes-Merton valuation model with the following weighted-average assumptions: Exercise price Volatility Risk-free interest rate Dividend yield Expected term (in years) December 28, 2019 Fiscal Year Ended December 29, 2018 December 30, 2017 $ 21.66 $ 11.98 $ 30.2 % 1.9 % — % 6.83 35.0 % 2.6 % — % 2.80 9.06 50.0 % 1.5 % — % 2.50 88 Table of Contents Grant Activity The following table summarizes stock option activity under all equity incentive plans during fiscal 2019, 2018 and 2017: Time-Based Options Performance-Based Options Options outstanding at December 31, 2016 Number of Options 5,401,780 $ Granted Exercised Forfeitures Options outstanding at December 30, 2017 Granted Exercised Forfeitures Options outstanding at December 29, 2018 (1) Granted Exercised Forfeitures Options outstanding at December 28, 2019 Options vested and expected to vest at December 28, 2019 (2) Options exercisable at December 28, 2019 225,001 (30,169) (67,776) 5,528,836 $ 334,535 (2,946) (62,050) 5,798,375 $ 1,363,822 (817,051) (101,479) 6,243,667 6,243,667 4,463,719 $ $ $ Weighted-Average Exercise Price 7.20 9.06 7.13 7.37 7.27 11.98 8.47 8.10 7.53 21.66 7.21 12.72 10.57 10.57 7.26 Number of Options 5,353,473 $ 225,004 — (52,617) 5,525,860 $ 334,536 — (65,066) 5,795,330 $ 99,788 — (117,997) 5,777,121 5,777,121 — $ $ $ Weighted-Average Exercise Price 5.99 9.06 — 6.04 6.11 11.98 — 6.81 4.40 17.29 — 7.15 4.57 4.57 — _______________________ (1) The decrease in weighted-average exercise price for outstanding performance-based options at December 29, 2018 is due to the dividend declared on October 22, 2018 pursuant to which all performance-based options outstanding at that date received a $2.10 downward adjustment to exercise price. (2) No performance-based options are vested as of December 28, 2019. The number above reflects the 5.8 million unvested outstanding performance-based options. On February 3, 2020, in conjunction with a secondary offering, certain performance criteria were achieved resulting in the vesting of 4.1 million of these performance- based shares. In the first fiscal quarter of 2020, we expect to recognize the additional share-based compensation expense of approximately $18.5 million associated with the vesting of the 4.1 million performance-based shares. See NOTE 14—Subsequent Events for additional information. The total intrinsic value of time-based stock options exercised was $20.8 million for fiscal 2019 and less than $0.1 million for each of fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2017. Intrinsic value represents the difference between the current fair value of the underlying stock and the exercise price of the stock option. 89 Table of Contents The following table summarizes RSU activity under all equity incentive plans during fiscal 2019, 2018 and 2017: Number of Shares Unvested balance at December 31, 2016 Granted Vested Forfeitures Unvested balance at December 30, 2017 Granted Vested Forfeitures Unvested balance at December 29, 2018 Granted Vested Forfeitures Unvested balance at December 28, 2019 Share-Based Compensation Expense Weighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value 7.33 54,118 $ 46,686 — — 100,804 $ 34,200 (54,184) — 80,820 $ 195,135 (76,841) (8,242) 190,872 $ 7.72 — — 7.51 10.36 7.39 — 8.80 27.13 18.06 30.03 22.89 We recognize compensation expense for stock options and RSUs by amortizing the grant date fair value on a straight-line basis over the expected vesting period to the extent we determine the vesting of the grant is probable. We recognize share-based award forfeitures as they occur rather than estimating by applying a forfeiture rate. Share-based compensation expense qualifying for capitalization was insignificant for each of the fiscal years ended December 28, 2019, December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017. Accordingly, no share-based compensation expense was capitalized during these years. Time-Based Stock Options We did not record compensation expense for time-based stock options grants prior to our IPO in June of fiscal 2019 because such time-based options were subject to a post-termination repurchase right by us until certain contingent events such as involuntary termination, a change in control, or an initial public offering occurred, and such contingent events were not deemed probable during fiscal 2018, 2017, or any other fiscal period prior to our IPO. As a result of this repurchase right feature, other than in limited circumstances, stock issued upon the exercise of these options could be repurchased at our discretion at the lower of fair value or the applicable exercise price. When the IPO occurred and the repurchase feature lapsed, this contingent event resulted in share-based compensation expense on these options being recorded. We recognized share-based compensation expense for prior service completed as of the IPO date and began recognizing the remaining unamortized share-based compensation expense related to these outstanding time-based options over the remaining service period. During the fiscal year ended December 28, 2019, we recognized share-based compensation expense totaling $25.7 million for all outstanding time- based stock options, of which $24.3 million, related to those granted prior to the IPO. Unamortized compensation cost was $10.4 million as of December 28, 2019, which is expected to be amortized over a weighted average period of 3.45 years. Performance-Based Stock Options At December 28, 2019 we determined that the ultimate vesting of the 5,777,121 shares of outstanding performance-based stock options was not probable for all periods presented because the performance condition was not achieved, and, accordingly, we have not recognized any expense related to these awards for all periods presented. Unamortized compensation cost for these awards was $26.2 million as of December 28, 2019, which will be amortized over the remaining requisite service period if and when we determine that vesting is probable. On February 3, 2020, in conjunction with a secondary offering, certain performance criteria were achieved resulting in the vesting of 4.1 million of the above noted performance-based shares. In the first fiscal quarter of 2020, we expect to recognize the additional share-based compensation expense of approximately $18.5 million associated with the vesting of the 4.1 million performance based shares. See NOTE 14—Subsequent Events for additional information. 90 Table of Contents Restricted Stock Units Compensation expense for RSUs held by directors and employees was $2.1 million, $0.4 million, and $0.4 million for the fiscal years ended December 28, 2019, December 29, 2018, and December 30, 2017, respectively. Unamortized compensation expense for RSUs was $3.2 million as of December 28, 2019, which is expected to be amortized over a weighted average period of approximately 2.24 years. Dividends For time-based stock options and RSUs that were outstanding on the dividend dates of June 23, 2016 and October 22, 2018 and that are expected to vest in fiscal year 2019 and beyond, we intend to make dividend payments on these awards as such time-based options and RSUs vest. Pursuant to the 2014 Plan, if we are unable to make those payments, we may instead elect to reduce the per share exercise price of each such stock option by an amount equal to the dividend amount in lieu of making the applicable dividend payment. As such, our dividends are not considered declared and payable and are not accrued as a liability in our consolidated balance sheet as of December 28, 2019. We paid $3.6 million of dividends during the fiscal year ended December 28, 2019, which was included in share-based compensation expense. Share-based compensation expense of $10.4 million for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2018, includes $8.7 million related to payment of the October 22, 2018 dividend and $1.3 million related to payment of the June 23, 2016 dividend on outstanding stock options that vested during fiscal 2018. Share- based compensation expense of $1.7 million for the fiscal year ended December 30, 2017 includes $1.3 million in payments related to the June 23, 2016 dividend for outstanding stock options that vested during fiscal 2017. The remaining share-based compensation expense in fiscal 2018 and 2017 related to RSU compensation expense. 91 Table of Contents NOTE 8—Retirement Plans We make payments into the UFCW—Northern California Employers Joint Pension Trust Fund (the “Pension Fund”) and the UFCW—Benefits Trust Fund (“Benefits Fund”), multiemployer pension and welfare trusts, established for the benefit of union employees at two company operated stores under the terms of a collective bargaining agreement. We currently operate under a collective bargaining agreement that expired on September 6, 2019 and which is in the process of being renegotiated as of the filing date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Payments into the Pension Fund were $0.4 million, $0.4 million, and $0.5 million for the fiscal years ended December 28, 2019, December 29, 2018, and December 30, 2017, respectively. Payments into the Benefits Fund were $1.2 million, $1.1 million, and $1.5 million for the fiscal years ended December 28, 2019, December 29, 2018, and December 30, 2017, respectively. Such contributions represent less than 5% of the total contributions to the Fund. We paid no surcharges to the Fund. We do not have future obligations to contribute to the Benefits Fund upon termination of the collective bargaining agreement. The risks of participating in a multiemployer pension plan are different from single-employer pension plans in the following aspects: a. Assets contributed to the multiemployer plan by one employer may be used to provide benefits to employees of other participating employers. b. c. If a participating employer stops contributing to the plan, the unfunded obligations of the plan may be borne by the remaining participating employers. If we stop participating in its multiemployer pension plan, we may be required to pay those plans an amount based on the underfunded status of the plan, referred to as a withdrawal liability. The following information represents our participation in the plan for the annual period ended December 30, 2018, the latest available information from the Fund. All such information is based on information we received from the plan. The Fund’s Employer Identification Number and Plan Number is 946313554-001. Under the provisions of the Pension Protection Act (PPA) zone status, the Fund was in critical status during the Plan year. Among other factors, generally, plans in critical status are less than 65 percent funded. In an effort to improve the Plan’s funding situation, the trustees adopted a rehabilitation plan on July 8, 2010. The rehabilitation plan changes the benefits for participants who retire and commence a pension on or after January 1, 2012, and changes future benefit accruals earned on or after January 1, 2012. Except in limited circumstances, the pensions of participants and beneficiaries whose pension effective date is before January 1, 2012, is not affected. For our nonunion employees, we offer the following plans: a. b. c. d. e. A defined contribution retirement plan for warehouse employees, which requires an annual contribution of 15% of eligible salaries. The defined contribution retirement plan is available to nonunion employees who meet certain service criteria. A noncontributory profit-sharing plan for administrative personnel under which the board of directors may authorize an annual contribution of up to 15% of eligible salaries. The profit-sharing plan is available to nonunion employees who meet certain service criteria. We expensed $4.4 million, $3.6 million and $3.3 million for contributions to these two plans for the fiscal years ended December 28, 2019, December 29, 2018, and December 30, 2017, respectively. A 401(k) retirement plan for warehouse employees, which is available to those employees who meet certain service criteria A 401(k) retirement plan for administrative personnel, which is available to those employees who meet certain service criteria. We are not obligated to match any employee contributions for the 401(k) retirement plans. For certain employees who meet certain service criteria, we have a 401(k) retirement plan under which we will match employee contributions at a rate of 35% of each participating employee’s contributions, not to exceed 6% of wages. We expensed an insignificant amount for contributions to this plan for each of the fiscal years ending December 28, 2019, December 29, 2018, and December 30, 2017, respectively. 92 Table of Contents NOTE 9—Income Taxes Tax Cuts and Jobs Act On December 22, 2017, the U.S. government enacted comprehensive tax legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”). The Tax Act makes broad and complex changes to the U.S. tax code, including, but not limited to, (1) reducing the U.S. federal corporate tax rate from 35 percent to 21 percent; (2) eliminating the corporate alternative minimum tax (AMT) and changing how existing AMT credits can be realized; (3) creating a new limitation on deductible interest expense; (4) changing rules related to uses and limitations of net operating loss carryforwards created in tax years beginning after December 31, 2017; and (5) expanding bonus depreciation to allow full expensing of qualified property. We recognized a provisional tax benefit of $5.4 million associated with the Tax Act in our consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 30, 2017, which was associated with the re-measurement of our deferred tax assets and liabilities. During the fiscal year ended December 29, 2018, we finalized our accounting for the impacts of the Tax Act and recorded an immaterial measurement period adjustment associated with the re- measurement of our deferred tax assets and liabilities. Components of income tax expense Income before income taxes consisted entirely of income from domestic operations of $16.8 million, $21.9 million, and $25.8 million for the fiscal years ended December 28, 2019, December 29, 2018, and December 30, 2017, respectively. The components of income tax expense consisted of the following (in thousands): Current: Federal State Total current Deferred: Federal State Total deferred Income tax expense Statutory rate reconciliation December 28, 2019 Fiscal Year Ended December 29, 2018 December 30, 2017 $ 52 $ (200) $ 439 491 247 625 872 353 153 4,523 1,308 5,831 $ 1,363 $ 5,984 $ 237 189 426 2,928 1,817 4,745 5,171 A reconciliation of the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate to our effective income tax rate is as follows: Taxes at federal statutory rates Effect of change in federal tax rate State income taxes net of federal benefit Excess tax benefits from exercise and vest of share-based awards Other Effective income tax rate 93 December 28, 2019 Fiscal Year Ended December 29, 2018 December 30, 2017 21.0 % — % 5.2 % (21.4) % 3.3 % 8.1 % 21.0 % — % 6.0 % — % 0.4 % 27.4 % 35.0 % (21.1) % 5.1 % — % 1.1 % 20.1 % Table of Contents Deferred income taxes Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of our deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows (in thousands): Deferred tax assets: Accrued compensation Share-based compensation expense Inventory Transaction costs Deferred rent Lease liability obligation Net operating loss and other carryforwards Reserves and allowances Interest expense carryforward Other Total deferred tax assets Deferred tax liabilities: Prepaid expenses Depreciation and amortization Intangible assets Right-of-use assets Goodwill Debt transaction costs Total deferred tax liabilities Net deferred tax liabilities December 28, 2019 December 29, 2018 $ 3,411 $ 6,323 4,216 1,334 — 221,747 24,936 3,974 1,103 1,176 268,220 (1,042) (43,213) (8,417) (203,065) (27,230) (1,273) (284,240) $ (16,020) $ 2,594 — 3,553 1,520 12,530 — 25,781 4,056 3,862 1,181 55,077 (733) (36,271) (9,073) — (21,897) (2,238) (70,212) (15,135) We have net operating loss carryforwards of $101.4 million for federal income tax purposes and $15.1 million for state income tax purposes, which begin to expire in 2032. Certain tax attributes, which begin to expire in 2032, are subject to an annual limitation as a result of our acquisition of GOBP Holdings, Inc. (“GOBP Holdings”), our wholly owned subsidiary, which constitutes a change in ownership as defined under Internal Revenue Code Section 382. Based on our analysis, our projected net operating losses to be utilized in future years will not be affected by this annual limitation. Our policy is to include interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions within income tax expense and include accrued interest and penalties with the related income tax liability on our consolidated balance sheets. To date, we have not recognized any interest and penalties in our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, nor have we accrued for or made payments for interest and penalties. As of December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, we had no uncertain tax positions and do not anticipate any changes to our uncertain tax positions within the next 12 months. We are subject to taxation in the United States and various state jurisdictions. As of December 28, 2019, our tax returns remain open to examination by the tax authorities for tax years 2009 to 2019 for US federal and for various state jurisdictions. 94 Table of Contents NOTE 10—Related Party Transactions We leased property from entities affiliated with certain of our non-controlling stockholders for 15 store locations and one warehouse location as of December 28, 2019, and for 16 store locations and one warehouse location as of December 29, 2018. These entities received aggregate annual lease payments from us of $6.1 million and $6.6 million in fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018, respectively. We have business contracts with two portfolio companies of the H&F Investor, The Ultimate Software Group, Inc. and HUB International Limited. Payments to these two portfolio companies totaled $0.7 million, $0.3 million, and $0.3 million for the fiscal years ended December 28, 2019, December 29, 2018, and December 30, 2017, respectively. We offer interest-bearing notes to IOs and the gross operating notes and receivables due from these entities was $37.7 million and $27.8 million as of December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, respectively. See NOTE 2—Independent Operator Notes and Receivables for additional information. NOTE 11—Commitments and Contingencies We are involved from time to time in claims, proceedings, and litigation arising in the normal course of business. We do not believe the impact of such litigation will have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial statements taken as a whole. 95 Table of Contents NOTE 12—Earnings Per Share Earnings Per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders A reconciliation of the numerator and denominator used in the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share attributable to common stockholders is as follows (dollars and shares in thousands, except per share amounts): Numerator Net income attributable to common stockholders $ 15,419 $ 15,868 $ 20,601 December 28, 2019 Fiscal Year Ended December 29, 2018 December 30, 2017 Denominator Weighted-average shares of common stock (3) Effect of dilutive RSUs Effect of dilutive options Weighted-average shares of common stock - diluted (1) (2) (3) Earnings per share attributable to common stockholders: Basic (3) Diluted (3) _______________________ (1) 79,044 42 2,777 81,863 68,473 73 — 68,546 $ $ 0.20 $ 0.19 $ 0.24 $ 0.23 $ 68,232 100 — 68,332 0.30 0.30 As discussed in NOTE 7—Share-based Awards, we determined that the ultimate vesting of the 5.8 million shares of performance-based stock options is not probable for all periods presented. Accordingly, these options are not included in the weighted-average diluted shares for all periods presented as the ultimate vesting of the performance options was deemed an unresolved contingent event. If and when vesting occurs, any vested performance-based options will be included in the weighted-average dilutive shares at that time. On February 3, 2020, in conjunction with a secondary offering, certain performance criteria were achieved resulting in the vesting of 4.1 million of the above noted performance-based shares. In the first quarter of fiscal 2020, we expect to recognize the additional share-based compensation expense of approximately $18.5 million associated with the vesting of the 4.1 million performance-based shares. See NOTE 14—Subsequent Events for additional information. The weighted-average diluted shares for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017 did not include time-based stock options because such options were subject to a post-termination repurchase right by us until the occurrence of a qualifying contingent event occurred (involuntary termination, change in control or initial public offering), and the occurrence of such an event was not deemed probable. Upon the completion of our IPO in June of fiscal 2019, a qualifying contingent event had occurred and therefore time-based stock options were included in the weighted-average diluted shares for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2019. See NOTE 7—Share-based Awards for additional information. On June 6, 2019, we effected a 1.403 for 1 forward stock split. All share amounts and per share disclosures for all periods presented have been adjusted retroactively for the impact of this forward stock split. (2) (3) The following weighted-average common share equivalents were excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share because their effect would have been anti-dilutive (in thousands): RSUs Time-based stock options Total December 28, 2019 Fiscal Year Ended December 29, 2018 December 30, 2017 50 682 732 — — — — — — 96 Table of Contents NOTE 13—Selected Quarterly Financial Data (unaudited) Selected unaudited summarized quarterly financial information for fiscal 2019 and 2018 was as follows (in thousands, except per share data): Fiscal 2019 Net sales Gross Profit Income from operations Net income (loss) Basic earnings per share Diluted earnings per share Fiscal 2018 Net sales Gross Profit Income from operations Net income (loss) Basic earnings per share Diluted earnings per share First Quarter Second Quarter Third Quarter Fourth Quarter $ $ $ $ $ $ 606,271 $ 645,289 $ 652,540 $ 187,017 21,656 3,774 0.06 $ 0.06 $ 198,720 5,735 (10,632) (0.15) $ (0.15) $ 201,087 23,948 12,445 0.14 $ 0.13 $ 550,558 $ 575,058 $ 576,843 $ 168,569 20,521 5,525 0.08 $ 0.08 $ 175,115 24,007 7,286 0.11 $ 0.11 $ 175,548 24,088 7,669 0.11 $ 0.11 $ 655,517 200,278 17,004 9,832 0.11 0.11 585,201 176,165 13,851 (4,612) (0.07) (0.07) 97 Table of Contents NOTE 14—Subsequent Events Second Incremental Agreement On January 24, 2020, GOBP Holdings, Inc. (“GOBP Holdings”), our wholly owned subsidiary, together with another of our wholly owned subsidiaries, entered into an Incremental Agreement (the “Second Incremental Agreement”) which amended the First Lien Credit Agreement dated October 22, 2018, as amended by the first Incremental Agreement dated July 23, 2019, (jointly, the “Existing Credit Agreement”). See NOTE 6—Long-term Debt for additional information on the Existing Credit Agreement. The Second Incremental Agreement refinanced the term loans under the Existing Credit Agreement with a replacement $460.0 million senior secured term loan credit facility (the “Second Replacement Term Loan”) with an applicable margin of 2.75% for Eurodollar loans and 1.75% for base rate loans, and made certain other corresponding technical changes and updates to the Existing Credit Agreement (collectively, as amended, the “Amended Credit Agreement”). The Second Replacement Term Loan matures on October 22, 2025, which is the same maturity date as provided under the Existing Credit Agreement. Other than as described above, the loans under the Amended Credit Agreement continue to have the same terms as provided under the Existing Credit Agreement. Additionally, the parties to the Amended Credit Agreement continue to have the same obligations set forth in the Existing Credit Agreement. Secondary Offering of Shares of Common Stock On February 3, 2020, certain selling stockholders completed a secondary public offering of shares of our common stock. We did not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of these shares by the selling stockholders. We incurred offering costs payable by us of $1.1 million. We received $1.4 million in cash (excluding withholding taxes) in connection with the exercise of 191,470 options by certain stockholders participating in this secondary public offering. In conjunction with this secondary offering, certain performance criteria were achieved for outstanding performance-based stock options (see NOTE 7—Share-based Awards for additional information on the performance-based shares) resulting in the vesting of 4.1 million of the above noted performance- based shares. In the first fiscal quarter of 2020, we expect to recognize the additional share-based compensation expense of approximately $18.5 million associated with the vesting of the 4.1 million performance-based shares. COVID-19 On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization declared the novel strain of coronavirus (COVID-19) a global pandemic and recommended containment and mitigation measures worldwide. As of the date of this filing, grocery stores are considered essential businesses in states that have enacted shelter in place requirements and are able to continue operating. However, we expect that our IOs may face staffing challenges so long as school closures and COVID-19-related concerns exist. In addition, certain inventory items such as water, beans and bread as well as key cleaning supplies and protective equipment have been, and may continue to be, in short supply. These factors could impact the ability of stores to operate normal hours of operation or have sufficient inventory at all times which may disrupt our business and negatively impact our financial results. Further, planned construction and opening of new stores may be negatively impacted due to shelter in place requirements and the closure of government offices in certain areas. We cannot reasonably estimate the length or severity of this pandemic, but it could have a material adverse impact on our consolidated financial position, consolidated results of operations, and consolidated cash flows in fiscal 2020. Borrowing Under Revolving Credit Facility On March 19, 2020, GOBP Holdings together with another of our wholly owned subsidiaries borrowed $90.0 million under the revolving credit facility feature of our First Lien Credit Agreement (the “Revolving Credit Facility Loan”), the proceeds of which are to be used as reserve funding for working capital needs as a precautionary measure in light of the economic uncertainty surrounding the current COVID-19 pandemic. The revolving credit facility loan may be paid and reborrowed at any time. The interest rate on the revolving credit facility loan is 4.43%. Interest on the revolving credit facility loan is due and payable at the end of each continuation period, and the outstanding principal on the revolving credit facility loan is due and payable on October 23, 2023, the maturity date of the revolving credit facility. See NOTE 6—Long-term Debt for additional information about the revolving credit facility and First Lien Credit Agreement. 98 Table of Contents ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE None. 99 Table of Contents ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures Under the supervision and with the participation of our management including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act as of the end of the period covered by this report. Our disclosure controls are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures. In designing and evaluating our disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any disclosure controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives. In addition, the design of disclosure controls and procedures must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints and that management is required to apply its judgment in evaluating the benefits of possible controls and procedures relative to their costs. Based on that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at a reasonable assurance level as of December 28, 2019. Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting This report does not include a report of management's assessment regarding internal control over financial reporting or an attestation report of our independent registered public accounting firm due to a transition period established by the rules of the SEC for newly public companies. Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting During the quarter ended December 28, 2019, there was no change in our internal control over financial reporting identified in connection with the evaluation required by Rule 13a-15(d) and 15d-15(d) of the Exchange Act that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting, management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives. 100 Table of Contents ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION On March 24, 2020, the Compensation Committee of our board of directors approved cash bonus payments to our named executive officers pursuant to our 2019 Annual Incentive Plan (the “2019 AIP”) in respect of fiscal 2019. As described in our Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC on January 27, 2020 (the “Registration Statement”), annual cash incentive awards under the 2019 AIP are calculated by multiplying each named executive officer’s actual base salary at fiscal year-end by the executive’s target award potential, which is then adjusted by an overall achievement factor based on the combined weighted achievement of company-wide performance objectives. As of the date of the Registration Statement, the actual bonus amounts for the named executive officer under the 2019 AIP with respect to fiscal 2019 were not yet calculable because the overall achievement factor (which would be based on our actual performance for fiscal 2019) had not yet been determined. Based on our financial results for fiscal 2019 that became available after the date of the Registration Statement, the Compensation Committee certified the achievement of the performance objectives under the 2019 AIP and approved the payout of cash bonus awards to our named executive officers. The following core corporate performance measures were used to calculate the annual bonus pool under the 2019 AIP: (i)“FY19 Bonus EBITDA,” which is our fiscal 2019 adjusted EBITDA further adjusted to exclude public company costs and certain other items (with an annual target goal of $170.1 million); (ii) comparable store sales growth (with an annual target goal of 4.14% over the prior year); and (iii) sales for stores opened in fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018 (with an annual target goal of $225.5 million for each fiscal year). For fiscal 2019, the percentage of target achievement for each performance measure described above was as follows: (i) FY19 Bonus EBITDA: 101.8%, resulting in a payout of 108.8%; (ii) 12 month comparable store sales growth: 126.4%, resulting in a payout of 126.4%; and (iii) sales for stores opened in fiscal 2019 and 2018: 102.6%, resulting in a payout of 112.9%. The following table summarizes the fiscal 2019 annual incentive awards earned based on actual performance, as compared to the target opportunity, for each of our named executive officers: Name Eric J. Lindberg, Jr. (1) Charles C. Bracher S. MacGregor Read, Jr. Robert Joseph Sheedy, Jr. (2) Thomas H. McMahon 2019 Base Salary ($) 750,000 Target Bonus (%) 100 Target Bonus Amount ($) 667,149 Overall Achievement Factor (%) 114 Actual Bonus Achieved ($) 761,772 522,698 584,298 550,000 358,217 60 100 75 50 313,619 584,298 389,719 179,109 114 114 114 114 358,345 667,626 445,154 204,651 _______________________ (1) Effective July 1, 2019, Mr. Lindberg's base salary was increased from $584,298 to $750,000. His target bonus amount was 100% of his actual base salary paid for fiscal 2019. Effective July 1. 2019, Mr. Sheedy's base salary was increased from $489,250 to $550,000. His target bonus amount was 75% of his actual base salary paid for fiscal 2019. (2) 101 Table of Contents As of the filing of the Registration Statement, the 2019 annual cash incentive awards earned by each of our named executive officers under “Non- Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” had not been determined and, therefore, were omitted from the Summary Compensation Table included in the Registration Statement. All other compensation for our named executive officers for fiscal 2019 was previously reported by us in the Summary Compensation Table of our Registration Statement. Pursuant to Item 5.02 (f) of Form 8-K, the 2019 annual cash incentive awards earned by each of our named executive officers under “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” are set forth below together with the other compensation previously reported, and the new total compensation amount. Name and Principal Position Eric J. Lindberg, Jr. Chief Executive Officer Charles C. Bracher Chief Financial Officer S. MacGregor Read, Jr. Vice Chairman Robert Joseph Sheedy, Jr. President Thomas H. McMahon Executive Vice President, Sales & Merchandising Year 2019 2018 2019 2018 2019 2018 2019 2018 2019 2018 Salary ($) (1) 750,000 567,279 Option Awards ($) (2) 1,643,387 — Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation ($) (3) 761,772 440,042 All Other Compensation ($) (4) 934,422 2,638,485 522,698 507,473 584,298 567,279 550,000 475,000 358,217 347,783 712,134 — 1,643,387 — 712,134 — 493,016 — 358,345 262,747 478,440 440,042 445,154 245,934 204,651 180,066 271,365 725,402 934,422 2,638,485 271,365 725,376 190,992 494,269 Total ($) 4,006,730 3,645,806 1,864,542 1,495,622 3,640,547 3,645,806 1,948,278 1,446,310 1,246,876 1,022,118 _______________________ (1) Amounts reported in the “Salary” column represent the base salary earned by each named executive officer during the fiscal year covered. Effective July 1, 2019, the base salary of Mr. Lindberg was increased from $584,298 to $750,000 and the base salary of Mr. Sheedy was increased from $489,250 to $550,000. (2) Amounts reported in the “Option Awards” column represent the grant date fair value of the options granted to our named executive officers during the fiscal year covered, calculated in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation. The valuation assumptions used in determining the grant date fair values are described in NOTE 7—Share-based Awards to our Consolidated Financial Statements. (3) Amounts reported in the “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” column represent the annual incentive bonus amounts earned by each named executive officer pursuant to the 2019 AIP during fiscal 2019. (4) Amounts reported in the “All Other Compensation” column represent the following with respect to each named executive officer for fiscal 2019: • • • • • Mr. Lindberg: profit sharing contribution amount of $30,250 under our defined contribution retirement plan (the “401(k) Plan”); and a lump sum cash payment in the amount of $904,172 in connection with the payment of the $1.23 per share cash dividend declared by our board of directors in June 2016 (the “2016 Dividend”) and the $2.10 per share cash dividend declared by our board of directors in October 2018 (the “2018 Dividend”) relating to the vesting of the last tranche of Mr. Lindberg's time-based stock options. Mr. Bracher: profit sharing contribution amount of $30,250 under the 401(k) Plan; and a lump sum cash payment in the amount of $241,115 in connection with the payment of the 2016 Dividend and 2018 Dividend relating to the vesting of the last tranche of Mr. Bracher's time-based stock options. Mr. Read: profit sharing contribution amount of $30,250 under the 401(k) Plan; and a lump sum cash payment in the amount of $904,172 in connection with the payment of the 2016 Dividend and 2018 Dividend relating to the vesting of the last tranche of Mr. Read's time-based stock options. Mr. Sheedy: profit sharing contribution amount of $30,250 under the 401(k) Plan; and a lump sum cash payment in the amount of $241,115 in connection with the payment of the 2016 Dividend and 2018 Dividend relating to the vesting of the last tranche of Mr. Sheedy's time-based stock options. Mr. McMahon: profit sharing contribution amount of $30,250 under the 401(k) Plan; and a lump sum cash payment in the amount of $160,742 in connection with the payment of the 2016 Dividend and 2018 Dividend relating to the vesting of the last tranche of Mr. McMahon's time-based stock options. 102 Table of Contents PART III ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE The information required by this item will be set forth in our Proxy Statement for the 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the “2020 Proxy Statement”) to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of our fiscal year ended December 28, 2019 and is incorporated herein by reference. ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION The information required by this item will be set forth in our 2020 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference. ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS The information required by this item will be set forth in our 2020 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference. ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE The information required by this item will be set forth in our 2020 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference. ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES The information required by this item will be set forth in our 2020 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference. 103 Table of Contents ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES (a) The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K: 1. Consolidated Financial Statements PART IV See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements at “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” 2. Financial Statement Schedules See Schedule I—Condensed Financial Information of Registrant (Parent Company Only) beginning on page 107 herein. All other schedules have been omitted because they are either not required, not applicable, not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedule, or the required information is included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 3. Exhibits Exhibit No. 3.1 3.2 4.1 4.2* 4.3* 10.1 10.2 10.3 10.4 10.5 10.6 10.7 Incorporated by Reference File No. Filing Date Exhibit No. 333-232318 6/24/2019 333-232318 6/24/2019 6/10/2019 4.1 4.2 4.1 Exhibit Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Grocery Outlet Holding Corp. Amended and Restated Bylaws of Grocery Outlet Holding Corp. Form S-8 S-8 Form of Stock Certificate for Common Stock S-1/A 333-231428 Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement by and among Grocery Outlet Holding Corp. and the other parties named therein Description of Grocery Outlet Holding Corp.’s Securities Incremental Agreement, dated as of January 24, 2020, among GOBP Holdings, Inc., Globe Intermediate Corp., certain subsidiaries of GOBP Holdings, Inc., the lenders party thereto, and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as Administrative Agent Incremental Agreement, dated as of July 23, 2019, among GOBP Holdings, Inc., Globe Intermediate Corp., certain subsidiaries of GOBP Holdings, Inc., the lenders party thereto, and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as Administrative Agent First Lien Credit Agreement, dated as of October 22, 2018, among Globe Intermediate Corp., GOBP Holdings, Inc., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as administrative agent and collateral agent, the lenders from time to time party thereto and the letter of credit issuers from time to time party thereto First Lien Security Agreement, dated as of October 22, 2018, among Globe Intermediate Corp., GOBP Holdings, Inc., the subsidiaries of GOBP Holdings, Inc. from time to time party thereto and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as collateral agent First Lien Pledge Agreement, dated as of October 22, 2018, among Globe Intermediate Corp., GOBP Holdings, Inc., the subsidiaries of GOBP Holdings, Inc. from time to time party thereto and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as collateral agent First Lien Copyright Security Agreement, dated as of October 22, 2018, between Grocery Outlet, Inc. and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as collateral agent First Lien Trademark Security Agreement, dated as of October 22, 2018, between Grocery Outlet, Inc. and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as collateral agent 8-K 001-38950 1/24/2020 10.1 8-K 001-38950 7/25/2019 10.1 S-1/A 333-231428 5/22/2019 10.1 S-1/A 333-231428 5/22/2019 10.2 S-1/A 333-231428 5/22/2019 10.3 S-1/A 333-231428 5/22/2019 S-1/A 333-231428 5/22/2019 10.4 10.5 104 Table of Contents 10.8 10.9† 10.10† 10.11† 10.12† 10.13† 10.14† 10.15† 10.16† 10.17† 10.18† 10.19† 10.20† 10.21† 10.22† 10.23† 10.24† 10.25† 10.26† 10.27† 10.28† 21.1 First Lien Guarantee, dated as of October 22, 2018, among Globe Intermediate Corp., GOBP Holdings, Inc., the subsidiaries of GOBP Holdings, Inc. from time to time party thereto and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as collateral agent Globe Holding Corp. 2014 Stock Incentive Plan Amended and Restated Performance Vesting Stock Option Grant Notice and Agreement (Globe Holding Corp. 2014 Stock Incentive Plan) (Eric J. Lindberg, Jr., S. MacGregor Read, Jr.), dated October 21, 2014 Amended and Restated Time Vesting Stock Option Grant Notice and Agreement (Globe Holding Corp. 2014 Stock Incentive Plan) (Eric J. Lindberg, Jr., S. MacGregor Read, Jr.), dated October 21, 2014 Form of Performance Vesting Stock Option Grant Notice and Agreement (Globe Holding Corp. 2014 Stock Incentive Plan) (Charles C. Bracher, Robert Joseph Sheedy, Jr., Thomas H. McMahon, Steven K. Wilson) Form of Time Vesting Stock Option Grant Notice and Agreement (Globe Holding Corp. 2014 Stock Incentive Plan) (Charles C. Bracher, Robert Joseph Sheedy, Jr., Thomas H. McMahon, Steven K. Wilson) Grocery Outlet Holding Corp. 2019 Incentive Plan Form of Nonqualified Option Grant and Award Agreement (Grocery Outlet Holding Corp. 2019 Incentive Plan) Form of Restricted Stock Unit Grant and Award Agreement (Grocery Outlet Holding Corp. 2019 Incentive Plan) Grocery Outlet Inc. 2019 Annual Incentive Plan Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement by and between Eric J. Lindberg, Jr., Grocery Outlet Inc. and Globe Holding Corp., dated October 7, 2014 Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement by and between S. MacGregor Read, Jr., Grocery Outlet Inc. and Globe Holding Corp., dated October 7, 2014 Restrictive Covenant Agreement, by and between Eric J. Lindberg, Jr. and Globe Holding Corp., dated September 13, 2014 Restrictive Covenant Agreement, by and between S. MacGregor Read, Jr. and Globe Holding Corp., dated September 13, 2014 Grocery Outlet Inc. Executive Change in Control Agreement, by and between Charles C. Bracher, Grocery Outlet Inc. and Globe Holding Corp., dated October 7, 2014 Grocery Outlet Inc. Executive Change in Control Agreement, by and between Robert Joseph Sheedy, Jr., Grocery Outlet Inc. and Globe Holding Corp., dated October 7, 2014 Grocery Outlet Inc. Executive Change in Control Agreement, by and between Thomas H. McMahon, Grocery Outlet Inc. and Globe Holding Corp., dated October 7, 2014 Grocery Outlet Inc. Executive Change in Control Agreement, by and between Steven K. Wilson, Grocery Outlet Inc. and Globe Holding Corp., dated October 7, 2014 Form of Globe Holding Corp. Non-Employee Director Restricted Stock Unit Agreement Form of Indemnification Agreement between Grocery Outlet Holding Corp. and directors and executive officers of Grocery Outlet Holding Corp. Transition Agreement, dated January 7, 2020, by and between Grocery Outlet Holding Corp. and S. MacGregor Read, Jr. Subsidiaries of the Registrant S-1/A 333-231428 5/22/2019 10.6 S-1/A S-1/A 333-231428 333-231428 5/22/2019 5/22/2019 10.13 10.14 S-1/A 333-231428 5/22/2019 10.15 S-1/A 333-231428 5/22/2019 10.16 S-1/A 333-231428 5/22/2019 10.17 S-1/A S-1/A 333-231428 333-231428 6/10/2019 6/10/2019 10.18 10.19 S-1/A 333-231428 6/10/2019 10.20 S-1/A S-1/A 333-231428 333-231428 6/10/2019 5/22/2019 10.21 10.22 S-1/A 333-231428 5/22/2019 10.23 S-1/A 333-231428 5/22/2019 10.24 S-1/A 333-231428 5/22/2019 10.25 S-1/A 333-231428 5/22/2019 10.26 S-1/A 333-231428 5/22/2019 10.27 S-1/A 333-231428 5/22/2019 10.28 S-1/A 333-231428 5/22/2019 10.29 S-1/A 333-231428 6/10/2019 10.30 S-1/A 333-231428 6/10/2019 10.31 8-K 001-38950 1/7/2020 S-1/A 333-231428 5/22/2019 10.1 21.1 105 Table of Contents 23.1* 24.1* 31.1* 31.2* 32.1** 32.2** 101.INS Consent of Deloitte and Touche LLP Power of Attorney (incorporated by reference to the signature page to this Annual Report on Form 10-K) Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a- 14(a) and 15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a- 14(a) and 15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 Inline XBRL Instance Document - the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document. 101.SCH Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document 101.CAL Inline XBRL Extension Calculation Linkbase Document 101.DEF Inline XBRL Extension Definition Linkbase Document 101.LAB Inline XBRL Extension Label Linkbase Document 101.PRE Inline XBRL Extension Presentation Linkbase Document 104 Cover Page Interactive Data File - the cover page interactive data file does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document. ____________________________________ † * ** Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement. Filed herewith. Furnished herewith. The certifications attached as Exhibit 32.1 and 32.2 that accompany this Annual Report on Form 10-K are deemed furnished and not filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and are not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of Grocery Outlet Holding Corp. under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, whether made before or after the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, irrespective of any general incorporation language contained in such filing. 106 Table of Contents Schedule I—Condensed Financial Information of Registrant (Parent Company Only) GROCERY OUTLET HOLDING CORP. INDEX TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT (PARENT COMPANY ONLY) Condensed Balance Sheets Condensed Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income Condensed Statements of Cash Flows Notes to Condensed Financial Statements 107 Page 108 109 110 111 Table of Contents Schedule I—Condensed Financial Information of Registrant GROCERY OUTLET HOLDING CORP. CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS (PARENT COMPANY ONLY) (in thousands, except share and per share amounts) December 28, 2019 December 29, 2018 Assets Current assets: Other current assets Total current assets Investment in wholly owned subsidiary Total assets Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity Intercompany payable Total liabilities Stockholders’ equity: Capital stock: Voting common stock, par value $0.001, 500,000,000 and 107,536,215 shares authorized, respectively; 89,005,062 and 67,435,288 shares issued and outstanding, respectively Nonvoting common stock, par value $0.001, 0 and 17,463,785 shares authorized, respectively; 0 and 1,038,413 shares issued and outstanding, respectively Series A Preferred stock, par value $0.001, 50,000,000 and 1 share authorized, respectively; 0 and 1 share issued and outstanding, respectively Additional paid-in capital Retained earnings Total stockholders’ equity $ $ $ — $ — 746,628 746,628 $ 1,244 $ 1,244 89 — — 717,282 28,013 745,384 Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 746,628 $ See Notes to Condensed Financial Statements (Parent Company Only) 108 497 497 300,922 301,419 1,468 1,468 67 1 — 287,457 12,426 299,951 301,419 Table of Contents Schedule I—Condensed Financial Information of Registrant GROCERY OUTLET HOLDING CORP. CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (PARENT COMPANY ONLY) (in thousands) Operating expenses Operating loss Loss before equity in net income of subsidiary Equity in net income of subsidiary, net of tax Net income and comprehensive income December 28, 2019 Fiscal Year Ended December 29, 2018 December 30, 2017 $ $ 273 $ 216 $ (273) (273) 15,692 (216) (216) 16,084 15,419 $ 15,868 $ 181 (181) (181) 20,782 20,601 See Notes to Condensed Financial Statements (Parent Company Only) 109 Table of Contents Schedule I—Condensed Financial Information of Registrant GROCERY OUTLET HOLDING CORP. CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (PARENT COMPANY ONLY) (in thousands) Cash flows from operating activities: Net income Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities: Equity in net income of subsidiary Dividend received from subsidiary (return on capital) Changes in operating assets and liabilities: Other current assets Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities Cash flows from investing activities: Investment in subsidiary Dividend received from subsidiary (return of capital) Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities Cash flows from financing activities: Intercompany payables Proceeds from initial public offering, net of underwriting discounts Proceeds from exercise of share-based compensation awards Payments related to net settlement of share-based compensation awards Other direct costs paid related to the initial public offering Dividend paid to shareholders Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period Cash and cash equivalents at end of period December 28, 2019 Fiscal Year Ended December 29, 2018 December 30, 2017 $ 15,419 $ 15,868 $ 20,601 (15,692) — 497 224 (402,050) — (402,050) (409) 407,666 4,444 (2,813) (7,062) — 401,826 (16,084) 27,351 (497) 26,638 — 126,236 126,236 718 — 29 (34) — (153,587) (152,874) — — — $ — — — $ $ (20,782) — — (181) — — — 353 — — (172) — — 181 — — — See Notes to Condensed Financial Statements (Parent Company Only) 110 Table of Contents Schedule I—Condensed Financial Information of Registrant GROCERY OUTLET HOLDING CORP. NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (PARENT COMPANY ONLY) NOTE 1—Description of Grocery Outlet Holding Corp. Grocery Outlet Holding Corp. (the “Parent Company”) owns 100% of Globe Intermediate Corp. (“Intermediate”), which owns 100% of GOBP Holdings, Inc. (“GOBP Holdings”), which owns 100% of GOBP Midco, Inc. (“Midco”), which owns 100% of Grocery Outlet Inc. (“GOI”), a high-growth, extreme value retailer of quality, name-brand consumables and fresh products sold through a network of independently operated stores. The Parent Company was incorporated in Delaware on September 11, 2014 and became the ultimate parent of GOI on October 7, 2014. The Parent Company has no operations or significant assets or liabilities other than its investment in Intermediate. Accordingly, the Parent Company is dependent upon distributions from Intermediate to fund its limited, non-significant operating expenses. However, GOBP Holdings’ and GOI’s ability to pay dividends or lend to Intermediate or the Parent Company is limited under the terms of various debt agreements. Intermediate and GOBP Holdings are parties to credit facilities that contain covenants limiting the Parent Company's ability and the ability of its restricted subsidiaries to, among other things: pay dividends or distributions, repurchase equity, prepay junior debt and make certain investments; incur additional debt or issue certain disqualified stock and preferred stock; incur liens on assets; merge or consolidate with another company or sell all or substantially all assets; enter into transactions with affiliates; and enter into agreements that would restrict its subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other payments to the Parent Company. Due to the aforementioned qualitative restrictions, substantially all of the assets of the Parent Company's subsidiaries are restricted. These covenants are subject to important exceptions and qualifications as described in such credit facilities. NOTE 2—Basis of Presentation The accompanying condensed financial statements (parent company only) include the accounts of the Parent Company and its investment in Intermediate, accounted for in accordance with the equity method, and do not present the financial statements of the Parent Company and its subsidiary on a consolidated basis. These parent company only financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Parent Company's consolidated financial statements and notes thereto, included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. On June 6, 2019, the Parent Company effected a 1.403 for 1 forward stock split. All share amounts and per share disclosures for all periods presented have been adjusted retroactively for the impact of this forward stock split. NOTE 3—Dividends from Subsidiaries The Parent Company received a dividend from Intermediate of $153.6 million on October 22, 2018 for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2018. This dividend has been reflected as a reduction to investment in wholly owned subsidiary in the accompanying condensed financial statements. On the same date, the Parent Company declared a dividend of $153.6 million to holders of its common stock. This dividend has been reflected as a $27.4 million return on capital and a $126.2 million return of capital in the accompanying condensed financial statements. NOTE 4—Initial Public Offering In June 2019, we completed an initial public offering (“IPO”) of 19,765,625 shares of our common stock at a public offering price of $22.00 per share for net proceeds of $407.7 million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of $27.1 million. We also incurred offering costs payable by us of $7.2 million. The shares of common stock sold in the IPO and the net proceeds from the IPO included the full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. On October 8 2019, certain of our selling stockholders completed a secondary public offering of shares of our common stock. We did not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of these shares by the selling stockholders. We incurred offering costs payable by us of $1.1 million which are included in selling, general and administrative expenses (“SG&A“) for fiscal 2019. We received $3.2 million in cash (excluding withholding taxes) in connection with the exercise of 451,470 options by certain stockholders participating in this secondary public offering. 111 Table of Contents NOTE 5—Subsequent Events Secondary Offering of Shares of Common Stock On February 3, 2020, certain selling stockholders completed a secondary public offering of shares of our common stock. We did not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of these shares by the selling stockholders. We incurred offering costs payable by us of $1.1 million. We received $1.4 million in cash (excluding withholding taxes) in connection with the exercise of 191,470 options by certain stockholders participating in this secondary public offering. In conjunction with this secondary offering, certain performance criteria were achieved for outstanding performance-based stock options resulting in the vesting of 4.1 million of the above noted performance-based shares. In the first fiscal quarter of 2020, we expect to recognize the additional share-based compensation expense of approximately $18.5 million associated with the vesting of the 4.1 million performance-based shares. COVID-19 On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization declared the novel strain of coronavirus (COVID-19) a global pandemic and recommended containment and mitigation measures worldwide. As of the date of this filing, grocery stores are considered essential businesses in states that have enacted shelter in place requirements and are able to continue operating. However, we expect that our IOs may face staffing challenges so long as school closures and COVID-19-related concerns exist. In addition, certain inventory items such as water, beans and bread as well as key cleaning supplies and protective equipment have been, and may continue to be, in short supply. These factors could impact the ability of stores to operate normal hours of operation or have sufficient inventory at all times which may disrupt our business and negatively impact our financial results. Further, planned construction and opening of new stores may be negatively impacted due to shelter in place requirements and the closure of government offices in certain areas. We cannot reasonably estimate the length or severity of this pandemic, but it could have a material adverse impact on our consolidated financial position, consolidated results of operations, and consolidated cash flows in fiscal 2020. 112 Table of Contents ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY Not applicable. 113 Table of Contents Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this Annual Report on Form 10-K to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Emeryville, State of California, on March 25, 2020. SIGNATURES Grocery Outlet Holding Corp. By: /s/ Eric J. Lindberg, Jr. Eric J. Lindberg, Jr. Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitute and appoint Eric J. Lindberg, Jr., Charles C. Bracher, and Pamela B. Burke, or any of them, his or her attorneys-in-fact, for such person in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this report and to file the same, with exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that either of said attorneys-in-fact, or substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. Signature /s/ Eric J. Lindberg, Jr. Eric J. Lindberg, Jr. /s/ Charles C. Bracher Charles C. Bracher /s/ Lindsay E. Gray Lindsay E. Gray /s/ Erik D. Ragatz Erik D. Ragatz /s/ Kenneth W. Alterman Kenneth W. Alterman /s/ John E. Bachman John E. Bachman /s/ Matthew B. Eisen Matthew B. Eisen /s/ Mary Kay Haben Mary Kay Haben /s/ Thomas F. Herman Thomas F. Herman /s/ S. MacGregor Read, Jr. S. MacGregor Read, Jr. /s/ Norman S. Matthews Norman S. Matthews /s/ Sameer Narang Sameer Narang /s/ Jeffrey York Jeffrey York Title Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer) Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer) Vice President and Corporate Controller (Principal Accounting Officer) Date March 25, 2020 March 25, 2020 March 25, 2020 Director, Chairman of the Board March 25, 2020 Director Director Director Director Director Director Director Director Director 114 March 25, 2020 March 25, 2020 March 25, 2020 March 25, 2020 March 25, 2020 March 25, 2020 March 25, 2020 March 25, 2020 March 25, 2020 Exhibit 4.2 GROCERY OUTLET HOLDING CORP. AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT Dated as of June 19, 2019 TABLE OF CONTENTS ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS 1.1 Certain Matters of Construction 1.2 Definitions ARTICLE II COVENANTS AND CONDITIONS 2.1 Restrictions on Transfers 2.2 Corporate Governance 2.3 Confidentiality ARTICLE III REGISTRATION RIGHTS 3.1 Shelf Registration 3.2 Demand Registration 3.3 Piggyback Registration 3.4 Expenses of Registration 3.5 Obligations of the Company 3.6 Indemnification 3.7 Information by Holder 3.8 Transfer of Registration Rights 3.9 Delay of Registration 3.10 Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights 3.11 Rule 144 Reporting 3.12 “Market Stand Off” Agreement 3.13 Termination of Registration Rights ARTICLE IV INDEMNIFICATION AND REIMBURSEMENT 4.1 Indemnification of H&F Stockholders 4.2 Reimbursement of Expenses. ARTICLE V MISCELLANEOUS 5.1 Appointment of Proxies 5.2 Remedies 5.3 Entire Agreement; Amendment; Waiver 5.4 Severability 5.5 Notices 5.6 Binding Effect; Assignment i Page 1 1 2 11 12 12 14 15 15 20 22 24 24 26 29 29 29 29 29 30 31 31 31 34 35 35 36 36 37 38 39 5.7 Governing Law 5.8 Termination 5.9 Recapitalizations, Exchanges, Etc. 5.10 Action Necessary to Effectuate the Agreement 5.11 Purchase for Investment; Legend on Certificate 5.12 Effectiveness of Transfers 5.13 Other Stockholders 5.14 Other Business Opportunities 5.15 No Waiver 5.16 Costs and Expenses 5.17 Counterpart 5.18 Headings 5.19 Third Party Beneficiaries 5.20 Consent to Jurisdiction 5.21 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL 5.22 Representations and Warranties 5.23 Consents, Approvals and Actions 5.24 No Third Party Liabilities 5.25 Aggregation of Securities 5.26 Effectiveness 5.27 Reinstatement of Original Agreement EXHIBITS AND ANNEXES EXHIBIT A – STOCKHOLDER LIST Annex I – Form of Joinder Agreement ANNEX II – FORM OF SPOUSAL CONSENT ii 39 39 39 39 39 41 41 42 43 43 43 43 44 44 44 44 45 46 46 47 47 AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT This Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement (this “Agreement”) of Grocery Outlet Holding Corp. (together with its successors and permitted assigns, the “Company”), a Delaware corporation f/k/a/ Globe Holding Corp., is entered into as of June 19, 2019, by and among (i) the Company, (ii) Globe Intermediate (as defined below), (iii) GOBP Holdings (as defined below), (iv) GOBP Midco (as defined below), (v) Opco (as defined below), (vi) the H&F Stockholders (as defined below), (vii) the Executive Stockholders (defined below), (viii) the Read Trust Rollover Stockholders (as defined below) and (ix) such other Persons, if any, that from time to time become parties hereto pursuant to Section 5.13. The Management Stockholders (as defined below) and Independent Director Stockholders (as defined below) are not executing this Agreement, but are parties to the Original Agreement (as defined below) and therefore bound by the provisions of this Agreement. WHEREAS, the parties hereto are party to that certain Stockholders Agreement, dated as of October 7, 2014, as amended by Amendment No. 1 to the Stockholders Agreement, dated as of November 25, 2014 (such agreement, as so amended, the “Original Agreement”); WHEREAS, the Company intends to enter into the Underwriting Agreement (as defined below) in connection with the initial Public Offering (as defined below) of shares of the Company’s Common Stock (as defined below); WHEREAS, in connection with such initial Public Offering, the Company’s Voting Common Stock (as defined in the Original Agreement) and Non-Voting Common Stock (as defined in the Original Agreement) have been converted into a single class of Common Stock with identical voting rights on a one-to-one basis; WHEREAS, as of the date hereof, the Company no longer has Co-Chief Executive Officers (as defined in the Original Agreement); and WHEREAS, in connection with such events, the parties hereto desire to provide for certain governance and registration rights and other matters upon the effectiveness of this Agreement and, pursuant to Section 5.3 of the Original Agreement to amend and restate the Original Agreement in its entirety pursuant to this Agreement. NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises, representations, warranties, covenants and conditions set forth in this Agreement, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree, subject to Section 5.26, as follows: 1.1 Certain Matters of Construction. In addition to the definitions referred to or set forth below in this ARTICLE I: ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS 2 (a) The words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereunder” and words of similar import shall, unless the context requires otherwise, refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Section or provision of this Agreement, and reference to a particular Section of this Agreement shall include all subsections thereof; (b) References to Sections and Articles refer to Sections and Articles of this Agreement; (c) terms defined; and Definitions shall be equally applicable to both nouns and verbs and the singular and plural forms of the (d) The masculine, feminine and neuter genders shall each include the others. 1.2 Definitions. For the purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings: “1933 Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor act, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. “1934 Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor act, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. “Action” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 4.1(a). “Adverse Disclosure” shall mean public disclosure of material non-public information that, in the Board’s good faith judgment, after consultation with outside counsel to the Company, (i) would be required to be made in any report or Registration Statement filed with the SEC by the Company so that such report or Registration Statement would not be materially misleading; (ii) would not be required to be made at such time but for the filing, effectiveness or continued use of such report or Registration Statement; and (iii) the Company has a bona fide business purpose for not disclosing publicly. “Affiliate” shall mean, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person which, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified Person (for the purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise); provided, however, that for purposes of this Agreement (i) the Company and its Subsidiaries shall not be an Affiliate of any Stockholder and (ii) none of the H&F Stockholders shall be considered Affiliates of any portfolio company in which (x) the H&F Stockholders, (y) any of their investment fund Affiliates or (z) any investment funds, vehicles and accounts advised, managed or sponsored by the H&F Stockholders or their Affiliates have made a debt or equity investment (and vice versa). “Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement. 3 “Applicable Employee” shall mean (i) with respect to any Employee Stockholder who is a director, employee, consultant or other service provider of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, such director, employee, consultant or other service provider and (ii) with respect to any Employee Stockholder that is not a director, employee, consultant or other service provider of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, the director, employee, consultant or other service provider of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to whom such Employee Stockholder is a Permitted Transferee. “Automatic Shelf Registration Statement” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 405 (or any successor provision) of the 1933 Act. “Board” or “Board of Directors” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company as the same shall be constituted from time to time. “Business” shall mean the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries as currently conducted, as conducted within the five (5) years prior to the date hereof, or which the Board has authorized the Company to develop or pursue (by acquisition or otherwise), which currently consists of the retail sale of food, beverages and general grocery merchandise. “Common Stock” shall mean the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and shall also include any common stock of the Company hereafter authorized and any capital stock of the Company of any other class hereafter authorized which does not have a preference as to dividends or distribution of assets in liquidation over any other class of capital stock of the Company. “Common Stock Equivalents” shall mean all shares of Common Stock (i) owned by, or (ii) issuable upon exercise of Options (solely to the extent such Options, on or prior to the time the determination of Common Stock Equivalents is made, are vested and, if such Options may be exercised on a “net exercise” basis in accordance with their terms, as determined after giving effect to the net exercise thereof as of such time of determination) held by, each Stockholder. “Company” shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement. “Controlled Entity” shall mean any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise controlled by the Company. “Demand Delay” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 3.2(a)(ii). “Demand Period” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 3.2(c). “Demand Registration” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 3.2(a). “Employee Stockholders” shall mean the Executive Stockholders and the Management Stockholders. 4 “Executive / Read Trust Initiating Holders” shall mean one or more Executive / Read Trust Stockholders that, collectively, hold at least twenty five (25%) of the aggregate Registrable Securities held by such Executive / Read Trust Stockholders and any assignee to whom they have transferred their rights as an Executive / Read Trust Initiating Holder pursuant to Section 3.8. “Executive / Read Trust Director Nominee” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 2.2(a)(i)(B). “Executive / Read Trust Stockholders” shall mean the Executive Stockholders and the Read Trust Rollover Stockholders. “Executive Stockholders” shall mean, in each case only for so long as such Person or Permitted Transferee is a holder of Shares, (i) those Persons which are listed as the Executive Stockholders on Exhibit A hereto and (ii) their Permitted Transferees pursuant to the definition of Permitted Transfer (other than the Company), as evidenced by an executed Joinder Agreement, indicating that such Permitted Transferee will be an Executive Stockholder. “Executive Stockholder Consent” shall mean the consent of the Executive Stockholders holding a majority of the shares of Common Stock held by the Executive Stockholders. “FINRA” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority. “GOBP Holdings” shall mean GOBP Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, together with its successors and permitted assigns. “GOBP Midco” shall mean GOBP Midco, Inc., a Delaware corporation, together with its successors and permitted assigns. “Globe Intermediate” shall mean Globe Intermediate Corp., a Delaware corporation, together with its successors and permitted assigns. “H&F Consent” shall mean the consent of the H&F Stockholders holding a majority of the shares of Common Stock held by the H&F Stockholders. “H&F Director Nominee” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 2.2(a)(i)(C). “H&F Initiating Holders” shall mean H&F Globe Investor LP or any assignee to whom they have transferred their rights as an H&F Initiating Holder pursuant to Section 3.8. “H&F Stockholders” shall mean, in each case only for so long as such Person or Permitted Transferee is a holder of Shares, (i) those Persons which are listed as the H&F Stockholders on Exhibit A hereto and (ii) their Permitted Transferees pursuant to the definition of Permitted Transfer (other than the Company), as evidenced by an executed Joinder Agreement, indicating that such Permitted Transferee will be an H&F Stockholder. 5 “H&F Subscription Agreement” shall mean that certain Stock Subscription Agreement, dated as of October 7, 2014, by and between the H&F Stockholders and the Company. “Holder” shall mean any Stockholder (and any transferee pursuant to Section 3.8) holding Registrable Securities, securities exercisable or convertible into Registrable Securities or securities exercisable for securities convertible into Registrable Securities. “Incentive Plan” shall mean the Globe Holding Corp. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended and the Grocery Outlet Holding Corp. 2019 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended, together with any other compensatory stock plan adopted by the Company from time to time, as amended. “Indemnification Sources” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 4.1(c). “Indemnified Liabilities” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 4.1(a). “Indemnified Party” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 3.6(c). “Indemnifying Party” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 3.6(c). “Indemnitee Related Entities” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 4.1(c). “Indemnitees” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 4.1(a). “Independent Director Stockholder” shall mean any Stockholder who is a member of the Board other than an H&F Stockholder, Employee Stockholder or Read Trust Rollover Stockholder. “Initiating Holder” means, as applicable for a particular offering, (i) the H&F Initiating Holders or (ii) the Executive / Read Trust Initiating Holders. “Intermediate Holding Company” shall mean (a) Opco or any other Person acquired by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Opco or any of its Subsidiaries) after the date hereof (each such other Person, a “Sister Company”) and (b) any other Subsidiary of the Company that is a direct or indirect parent of Opco and/or any Sister Company. “IPO Entity Shares” shall mean (i) shares of Common Stock, and (ii) any other equity securities received in respect thereof in connection with any combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization or by way of stock split, stock dividend or other distribution. “IPO Lock-Up Period” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 3.12(a)(i). “Joinder Agreement” means a joinder agreement substantially in the form of Annex I attached hereto or such other form as may be agreed by the Company. 6 “Jointly Indemnifiable Claims” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 4.1(c). “Law” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 2.3. “Lindberg Proxy” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 5.1. “Lindberg Stockholders” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 5.1. “Lock-Up Restriction” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 3.12(a). “Majority Shelf Holder” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 3.1(b). “Management Proxy” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 5.1. “Management Stockholders” shall mean, in each case only for so long as such Person or Permitted Transferee is a holder of Shares, (i) those Persons which are listed as the Management Stockholders on Exhibit A hereto, (ii) any other Person who acquires shares of Common Stock pursuant to the exercise of Options and provides an executed Joinder Agreement, indicating that such Person will be a Management Stockholder and (iii) their Permitted Transferees pursuant to the definition of Permitted Transfer (other than the Company), as evidenced by an executed Joinder Agreement, indicating that such Permitted Transferee will be a Management Stockholder. “Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 3.1(d)(iii). “Non-H&F Stockholder” shall mean the Stockholders other than the H&F Stockholders. “Opco” shall mean Grocery Outlet Inc., a Delaware corporation, together with its successors and permitted assigns. “Options” shall mean the options granted to certain Employee Stockholders under the Incentive Plan to purchase shares of Common Stock on the terms set forth therein and in the certificates and agreements issued pursuant thereto. “Other Stockholder Proxy” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 5.1. “Other Stockholders” shall mean, in each case only for so long as such Person or Permitted Transferee is a holder of Shares, (i) any Person who is a party to this Agreement (whether through execution of this Agreement, the Original Agreement or a Joinder Agreement) other than the Company and its Subsidiaries, the H&F Stockholders and the Employee Stockholders and (ii) such Persons’ Permitted Transferees pursuant to the definition of Permitted Transfer (other than the Company), as evidenced by an executed Joinder Agreement, indicating that such Permitted Transferee will be an Other Stockholder. “Permitted Transfer” shall mean: (i) a Transfer of Shares by any Stockholder who is a natural person (or a trustee of a trust for the benefit of a natural person) (or any Employee Stockholder) to (a) such Stockholder’s (or, in the case of an Employee 7 Stockholder, such Employee Stockholders’ Applicable Employee’s) spouse, children (including legally adopted children and stepchildren), spouses of children, grandchildren (including legally adopted children or stepchildren of such Stockholder’s children), spouses of grandchildren, parents or siblings; (b) a trustee of a trust for the benefit of such Stockholder (or, in the case of an Employee Stockholder, the Applicable Employee of such Employee Stockholder) and/or any of the Persons described in clause (a); or (c) a corporation, limited partnership or limited liability company whose sole shareholders, partners or members, as the case may be, are such Stockholder (or, in the case of an Employee Stockholder, the Applicable Employee of such Employee Stockholder) and/or any of the Persons described in clause (a) or clause (b). (ii) a Transfer of Shares by any Stockholder to the Company (including, without limitation, any pledge of Shares or Options to the Company); (iii) a Transfer of Shares by a Stockholder who is a natural person upon death or incapacity to such Stockholder’s estate, executors, trustees, administrators and personal representatives, and then to such Stockholder’s legal representatives, heirs, beneficiaries or legatees (whether or not such recipients are a spouse, children, spouses of children, grandchildren, spouses of grandchildren, parents or siblings of such Stockholder); (iv) a Transfer of Shares by the H&F Stockholders to (a) any Affiliate of Hellman & Friedman LLC, (b) any investment fund or alternative investment vehicle, directly or indirectly, affiliated with, or managed or sponsored by, Hellman & Friedman LLC, or (c) any of the employees, partners, members or Affiliates of such H&F Stockholder or any of the foregoing; and (v) a Transfer of Shares by any Other Stockholder who is not a natural person to any Affiliate of such Other Stockholder. provided, however, that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Options may only be transferred in accordance with the terms of the Incentive Plan; and, provided, further, that no Permitted Transfer shall be effective unless and until the transferee of the Shares so transferred executes and delivers to the Company a Joinder Agreement and agrees to be bound hereunder in the same manner and to the same extent as the Stockholder from whom the Shares were transferred as provided for in Section 5.13. On subsequent transfers by a Permitted Transferee, the determination of whether the transferee is a Permitted Transferee shall be determined by reference to the Stockholder who was an original party to this Agreement, not by reference to the transferring Permitted Transferee in such subsequent transfer. If at any time after a Permitted Transfer, a transferee ceases to be a Permitted Transferee of the Stockholder who transferred the Shares to the transferee, then such transferee must transfer the Shares to such original Stockholder or a Permitted Transferee of such original Stockholder as promptly as practicable. No Permitted Transfer shall conflict with or result in any violation of a judgment, order, decree, statute, law, ordinance, rule or regulation. “Permitted Transferee” shall mean any Person who shall have acquired and who shall hold Shares or Options pursuant to a Permitted Transfer. 8 “Person” shall mean any individual, partnership, corporation, association, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, unincorporated organization or entity, or any government, governmental department or agency or political subdivision thereof. “Proprietary Information” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 2.3. “Pro Rata Shelf Take-Down Share” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 3.1(d)(iv)(A). “Prospectus” shall mean the prospectus included in any Registration Statement, all amendments and supplements to such prospectus, including post-effective amendments, and all other material incorporated by reference in such prospectus. “Public Offering” shall mean the completion of a sale of Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement which has become effective under the 1933 Act (excluding registration statements on Form S-4, S-8 or similar limited purpose forms), in which some or all of the Common Stock shall be listed and traded on a national exchange or on the NASDAQ National Market System. “Read Proxy” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 5.1. “Read Stockholders” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 5.1. “Read Trust Rollover Stockholders” shall mean, in each case only for so long as such Person or Permitted Transferee is a holder of Shares, (i) those Persons which are listed as Read Trust Rollover Stockholders on Exhibit A hereto and (ii) their Permitted Transferees pursuant to the definition of Permitted Transfer (other than the Company), as evidenced by an executed Joinder Agreement, indicating that such Permitted Transferee will be a Read Trust Rollover Stockholder. “register”, “registered” and “registration” shall mean a registration effected pursuant to a registration statement filed with the SEC (a “Registration Statement”) in compliance with the 1933 Act. “Registrable Securities” shall mean (i) IPO Entity Shares held (whether now held or hereafter acquired) by a Stockholder or any transferee to the extent permitted by Section 3.8, (ii) any IPO Entity Shares issued as (or, as of any such date of determination, then currently issuable upon the conversion, exchange or exercise of any warrant, right or other securities that are issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange or in replacement of, such IPO Entity Shares contemplated by the immediately foregoing clause (i) and (iii) the number of IPO Entity Shares issuable upon exercise of Options that are vested as of any such date of determination; provided, however, that IPO Entity Shares shall cease to be treated as Registrable Securities if (a) a Registration Statement covering such securities has been declared effective by the SEC and such securities have been disposed of pursuant to such effective Registration Statement, (b) a Registration Statement on Form S-8 (or any successor form) covering such securities is effective, (c) such securities are sold pursuant to Rule 144 or 145 promulgated under the 1933 Act (or another exemption from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act), (d) such securities cease to be outstanding or (e) the Holder thereof, together with his, her or its Permitted Transferees, holds (excluding any securities covered by the foregoing clause 9 (b)) less than two percent (2%) of the shares of Common Stock that are outstanding at such time and such Holder is able to dispose of all of its Registrable Securities in any ninety (90) day period pursuant to Rule 144 or 145 (or any similar or analogous rule) promulgated under the 1933 Act. For the avoidance of doubt, it is understood that, with respect to any Registrable Securities for which a Holder holds vested but unexercised Options or other securities exercisable for, convertible into or exchangeable for Registrable Securities, to the extent that such Registrable Securities are to be sold pursuant to ARTICLE III, such Holder must exercise the relevant Option or such other securities (which may include an exercise conditional upon the effectiveness of the applicable Registration Statement and, solely to the extent permitted by the terms thereof, effected on a “net exercise” basis) or exercise, convert or exchange such other relevant securities and transfer the relevant IPO Entity Shares (rather than the Option or such other securities) (in each case, net of any amounts required to be withheld by the Company in connection with such exercise). “Registration Expenses” shall mean any and all expenses incident to the performance by the Company of its obligations under ARTICLE III, including (i) all SEC or stock exchange registration and filing fees (including, if applicable, the fees and expenses of any “qualified independent underwriter,” as such term is defined in Rule 5121 of FINRA (or any successor provision), and of its counsel), (ii) all fees and expenses of complying with securities or “blue sky” laws (including fees and disbursements of counsel for the underwriters in connection with “blue sky” qualifications of the Registrable Securities), (iii) all printing, messenger and delivery expenses, (iv) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Registrable Securities on any securities exchange and all rating agency fees, (v) the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and of its independent public accountants, including the expenses of any special audits and/or comfort letters required by or incident to such performance and compliance, (vi) any fees and disbursements of underwriters customarily paid by the issuers or sellers of securities, including liability insurance if the Company so desires or if the underwriters so require, and the reasonable fees and expenses of any special experts retained in connection with the requested registration, but excluding underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, (vii) the fees and out-of-pocket expenses of not more than one counsel for some or all of the Holders participating in the registration or offering (as selected by the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities included in such registration or offering), (viii) the costs and expenses of the Company relating to analyst and investor presentations or any “road show” undertaken in connection with the registration and/or marketing of the Registrable Securities (including the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of the Holders) and (ix) any other fees and disbursements customarily paid by the issuers of securities. “Restricted Shelf Take-Down” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 3.1(d)(iv). “Restricted Shelf Take-Down Notice” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 3.1(d)(iv). “Restricted Shelf Take-Down Participation Notice” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 3.1(d)(iv). 10 “Restricted Shelf Take-Down Selling Holders” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 3.1(d)(iv). “Rule 144” means Rule 144 (or any successor provision) under the 1933 Act, as such provision is amended from time to time. “SEC” shall mean the United States Securities and Exchange Commission. “Shares” shall mean (i) shares of Common Stock held by Stockholders from time to time, including upon exercise of any Options, (ii) other equity securities of the Company or its Subsidiaries held by the Stockholders, or (iii) securities of the Company or its Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, upon reclassification of, or as a dividend or distribution in respect of, the foregoing; provided, that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, for purposes of Sections 2.2, 5.3 and 5.22, the term “Shares” shall only include (x) shares of Common Stock and (y) shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Options (solely to the extent such Options, on or prior to the time the determination of Shares is made, are vested and, if such Options may be exercised on a “net exercise” basis in accordance with their terms, as determined after giving effect to the net exercise thereof as of such time of determination), in each case, held by the applicable Stockholder. “Shelf Holder” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 3.1(a). “Shelf Registration Notice” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 3.1(a). “Shelf Registration Statement” shall mean a Registration Statement of the Company filed with the SEC on Form S-3 for an offering to be made on a continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the 1933 Act (or any similar rule that may be adopted by the SEC) covering the Registrable Securities, as applicable. “Shelf Suspension” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 3.1(c). “Shelf Take Down” shall mean any offering or sale of Registrable Securities by a Shelf Holder pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement. “Shelf Take-Down Percentage” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 3.1(d)(ii). “Spousal Consent” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 1.1(d). “Stockholder Nominee” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 2.2(a)(i)(C). “Stockholders” shall mean the H&F Stockholders, the Employee Stockholders and the Other Stockholders. “Subscription Agreements” shall mean (i) the H&F Subscription Agreement, (ii) each of the Transfer and Contribution Commitment and Support Agreements, by and among the Company and the Executive Stockholders, and the Company and certain other Stockholders that are Permitted Transferees of the Executive Stockholders, and (iii) those certain Management Transfer, Contribution and Subscription Commitment and Support Agreements, by and between the Company and each of the Management Stockholders. 11 “Subsidiary” with respect to any entity (the “parent”) shall mean any corporation, limited liability company, company, firm, association or trust of which such parent, at the time in respect of which such term is used, (i) owns directly or indirectly more than fifty percent (50%) of the equity, membership interest or beneficial interest, on a consolidated basis, or (ii) owns directly or controls with power to vote, directly or indirectly through one or more Subsidiaries, shares of the equity, membership interest or beneficial interest having the power to elect more than fifty percent (50%) of the directors, trustees, managers or other officials having powers analogous to that of directors of a corporation. Unless otherwise specifically indicated, when used herein the term Subsidiary shall refer to a direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company. “Third Party” shall mean any Person other than the Company. “Third Party Holder” shall mean any holder (other than a Holder) of shares of Common Stock Equivalents, if any, who exercises contractual rights to participate in a registered offering of shares of Common Stock. “Third Party Shelf Holder” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 3.1(a). “Transfer” and “Transferred” shall mean to transfer, sell, assign, pledge, hypothecate, give, create a security interest in or lien on, place in trust (voting or otherwise), assign or in any other way encumber or dispose of, directly or indirectly and whether or not by operation of law or for value, any Shares or Options or any legal, economic or beneficial interest therein; provided, however, that a transfer of limited partnership interests, limited liability company interests or similar interests in any of the H&F Stockholders, any other private equity fund or any parent entity or investment holding vehicle with respect to any such H&F Stockholder or private equity fund shall not constitute a Transfer for purposes of this Agreement, provided that the purpose of such transfer is not the circumvention of this definition. “Underwritten Shelf Take-Down” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 3.1(d)(ii). “Underwritten Shelf Take-Down Notice” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 3.1(d)(ii). “Underwriting Agreement” shall mean an underwriting agreement among the Company and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Jefferies LLC and the other investment banks party thereto with respect to an underwritten initial Public Offering of Common Stock. “Well-Known Seasoned Issuer” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 405 (or any successor provision) of the 1933 Act. ARTICLE II COVENANTS AND CONDITIONS Subject to the provisions of Section 5.8 hereof relating to the termination of certain provisions of this Agreement, the following covenants and conditions shall apply. 12 2.1 Restrictions on Transfers. (a) General Transfer Restrictions. Until the expiration of the IPO Lock-Up Period, without the consent of the Board, no Stockholder (other than any of the H&F Stockholders) may Transfer all or any of the Shares owned by such Stockholder to any Person other than (i) to a Permitted Transferee, (ii) solely in the case of the Employee Stockholders or Independent Director Stockholders, pursuant to any purchase by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries from an Employee Stockholder or Independent Director Stockholder upon termination of employment of the Applicable Employee with respect to such Employee Stockholder or the cessation of membership on the Board by such Independent Director Stockholder, as the case may be, or (iii) pursuant to the exercise of registration rights under ARTICLE III. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Options shall only be transferable according to their terms and the terms of the Incentive Plan. Any attempted Transfer of Shares by a Stockholder not permitted by this Section 2.1 shall be null and void, and the Company shall not in any way give effect to such impermissible Transfer. For the avoidance of doubt, each of the H&F Stockholders may Transfer all or any portion of its Shares at any time without restriction under this Section 2.1. After the IPO Lock-Up Period, there shall be no restrictions on a Transfer of Shares pursuant to this Agreement. (b) Transferred Shares Subject to Transfer Restrictions. Except for Transfers (i) to the Company, (ii) pursuant to an effective Registration Statement filed with the SEC or (iii) by any of the H&F Stockholders to its partners, members or other investors after the initial Public Offering, any Shares Transferred by a Stockholder pursuant to this Section 2.1 prior to the expiration of the IPO Lock-Up Period shall remain subject to the Transfer restrictions of this Agreement and each intended transferee pursuant to this this Section 2.1 shall execute and deliver to the Company a Joinder Agreement, which shall evidence such transferee’s agreement that the Shares intended to be transferred shall continue to be subject to this Agreement and that as to such Shares the transferee shall be bound by the restrictions of this Agreement as a Stockholder hereunder. 2.2 Corporate Governance. (a) Board of Directors. The Company hereby agrees that: (i) Unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Executive Stockholders and the H&F Stockholders, and subject to applicable law (including laws relating to fiduciary duties) and the rules and regulations of the applicable stock exchange: (A) for so long as the Company’s certificate of incorporation shall provide for the division of directors into three classes, the Company shall nominate the chief executive officer of the Company (the “Chief Executive Officer”) to serve on the Board of Directors as a Class III director (or such other class of director as the Board of Directors shall designate). In the event the Company’s certificate of incorporation shall not provide for the division of directors into three classes, the Company shall nominate the Chief Executive Officer for election as a director as part of any slate that is included in the proxy statement (or consent 13 solicitation or similar document) of the Company relating to the election of directors; (B) for so long as the Company’s certificate of incorporation shall provide for the division of directors into three classes, the Company shall nominate to serve on the Board of Directors as a Class II director (or, with the approval of the Board of Directors, such other class of directors as the Executive / Read Trust Stockholders shall designate) one (1) individual designated by the Executive / Read Trust Stockholders holding a majority of the aggregate Shares then held by such Stockholders for so long as such Stockholders collectively hold at least five percent (5%) of the shares of outstanding Common Stock. In the event the Company’s certificate of incorporation shall not provide for the division of directors into three classes, the Company shall nominate to serve on the Board of Directors one (1) individual designated by the Executive / Read Trust Stockholders holding a majority of the aggregate Shares then held by such Stockholders for so long as such Stockholders collectively hold at least five percent (5%) of the shares of outstanding Common Stock as part of any slate that is included in the proxy statement (or consent solicitation or similar document) of the Company relating to the election of directors (the individual, if any, nominated pursuant to this Section 2.2(a)(i)(B), the “Executive / Read Trust Director Nominee”). Steven MacGregor Read, Jr. shall be the initial Executive / Read Trust Director Nominee and shall be the Executive / Read Trust Director Nominee for so long as he serves as the Vice Chairman of the Company; and (C) the Company shall nominate to serve on the Board of Directors a number of individuals designated by the H&F Stockholders such that, upon the election of all such individuals and taking into account any director continuing to serve on the Board of Directors without need for re-election who was nominated by the H&F Stockholders pursuant to this Section 2.2(a)(i)(C), the number of directors designated by the H&F Stockholders shall equal (x) the total members of the Board of Directors of the Company, multiplied by (y) the percentage of outstanding Common Stock held from time to time by the H&F Stockholders, which number shall be rounded up to the next highest whole number of directors (the “H&F Director Nominees” and, together with the Executive/Read Trust Director Nominee, the “Stockholder Nominees”); provided that in no event shall the number of H&F Director Nominees, together with the Executive / Read Trust Director Nominee, if any, and the Chief Executive Officer, exceed the number of directors permitted by the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws. For so long as the directors on the Board of Directors of the Company are divided into three classes, such H&F Director Nominees shall be apportioned by the H&F Stockholders among such classes so as to maintain the number of H&F Director Nominees in each class as nearly equal as possible. 14 (ii) The Company shall include as part of the slate that is included in the proxy statement (or consent solicitation or similar document) of the Company relating to the election of directors, the Chief Executive Officer (if such proxy statement (or consent solicitation or similar document) relates to the election of directors of the class to which the Chief Executive Officer belongs pursuant to Section 2.2(a)(i)(A)), the Executive / Read Trust Director Nominee designated for nomination pursuant to Section 2.2(a)(i)(B) (if such proxy statement (or consent solicitation or similar document) relates to the election of directors of the class to which the Executive / Read Trust Director Nominee belongs pursuant to Section 2.2(a)(i)(B)) and the H&F Director Nominees and shall provide the highest level of support for the election of each person nominated pursuant to Section 2.2(a)(i) as it provides to any other individual standing for election as a director of the Company as part of such Company slate of directors. (iii.) In the event that a Stockholder Nominee shall cease to serve as a director for any reason (other than the failure of the stockholders of the Company to elect such individual as a director), the Persons entitled to designate such Stockholder Nominee pursuant to Section 2.2(a)(i)(B) or (C) shall have the right to appoint another Stockholder Nominee to fill the vacancy resulting therefrom. For the avoidance of doubt, it is understood that the failure of the stockholders of the Company to elect any Stockholder Nominee shall not affect the right of the Persons entitled to designate such Stockholder Nominee pursuant to Section 2.2(a)(i)(B) or (C) to designate a Stockholder Nominee for election pursuant to Section 2.2(a)(i)(B) or (C) in connection with any future election of directors of the Company. (iv) Upon the classification of the Board of Directors into three classes, the initial Chief Executive Director shall be Eric J. Lindberg, the initial Executive / Read Trust Director Nominee shall be Steven MacGregor Read, Jr. and the initial H&F Director Nominees shall be Erik D. Ragatz, Matthew B. Eisen and Sameer Narang. None of Kenneth W. Alterman, Thomas F. Herman, Norman S. Matthews or Jeffrey York shall be deemed to be an initial Stockholder Nominee. Upon the classification of the Board of Directors into three classes, the initial Class I directors shall consist of Erik D. Ragatz, Thomas F. Herman and Kenneth W. Alterman, the initial Class II directors shall consist of Steven MacGregor Read, Jr., Sameer Narang and Jeffrey York, and initial Class III directors shall consist of Eric J. Lindberg, Norman S. Matthews and Matthew B. Eisen. (b) Each Stockholder hereby agrees with the Company, severally and not jointly, that for so long as any Stockholder is entitled to designate a Stockholder Nominee pursuant to Section 2.2(a)(i) such Stockholder shall vote all of its Common Stock in favor of each individual standing for election as a director of the Company as part of the Company’s slate of directors that is included in the proxy statement (or consent solicitation or similar document) of the Company relating to the election of directors and whose election the Board of the Directors has recommended. 2.3 Confidentiality. Each Stockholder shall maintain the confidentiality of any confidential and proprietary information of the Company and its Subsidiaries (“Proprietary Information”) using the same standard of care, but in no event less than reasonable care, as it applies to its own confidential information, except (i) for any Proprietary Information which is 15 publicly available (other than as a result of dissemination by such Stockholder in breach of this Agreement) or a matter of public knowledge generally, (ii) if the release of such Proprietary Information is ordered pursuant to a subpoena or other order from a court of competent jurisdiction or other applicable law, rule, regulation, legal or judicial process or audit or inquiries by a regulator, bank examiner or self-regulatory organization (collectively, “Law”), following delivery of prior written notice to the Company (to the extent reasonably practicable and permitted under applicable Law), or (iii) for Proprietary Information that was known to such Stockholder on a non-confidential basis, without, to such Stockholders’ knowledge, breach of any third party’s confidentiality obligations to the Company in respect thereof, prior to its disclosure by the Company or its Subsidiaries. ARTICLE III REGISTRATION RIGHTS 3.1 Shelf Registration. (a) Filing. Upon the one-year anniversary of an initial Public Offering (unless otherwise agreed in writing by the H&F Stockholders and the Executive / Read Trust Stockholders), subject to the Company’s rights under Section 3.1(c) and the limitations set forth in Section 3.1(d), the Company shall (i) promptly (but in any event no later than twenty (20) days prior to the date such Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective) give written notice (a “Shelf Registration Notice”) of the proposed registration to all Holders and (ii) use its reasonable best efforts to file as soon as reasonably practicable after such anniversary with the SEC and to cause to become effective under the 1933 Act a Shelf Registration Statement (which such Shelf Registration Statement shall be designated by the Company as an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement if the Company is a Well-Known Seasoned Issuer at the time of filing such Shelf Registration Statement with the SEC) for all Registrable Securities held by the H&F Stockholders and the Executive / Read Trust Stockholders (or, if an H&F Stockholder or Executive / Read Trust Stockholder determines to not include all of its Registrable Securities therein, such lesser amount as such Stockholder shall request to the Company in writing), together with (x) all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any other Holder or Holders as are specified in a written request received by the Company within fifteen (15) days after such Shelf Registration Notice is given (each such Holder, and each H&F Stockholder and each Executive / Read Trust Stockholder, as the case may be, a “Shelf Holder”) and (y) all or such portion of the shares of any Third Party Holder that the Company determines may register securities in such registration (each such Third Party Holder, a “Third Party Shelf Holder”); provided, however, that if the Company is permitted by applicable Law to add selling stockholders to a Shelf Registration Statement without filing a post-effective amendment, a Holder may request the inclusion of additional Registrable Securities in such Shelf Registration Statement at any time or from time to time, and the Company shall add such Registrable Securities to the Shelf Registration Statement as promptly as reasonably practicable, and such Holder shall be deemed a Shelf Holder. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, in no event shall the Company be required to file, or maintain the effectiveness of, a Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to this Section 3.1(a) at any time if Form S-3 is not available to the Company at such time. 16 (b) Continued Effectiveness. Except as otherwise agreed by the H&F Initiating Holders, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to keep such Shelf Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 3.1(a) continuously effective under the 1933 Act in order to permit the Prospectus forming a part thereof to be usable by the Shelf Holders until the earlier of (i) the date as of which all Registrable Securities registered by such Shelf Registration Statement have been sold and (ii) such shorter period as the Shelf Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities of the H&F Stockholders that are registered on such Shelf Registration Statement (the “Majority Shelf Holders”) may determine. (c) Suspension of Filing or Registration. If the Company shall furnish to the Shelf Holders a certificate signed by a Chief Executive Officer or equivalent senior executive of the Company stating that the filing, effectiveness or continued use of the Shelf Registration Statement would require the Company to make an Adverse Disclosure, then the Company shall have a period of not more than sixty (60) days or such longer period as the Majority Shelf Holders shall consent to in writing, within which to delay the filing or effectiveness (but not the preparation) of such Shelf Registration Statement or, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement that has been declared effective, to suspend the use by Shelf Holders of such Shelf Registration Statement (in each case, a “Shelf Suspension”); provided, however, that, unless consented to in writing by the Majority Shelf Holders, the Company shall not be permitted to exercise more than two (2) Shelf Suspensions pursuant to this Section 3.1(c) and Demand Delays pursuant to Section 3.2(a)(ii) in the aggregate, or aggregate Shelf Suspensions pursuant to this Section 3.1(c) and Demand Delays pursuant to Section 3.2(a)(ii) of more than one hundred and twenty (120) days, in each case, during any twelve-month (12) period. Each Shelf Holder shall keep confidential the fact that a Shelf Suspension is in effect, the certificate referred to above and its contents for the permitted duration of the Shelf Suspension or until otherwise notified by the Company, except (A) for disclosure to such Shelf Holder’s employees, agents and professional advisers who need to know such information and are obligated to keep it confidential, (B) for disclosures to the extent required in order to comply with reporting obligations to its limited partners who have agreed to keep such information confidential and (C) as required by Law. In the case of a Shelf Suspension that occurs after the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, the Shelf Holders agree to suspend use of the applicable Prospectus for the permitted duration of such Shelf Suspension in connection with any sale or purchase of, or offer to sell or purchase, Registrable Securities, upon receipt of the certificate referred to above. The Company shall immediately notify the Shelf Holders upon the termination of any Shelf Suspension, and (i) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement that has not been declared effective, shall promptly thereafter file the Shelf Registration Statement and use its reasonable best efforts to have such Shelf Registration Statement declared effective under the 1933 Act and (ii) in the case of an effective Shelf Registration Statement, shall amend or supplement the Prospectus, if necessary, so it does not contain any material misstatement or omission prior to the expiration of the Shelf Suspension and furnish to the Shelf Holders such numbers of copies of the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented as the Shelf Holders may reasonably request. The Company agrees, if necessary, to supplement 17 or make amendments to the Shelf Registration Statement if required by the registration form used by the Company for the Shelf Registration Statement or by the instructions applicable to such registration form or by the 1933 Act or the rules or regulations promulgated thereunder or as may reasonably be requested by the Majority Shelf Holders. (d) Shelf Take-Downs. (i) Initiation of Shelf Take-Downs. If a Shelf Registration Statement has been filed and is effective, then (A) on or before the one-year anniversary of the initial Public Offering, the H&F Initiating Holders, and only the H&F Initiating Holders, may from time to time initiate a Shelf-Take Down, subject to compliance with the requirements of this Section 3.1(d) (if and to the extent applicable to such Shelf Take-Down) and (B) after the one-year anniversary of the initial Public Offering, any of the Shelf Holders may from time to time initiate a Shelf Take-Down, subject to compliance with the requirements of this Section 3.1(d) (if and to the extent applicable to such Shelf Take-Down); provided, however, that (x) on or before the one-year anniversary of the initial Public Offering, only the H&F Initiating Holders, and after the one-year anniversary of the initial Public Offering, only the Initiating Holders, in each case, as applicable, may request an Underwritten Shelf Take-Down. (ii) Underwritten Shelf Take Downs. Subject to Section 3.1(d)(i), any Initiating Holder (but only an Initiating Holder) with respect to a Shelf Take-Down (including any Restricted Shelf Take-Down) may elect in a written demand delivered to the Company (an “Underwritten Shelf Take-Down Notice”) for such Shelf Take-Down to be in the form of an underwritten offering (an “Underwritten Shelf Take-Down”), and the Company shall, if so requested, file and effect an amendment or supplement of the Shelf Registration Statement for such purpose as soon as practicable; provided, that any such Underwritten Shelf Take-Down shall be deemed to be, for purposes of Section 3.2, a Demand Registration. The Initiating Holder that delivers such Underwritten Shelf Take-Down Notice shall have the right to select the underwriter or underwriters to administer such Underwritten Shelf Take-Down; provided, that such underwriter or underwriters shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company. With respect to any Underwritten Shelf Take-Down (including any Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down), in the event that a Shelf Holder otherwise would be entitled to participate in such Underwritten Shelf Take-Down pursuant to Section 3.1(d)(iii) or Section 3.1(d)(iv), as the case may be, the right of such Shelf Holder to participate in such Underwritten Shelf Take-Down shall be conditioned upon such Shelf Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Shelf Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. The Company shall, together with all Shelf Holders and Third Party Shelf Holders of Registrable Securities of the Company that are permitted to distribute their securities through such Underwritten Shelf Take-Down, enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected in accordance with this Section 3.1(d)(ii). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 3.1 (other than Section 3.1(d) (iv)), if the underwriter shall advise the Company that marketing factors (including an adverse effect on the per share offering price) require a limitation of 18 the number of shares to be underwritten in an Underwritten Shelf Take-Down, then the Company shall so advise all Shelf Holders and Third Party Shelf Holders of Registrable Securities that are permitted to, and have requested to, participate in such Underwritten Shelf Take-Down, and the number of shares of Registrable Securities that may be included in such Underwritten Shelf Take-Down shall be allocated pro rata among such Shelf Holders and Third Party Shelf Holders thereof in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective amounts of Registrable Securities held by such Shelf Holders and Third Party Shelf Holders at the time of such Underwritten Shelf Take-Down; provided, that any Registrable Securities thereby allocated to a Shelf Holder that exceed such Shelf Holder’s request shall be reallocated among the remaining requesting Shelf Holders in like manner. No Registrable Securities excluded from an Underwritten Shelf Take- Down by reason of the underwriter’s marketing limitation shall be included in such underwritten offering. (iii) Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Downs. The Initiating Holder shall indicate in any Underwritten Shelf Take-Down Notice they deliver to the Company pursuant to Section 3.1(d)(iii) whether it intends for such Underwritten Shelf Take-Down to involve a customary “road show” (including an “electronic road show”) or other substantial marketing effort by the underwriters over a period of at least 48 hours (a “Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down”). Upon receipt of an Underwritten Shelf Take-Down Notice indicating that such Underwritten Shelf Take-Down will be a Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down, the Company shall promptly (but in any event no later than ten (10) days prior to the expected date of such Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down) give written notice of such Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down to all other Shelf Holders of Registrable Securities under such Shelf Registration Statement and any such Shelf Holders requesting inclusion in such Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down must respond in writing within five (5) days after the receipt of such notice. Each such Shelf Holder that timely delivers any such request shall be permitted to sell in such Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down subject to the terms and conditions of Section 3.1(d)(ii). (iv) Restricted Shelf Take-Downs. In addition to the requirements set forth in Section 3.1(d)(iii) with respect to any Underwritten Shelf Take-Down that is not a Marketed Underwritten Shelf-Take-Down, for any Initiating Holder to initiate such an Underwritten Shelf Take-Down (any such Underwritten Shelf Take-Down, a “Restricted Shelf Take- Down”), such Initiating Holder shall provide written notice (a “Restricted Shelf Take-Down Notice”) of such Restricted Shelf Take-Down to all other Shelf Holders as far in advance of the completion of such Restricted Shelf Take-Down as shall be reasonably practicable in light of the circumstances applicable to such Restricted Shelf Take-Down (but in no event less than three (3) hours in advance of the completion of such Restricted Shelf Take-Down), which Restricted Shelf Take-Down Notice shall set forth (1) the total number of Registrable Securities expected to be offered and sold in such Restricted Shelf Take-Down, (2) the expected plan of distribution of such Restricted Shelf Take-Down, (3) the fraction, expressed as a percentage, determined by dividing the number of Registrable Securities anticipated to be sold in such Restricted Shelf Take-Down by the total number of Registrable Securities held by such Initiating Holder (the 19 “Shelf Take-Down Percentage”), (4) an invitation to each other Shelf Holder to elect (such other Shelf Holders who make such an election being “Shelf Take-Down Participating Holders,” and, together with the Initiating Holder and all other Persons who otherwise are transferring, or have exercised a contractual or other right to transfer, Registrable Securities in connection with such Restricted Shelf Take-Down, the “Restricted Shelf Take-Down Selling Holders”) to include in the Restricted Shelf Take-Down Registrable Securities held by such Shelf Take-Down Participating Holder (not in any event to exceed the Shelf Take-Down Percentage of the total number of IPO Entity Shares held by such Shelf Take-Down Participating Holder) and (5) the action or actions required (including the timing thereof) in connection with such Restricted Shelf Take-Down with respect to each such other Shelf Holder that elects to exercise such right (including the delivery of one or more certificates representing Registrable Securities of such other Shelf Holder to be sold in such Restricted Shelf Take-Down). Upon delivery of a Restricted Shelf Take-Down Notice, each such other Shelf Holder may elect to sell Registrable Securities in such Restricted Shelf Take-Down, at the same price per Registrable Security and pursuant to the same terms and conditions with respect to payment for the Registrable Securities as agreed to by such Initiating Holder, by sending an irrevocable written notice (a “Restricted Shelf Take-Down Participation Notice”) to such Initiating Holder within the time period specified in such Restricted Shelf Take-Down Notice, indicating its, his or her election to sell up to the number of Registrable Securities in the Restricted Shelf Take-Down specified by such other Shelf Holder in such Restricted Shelf Take-Down Participation Notice (such specified number not in any event to exceed the Shelf Take-Down Percentage of the total number of Registrable Securities held by such other Shelf Holder). Following the time period specified in such Restricted Shelf Take-Down Notice, each Shelf Take-Down Participating Holder that has delivered a Restricted Shelf Take-Down Participation Notice shall be permitted to sell in such Restricted Shelf Take- Down on the terms and conditions set forth in the Restricted Shelf Take-Down Notice, concurrently with such Initiating Holder and the other Restricted Shelf Take-Down Selling Holders, the number of Registrable Securities calculated as follows: (A) first there shall be allocated to each Restricted Shelf Take-Down Selling Holder a number of Registrable Securities equal to the lesser of (I) the maximum number of Registrable Securities such Restricted Take-Down Selling Holder has elected to sell in the Restricted Shelf Take-Down in its, his or her Restricted Shelf Take-Down Notice or Restricted Shelf Take-Down Participation Notice and (II) the number of Registrable Securities determined by multiplying (x) the number of Registrable Securities to be sold in such Restricted Shelf Take-Down by (y) a fraction the numerator of which is the number of Registrable Securities owned by such Restricted Shelf Take-Down Selling Holder and the denominator of which is the total Registrable Securities owned by all Restricted Shelf Take-Down Selling Holders (the “Pro Rata Shelf Take-Down Share”); and (B) any remaining Registrable Securities to be sold in such Restricted Shelf Take-Down shall be allocated to the Restricted Shelf Take-Down 20 Selling Holders that elected to sell in excess of their Pro Rata Shelf Take-Down Share, pro rata to such Restricted Shelf Take-Down Selling Holders based upon such Restricted Shelf Take-Down Selling Holders’ relative Pro Rata Shelf Take-Down Shares, or as such Restricted Shelf Take-Down Selling Holders may otherwise agree in writing among themselves. For the avoidance of doubt, it is understood that in order to be entitled to exercise its, his or her right to sell Registrable Securities in a Restricted Shelf Take-Down pursuant to this Section 3.1(d)(iv), each Shelf Take-Down Participating Holder must agree, on a several and not joint basis, to make the same representations, warranties, covenants, indemnities and agreements, if any, as the Initiating Holder agrees to make in connection with the Restricted Shelf Take-Down. Notwithstanding the delivery of any Restricted Shelf Take-Down Notice, all determinations as to whether to complete any Restricted Shelf Take-Down and as to the timing, manner, price and other terms of any Restricted Shelf Take-Down shall be at the sole discretion of the Initiating Holder. Each of the Initiating Holders agrees to reasonably cooperate with each of the other Shelf Holders to establish notice, delivery and documentation procedures and measures to facilitate such other Shelf Holder’s participation in future potential Restricted Shelf Take-Downs by such Initiating Holder pursuant to this Section 3.1(d)(iv). 3.2 Demand Registration. (a) Holders’ Demand for Registration. Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 3.2(d), if the Company shall receive from an Initiating Holder a written demand that the Company effect any registration (a “Demand Registration”) of Registrable Securities held by such Holders having a reasonably anticipated net aggregate offering price (after deduction of underwriter commissions and offering expenses) of at least $10,000,000, the Company will: (i) promptly (but in any event within ten (10) days prior to the date such registration becomes effective under the 1933 Act) give written notice of the proposed registration to all other Holders; and (ii) use its reasonable best efforts to effect such registration as soon as practicable as will permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Initiating Holders’ Registrable Securities as are specified in such demand, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any other Holders joining in such demand as are specified in a written demand received by the Company within five (5) days after such written notice is given; provided that the Company shall not be obligated to file any Registration Statement or other disclosure document pursuant to this Section 3.2 (but shall be obligated to continue to prepare such Registration Statement or other disclosure document) if the Company shall furnish to such Holders a certificate signed by a Chief Executive Officer or equivalent senior executive of the Company, stating that the filing or effectiveness of such Registration Statement would require the Company to make an Adverse Disclosure, in which case the Company shall have an additional period (each, a “Demand Delay”) of not more than sixty (60) days (or such longer period as may be agreed upon by the Initiating Holders) within which to file such Registration 21 Statement; provided, however, that the Company shall not exercise more than two (2) Demand Delays pursuant to this Section 3.2(a)(ii) and Shelf Suspensions pursuant to Section 3.1(c) in the aggregate, or aggregate Demand Delays pursuant to this Section 3.2(a)(ii) and Shelf Suspensions pursuant to Section 3.1(c) of more than one hundred and twenty (120) days, in each case, during any twelve-month (12) month period. Each Holder shall keep confidential the fact that a Demand Delay is in effect, the certificate referred to above and its contents for the permitted duration of the Demand Delay or until otherwise notified by the Company, except (A) for disclosure to such Holder’s employees, agents and professional advisers who need to know such information and are obligated to keep it confidential, (B) for disclosures to the extent required in order to comply with reporting obligations to its limited partners who have agreed to keep such information confidential and (C) as required by Law. (b) Underwriting. If the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their demand by means of an underwritten offering, they shall so advise the Company as part of their demand made pursuant to this Section 3.2, and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in Section 3.2(a)(i). In such event, the right of any Holder to registration pursuant to this Section 3.2 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. The Company shall, together with all holders of Registrable Securities of the Company proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting, enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected by a majority-in-interest of the Initiating Holders and reasonably satisfactory to the Company. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 3.2, if the underwriter shall advise the Company that marketing factors (including an adverse effect on the per share offering price) require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, then the Company shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities that have requested to participate in such offering, and the number of shares of Registrable Securities that may be included in the registration and underwriting shall be allocated pro rata among such Holders thereof in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective amounts of Registrable Securities held by such Holders at the time of filing the Registration Statement; provided that the number of Registrable Securities to be included in such underwriting shall not be reduced unless all other securities are first entirely excluded from the underwriting; provided, further, that any Registrable Securities thereby allocated to a Holder that exceed such Holder’s request shall be reallocated among the remaining requesting Holders in like manner. No Registrable Securities excluded from the underwriting by reason of the underwriter’s marketing limitation shall be included in such registration. If the underwriter has not limited the number of Registrable Securities to be underwritten, the Company may include securities for its own account (or for the account of any other Persons) in such registration if the underwriter so agrees and if the number of Registrable Securities would not thereby be limited. (c) Effective Registration. The Company shall be deemed to have effected a Demand Registration if the Registration Statement pursuant to such registration is declared effective by the SEC and remains effective for not less than one hundred eighty 22 (180) days (or such shorter period as will terminate when all Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement have been sold or withdrawn), or, if such Registration Statement relates to an underwritten offering, such longer period as, in the opinion of counsel for the underwriters, a prospectus is required by Law to be delivered in connection with sales of Registrable Securities by an underwriter or dealer (the applicable period, the “Demand Period”). No Demand Registration shall be deemed to have been effected if (i) during the Demand Period such registration is interfered with by any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the SEC or other governmental agency or court or (ii) the conditions specified in the underwriting agreement, if any, entered into in connection with such registration are not satisfied other than by reason of a wrongful act, misrepresentation or breach of such applicable underwriting agreement by a participating Holder. (d) Restrictions on Registration. Notwithstanding the rights and obligations set forth in Section 3.1 and 3.2, in no event shall the Company be obligated to take any action to effect any Demand Registration: (i) at the request of any Executive / Read Trust Initiating Holder until the one-year anniversary of an initial Public Offering; (ii) at the request of the Executive / Read Trust Initiating Holders after the Company has effected three (3) Demand Registrations at the request of the Executive / Read Trust Initiating Holders (collectively) (including any Underwritten Shelf Take-Downs); and (iii) in no event shall the Company be obligated to take any action to effect more than four (4) Demand Registrations (not including any Underwritten Shelf Take-Down that is not a Marketed Underwritten Shelf Take-Down) in any twelve (12) month period. 3.3 Piggyback Registration. (a) If at any time or from time to time the Company shall determine to register any of its equity securities, either for its own account or for the account of security holders of the Company, under the 1933 Act in connection with the public offering of such securities solely for cash (other than (1) in a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans, (2) a Registration Statement on Form S-4 or S-8 (or such other similar successor forms then in effect under the 1933 Act) or any other form which does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities, (3) a registration pursuant to which the Company is offering to exchange its own securities for other securities, (4) a Registration Statement relating solely to dividend reinvestment or similar plans, (5) a Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to which only the initial purchasers and subsequent transferees of debt securities or preferred stock of the Company or any Subsidiary that are convertible or exchangeable for IPO Entity Shares and that are initially issued pursuant to Rule 144A and/or Regulation S (or any successor provision) of the 1933 Act may resell such notes or preferred stock and sell the IPO Entity Shares 23 into which such notes or preferred stock may be converted or exchanged or (6) a registration pursuant to Section 3.1 or Section 3.2), the Company will: (i) promptly (but in no event less than fifteen (15) days before the effective date of the relevant Registration Statement) give to each Holder written notice thereof; and (ii) include in such registration (and any related qualification under state securities laws or other compliance), and in any underwriting involved therein, all the Registrable Securities specified in a written request or requests made within five (5) days after receipt of such written notice from the Company by any Holder or Holders, except as set forth in Section 3.3(b). Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 3.3 shall not apply in respect of any Holder prior to the one-year anniversary of an initial Public Offering, unless (x) one or more of the H&F Stockholders elect to participate in such registration or (y) the H&F Stockholders, in their sole discretion, elect by written notice to the Company for this Section 3.3 to apply to the Registrable Securities of any one or more other Holders specified in such notice. (b) Underwriting. Subject to the last sentence of Section 3.3(a), if the registration of which the Company gives notice is for a registered public offering involving an underwriting, the Company shall so advise the Holders as a part of the written notice given pursuant to Section 3.3(a)(i). In such event, the right of any Holder to registration pursuant to this Section 3.3 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to dispose of their Registrable Securities through such underwriting, together with the Company and the other parties distributing their securities through such underwriting, shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Company. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 3.3, if the underwriters shall advise the Company that marketing factors (including, without limitation, an adverse effect on the per share offering price) require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, then the Company may limit the number of Registrable Securities to be included in the registration and underwriting, subject to the terms of this Section 3.3. The Company shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities that have requested to participate in such offering, and the number of shares of Registrable Securities that may be included in the registration and underwriting shall be allocated in the following manner: first, to the Company and second, to the Holders on a pro rata basis based on the total number of Registrable Securities held by the Holders; provided, that any Registrable Securities thereby allocated to a Holder that exceed such Holder’s request shall be reallocated among the remaining requesting Holders in like manner. No such reduction shall (i) reduce the securities being offered by the Company for its own account to be included in the registration and underwriting, or (ii) reduce the amount of securities of the selling Holders included in the registration below twenty-five percent (25%) of the total amount of securities included in such registration, unless such offering does not include shares of any other selling security holders, in which event any or all of the Registrable Securities of the Holders 24 may be excluded in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence. No securities excluded from the underwriting by reason of the underwriter’s marketing limitation shall be included in such registration. (c) Right to Terminate Registration. The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 3.3 prior to the effectiveness of such registration whether or not any Holder has elected to include securities in such registration. 3.4 Expenses of Registration. All Registration Expenses incurred in connection with all registrations effected pursuant to Section 3.1, Section 3.2 or Section 3.3 shall be borne by the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay stock transfer taxes or underwriters’ discounts or selling commissions relating to Registrable Securities. 3.5 Obligations of the Company. Whenever required under this ARTICLE III to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible: (a) prepare and file with the SEC a Registration Statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective, and keep such Registration Statement effective for (x) the lesser of one hundred eighty (180) days or until the Holder or Holders have completed the distribution relating thereto or (y) for such longer period as may be prescribed herein; (b) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such Registration Statement and the prospectus used in connection with such Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective and to comply with the provisions of the 1933 Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by sellers thereof set forth in such Registration Statement; (c) permit any Holder that (in the good faith reasonable judgment of such Holder) might be deemed to be a controlling person of the Company to participate in good faith in the preparation of such Registration Statement and to cooperate in good faith to include therein material, furnished to the Company in writing, that in the reasonable judgment of such Holder and its counsel should be included; (d) furnish to the Holders such numbers of copies of the Registration Statement and the related Prospectus, including all exhibits thereto and documents incorporated by reference therein and a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the 1933 Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities owned by them; (e) in the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter(s) of such offering; (f) notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement as soon as reasonably possible after notice thereof is received by the Company 25 of any written comments by the SEC or any request by the SEC or any other federal or state governmental authority for amendments or supplements to such Registration Statement or such prospectus or for additional information; (g) notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement, at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the 1933 Act, of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such Registration Statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing; (h) notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement as soon as reasonably practicable after notice thereof is received by the Company of the issuance by the SEC of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such Registration Statement or any order by the SEC or any other regulatory authority preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary or final prospectus or the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for such purposes, or any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose; (i) use its reasonable best efforts to prevent the issuance of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of any Registration Statement or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary or final prospectus and, if any such order is issued, to obtain the withdrawal of any such order as soon as practicable; (j) make available for inspection by each Holder including Registrable Securities in such registration, any underwriter participating in any distribution pursuant to such registration, and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by such Holder or underwriter, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company, as such parties may reasonably request, and cause the Company’s officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Holder, underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with such Registration Statement; (k) use its reasonable best efforts to register or qualify, and cooperate with the Holders of Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement, the underwriters, if any, and their respective counsel, in connection with the registration or qualification of such Registrable Securities for offer and sale under “blue sky” or securities laws of each state and other jurisdiction of the United States as any such Holder or underwriters, if any, or their respective counsel reasonably request in writing, and do any and all other things reasonably necessary or advisable to keep such registration or qualification in effect for such period as required by Section 3.1(b) and Section 3.2(c), as applicable; provided that the Company shall not be required to qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified or take any action which would subject it to taxation service of process in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject; 26 (l) obtain for delivery to the Holders of Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement and to the underwriters, if any, an opinion or opinions from counsel for the Company, dated the effective date of the Registration Statement or, in the event of an underwritten offering, the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement, in customary form, scope and substance, which opinions shall be reasonably satisfactory to such holders or underwriters, as the case may be, and their respective counsel; (m) in the case of an underwritten offering, obtain for delivery to the Company and the underwriters, with copies to the Holders of Registrable Securities included in such registration, a cold comfort letter from the Company’s independent certified public accountants in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by cold comfort letters as the managing underwriter or underwriters reasonably request, dated the date of execution of the underwriting agreement and brought down to the closing under the underwriting agreement; (n) use its reasonable best efforts to list the Registrable Securities that is Common Stock covered by such Registration Statement with any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Common Stock is then listed; (o) provide and cause to be maintained a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities covered by the applicable Registration Statement from and after a date not later than the effective date of such Registration Statement; (p) cooperate with Holders including Registrable Securities in such registration and the managing underwriters, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Securities to be sold, such certificates to be in such denominations and registered in such names as such Holders or the managing underwriters may request at least two (2) business days prior to any sale of Registrable Securities; (q) use its reasonable best efforts to comply with all applicable securities laws and make available to its Holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the 1933 Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; and (r) in the case of an underwritten offering, cause the senior executive officers of the Company to participate in the customary “road show” presentations that may be reasonably requested by the underwriters and otherwise to facilitate, cooperate with and participate in each proposed offering contemplated herein and customary selling efforts related thereto. 3.6 Indemnification. (a) The Company will, and does hereby undertake to, indemnify and hold harmless each Holder of Registrable Securities and each of such Holder’s officers, directors, trustees, employees, partners, managers, members, stockholders, beneficiaries, affiliates and agents and each Person, if any, who controls such Holder, within the meaning of either Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, with respect 27 to any registration, qualification, compliance or sale effected pursuant to this ARTICLE III, and each underwriter, if any, and each Person who controls any underwriter, of the Registrable Securities held by or issuable to such Holder, against all claims, losses, damages and liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) to which they may become subject under the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act, or other federal or state law arising out of or based on (A) any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any prospectus, offering circular, free writing prospectus or other similar document (including any related Registration Statement, notification, or the like) incident to any such registration, qualification, compliance or sale effected pursuant to this ARTICLE III, or based on any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances in which they were made, (B) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of any federal, state or common law rule or regulation applicable to the Company in connection with any such registration, qualification, compliance or sale, or (C) any failure to register or qualify Registrable Securities in any state where the Company or its agents have affirmatively undertaken or agreed in writing (including pursuant to Section 3.5(k)) that the Company (the undertaking of any underwriter being attributed to the Company) will undertake such registration or qualification on behalf of the Holders of such Registrable Securities (provided that in such instance the Company shall not be so liable if it has undertaken its reasonable best efforts to so register or qualify such Registrable Securities) and will reimburse, as incurred, each such Holder, each such underwriter and each such director, officer, trustee, employee, partner, manager, member, stockholder, beneficiary, affiliate, agent and controlling person, for any legal and any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action; provided that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such claim, loss, damage, liability or expense arises out of or is based on any untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Holder or underwriter expressly for use therein. (b) Each Holder (if Registrable Securities held by or issuable to such Holder are included in such registration, qualification, compliance or sale pursuant to this ARTICLE III) does hereby undertake to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its officers, directors, employees, stockholders, affiliates and agents and each Person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of either Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, each underwriter, if any, and each Person who controls any underwriter, of the Company’s securities covered by such a Registration Statement, and each other Holder, each of such other Holder’s officers, directors, employees, partners, stockholders, affiliates and agents and each Person, if any, who controls such Holder within the meaning of either Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, against all claims, losses, damages and liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arising out of or based on any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any such Registration Statement, prospectus, offering circular, free writing prospectus or other document, or any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not 28 misleading in light of the circumstances in which they were made, and will reimburse, as incurred, the Company, each such underwriter, each such other Holder, and each such officer, director, trustee, employee, partner, stockholder, beneficiary, affiliate, agent and controlling person of the foregoing, for any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) or omission (or alleged omission) was made in such Registration Statement, prospectus, offering circular, free writing prospectus or other document, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Holder expressly for use therein; provided, however, that the aggregate liability of each Holder hereunder shall be limited to the gross proceeds after underwriting discounts and commissions received by such Holder upon the sale of the Registrable Securities giving rise to such indemnification obligation. It is understood and agreed that the indemnification obligations of each Holder pursuant to any underwriting agreement entered into in connection with any Registration Statement shall be limited to the obligations contained in this Section 3.6(b). (c) Each party entitled to indemnification under this Section 3.6 (the “Indemnified Party”) shall give notice to the party required to provide such indemnification (the “Indemnifying Party”) of any claim as to which indemnification may be sought promptly after such Indemnified Party has actual knowledge thereof, and shall permit the Indemnifying Party to assume the defense of any such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom; provided that counsel for the Indemnifying Party, who shall conduct the defense of such claim or litigation, shall be subject to approval by the Indemnified Party (whose approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) and the Indemnified Party may participate in such defense at the Indemnifying Party’s expense if representation of such Indemnified Party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such Indemnified Party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding; and provided further that the failure of any Indemnified Party to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations under this ARTICLE III, except to the extent that such failure to give notice materially prejudices the Indemnifying Party in the defense of any such claim or any such litigation. An Indemnifying Party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation, may, without the consent of each Indemnified Party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement that (i) includes as a term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff therein to such Indemnified Party of an unconditional release from all liability with respect to such claim or litigation and (ii) does not include any recovery (including a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of such Indemnified Party) other than monetary damages, and provided that any sums payable in connection with such settlement are paid in full by the Indemnifying Party. (d) In order to provide for just and equitable contribution in case indemnification is prohibited or limited by law, the Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnifying Party and 29 Indemnified Party in connection with the actions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of such Indemnifying Party and Indemnified Party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any action in question, including any untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact, has been made by, or relates to information supplied by, such Indemnifying Party or Indemnified Party, and such Indemnified Party’s relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such actions; provided, however, that, in any case, (i) no Holder will be required to contribute any amount in excess of the gross proceeds after underwriting discounts and commissions received by such Holder upon the sale of the Registrable Securities giving rise to such contribution obligation and (ii) no Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) will be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. (e) The indemnities provided in this Section 3.6 shall survive the transfer of any Registrable Securities by such Holder. 3.7 Information by Holder. The Holder or Holders of Registrable Securities included in any registration shall furnish to the Company such information regarding such Holder or Holders and the distribution proposed by such Holder or Holders as the Company may reasonably request in writing and as shall be required in connection with any registration, qualification or compliance referred to in this ARTICLE III. 3.8 Transfer of Registration Rights. The rights contained in this ARTICLE III with respect to the registration of the Registrable Securities may be assigned or otherwise conveyed by a Holder pursuant to a transfer permitted under ARTICLE II. 3.9 Delay of Registration. No Holder shall have any right to obtain, and hereby waives any right to seek, an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any such registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this ARTICLE III. 3.10 Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights. From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the H&F Stockholders, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that would allow such holder or prospective holder to (i) require the Company to effect a registration or (ii) include any securities in any registration filed under Section 3.1, Section 3.2 or Section 3.3, unless, in each case, under the terms of such agreement, such holder or prospective holder may include such securities in any such registration only to the extent that the inclusion of such securities will not diminish the amount of Registrable Securities to be sold or proposed to be sold by the H&F Stockholders in such registration. 3.11 Rule 144 Reporting. With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the SEC that may permit the sale of the Registrable Securities to the public without registration, the Company, following an initial Public Offering, agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to: 30 (a) make and keep current public information available, within the meaning of Rule 144 (or any similar or analogous rule) promulgated under the 1933 Act, at all times after it has become subject to the reporting requirements of the 1934 Act; (b) file with the SEC, in a timely manner, all reports and other documents required of the Company under the 1933 Act and 1934 Act (after it has become subject to such reporting requirements); and (c) so long as a Holder owns any Registrable Securities, furnish to such Holder forthwith upon request a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of said Rule 144 (at any time commencing ninety (90) days after the effective date of the first registration filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public), the 1933 Act and the 1934 Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements); a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company; and such other reports and documents as a Holder may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the SEC allowing it to sell any such securities without registration. 3.12 “Market Stand Off” Agreement. (a) The Company and each Holder hereby agrees, and the Company agrees to cause its and Opco’s directors and executive officers to agree that: (i) during the period beginning seven (7) days before the effective date of a Registration Statement of the Company filed in connection with an initial Public Offering, and ending not more than one hundred eighty (180) days (subject to any extension as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (x) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (y) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in FINRA Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto) thereafter, or such other period as the H&F Stockholders may agree to with the underwriter or underwriters of such underwritten offering (the “IPO Lock-Up Period”); and (ii) only with respect to underwritten offerings following an initial Public Offering, (x) during the period beginning seven (7) days before the effective date of a Registration Statement of the Company filed under the 1933 Act in connection with such underwritten offering or (y) in the case of an Underwritten Shelf Take-Down off of a Registration Statement filed not in connection with such underwritten offering, during the period from and after the date of the filing, or after the date of effectiveness of, a preliminary prospectus or prospectus supplement relating to such offering (or if there is no such filing, from and after the first contemporaneous press release announcing commencement of such Underwritten Shelf Take-Down), and ending on such date thereafter as the Initiating Holder that has initiated such Underwritten Shelf Take-Down may agree to with the underwriter or underwriters of such underwritten offering (which period shall in no event exceed ninety (90) days, subject to any extension as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (x) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (y) analyst 31 recommendations and opinions, including but not limited to, the restrictions contained in FINRA Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto), the Company, each such Holder, and the Company’s and Opco’s directors and executive officers, shall not, to the extent requested by the Company and/or any underwriter, sell, pledge, hypothecate, transfer, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option or right to purchase of, or otherwise transfer or dispose of (other than to donees who agree to be similarly bound) any Shares held by it at any time during such period, except Shares included in such registration (a “Lock-Up Restriction”). The Company and each Holder shall, and the Company agrees to cause its and Opco’s directors and executive officers to, deliver to the underwriter or underwriters of any offering to which clause (i) or (ii) is applicable a customary agreement reflecting its agreement set forth in this Section 3.12; provided, that notwithstanding anything in this Section 3.12 to the contrary, from and after the two-year anniversary of an initial Public Offering, in no event shall any Holder (other than the Company’s and Opco’s directors and executive officers) be obligated to comply with this Section 3.12 unless, and only to the extent that, such Holder is participating in the applicable underwritten offering. (b) Notwithstanding anything in Section 3.12 to the contrary, (i) no H&F Stockholder or Executive / Read Trust Stockholder shall be subject to any Lock-Up Restrictions for longer duration than that applicable to any other Holder that is participating in the applicable underwritten offering and (ii) if any Holder that is participating in the applicable underwritten offering is released from its Lock-Up Restrictions, the H&F Stockholders and Executive / Read Trust Stockholders shall be simultaneously released, on a pro rata basis, from such Lock-Up Restrictions (it being understood and agreed that the Company and each Holder initially released from its Lock-Up Restrictions must notify in writing the H&F Stockholders and Executive / Read Trust Stockholders as soon as reasonably practicable in advance thereof). 3.13 Termination of Registration Rights. The rights of any particular Holder to cause the Company to register securities under Section 3.1, Section 3.2 and Section 3.3 shall terminate as to any Holder on the date such Holder, together with its, his or her Permitted Transferees (if such Holder is an Employee Stockholder) or its Permitted Transferees and Affiliates (with respect to any other Holder), no longer beneficially owns any Registrable Securities. ARTICLE IV INDEMNIFICATION AND REIMBURSEMENT 4.1 Indemnification of H&F Stockholders. (a) Each of the Company, Globe Intermediate, GOBP Holdings, GOBP Midco and Opco will, and will cause their respective Subsidiaries and each other Intermediate Holding Company to, jointly and severally, indemnify, exonerate and hold the H&F Stockholders and each of their respective partners, stockholders, members, Affiliates, directors, officers, fiduciaries, managers, controlling Persons, employees and agents and each of the partners, stockholders, members, Affiliates, directors, officers, fiduciaries, managers, controlling Persons, employees and agents of each of the foregoing (collectively, the “Indemnitees”) free and harmless from and against any and all 32 liabilities, losses, damages and costs and out-of-pocket expenses in connection therewith (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Indemnitees or any of them before or after the date of this Agreement (collectively, the “Indemnified Liabilities”), arising out of any action, cause of action, suit, litigation, investigation, inquiry, arbitration or claim (each, an “Action”) arising directly or indirectly out of, or in any way relating to, (i) such H&F Stockholder’s or its Affiliates’ ownership of Securities or such H&F Stockholder’s or its Affiliates’ control or ability to influence the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than any such Indemnified Liabilities (x) to the extent such Indemnified Liabilities arise out of any breach of this Agreement, any other agreement by such Indemnitee or its Affiliates or other related Persons or the breach of any fiduciary or other duty or obligation of such Indemnitee to its direct or indirect equity holders, creditors or Affiliates or (y) to the extent such control or the ability to control the Company or any of its Subsidiaries derives from such Stockholder’s or its Affiliates’ capacity as an officer or director of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) or (ii) the business, operations, properties, assets or other rights or liabilities of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; provided, however that if and to the extent that the foregoing undertaking may be unavailable or unenforceable for any reason, the Company, Globe Intermediate, GOBP Holdings, GOBP Midco and Opco will, and will cause their respective Subsidiaries and each other Intermediate Holding Company to, jointly and severally make the maximum contribution to the payment and satisfaction of each of the Indemnified Liabilities that is permissible under applicable law. For the purposes of this Section 4.1, none of the circumstances described in the limitations contained in the immediately preceding sentence shall be deemed to apply absent a final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction to such effect, in which case to the extent any such limitation is so determined to apply to any Indemnitee as to any previously advanced indemnity payments made by the Company, Globe Intermediate, GOBP Holdings, GOBP Midco and Opco, then such payments shall be promptly repaid by such Indemnitee to the Company, Globe Intermediate, GOBP Holdings, GOBP Midco and Opco. (b) The Company, Globe Intermediate, GOBP Holdings, GOBP Midco and Opco will, and will cause their respective Subsidiaries and each Intermediate Holding Company to, jointly and severally, reimburse any Indemnitee for all reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses and any other litigation-related expenses) as they are incurred in connection with investigating, preparing, pursuing, defending or assisting in the defense of any Action for which the Indemnitee would be entitled to indemnification under the terms of this ARTICLE IV, or any action or proceeding arising therefrom, whether or not such Indemnitee is a party thereto. The Company, Globe Intermediate, GOBP Holdings, GOBP Midco and Opco or their respective Subsidiaries and Intermediate Holding Companies, in the defense of any Action for which an Indemnitee would be entitled to indemnification under the terms of this ARTICLE IV, may, without the consent of such Indemnitee, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement if and only if it (i) includes as a term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff therein to such Indemnitee of an unconditional release from all liability with respect to such Action, (ii) does not impose any limitations 33 (equitable or otherwise) on such Indemnitee, and (iii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of such Indemnitee, and provided that the only penalty imposed in connection with such settlement is a monetary payment that will be paid in full by the Company, Globe Intermediate, GOBP Holdings, GOBP Midco or Opco or their respective Subsidiaries or Intermediate Holding Companies. (c) The Company, Globe Intermediate, GOBP Holdings, GOBP Midco and Opco acknowledge and agree that the Company, Globe Intermediate, GOBP Holdings, GOBP Midco and Opco shall, and to the extent applicable shall cause the Controlled Entities to, be fully and primarily responsible for the payment to the Indemnitee in respect of Indemnified Liabilities in connection with any Jointly Indemnifiable Claims (as defined below), pursuant to and in accordance with (as applicable) the terms of (i) the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended, (ii) the certificate of incorporation or similar organizational documents, as amended, of the Company, Globe Intermediate, GOBP Holdings, GOBP Midco or Opco, (iii) the bylaws or similar organizational documents, as amended, of the Company, Globe Intermediate, GOBP Holdings, GOBP Midco or Opco, (iv) any director or officer indemnification agreement, (v) this Agreement, (vi) any other agreement between the Company, Globe Intermediate, GOBP Holdings, GOBP Midco, Opco or any Controlled Entity and the Indemnitee pursuant to which the Indemnitee is indemnified, (vii) the laws of the jurisdiction of incorporation or organization of any Controlled Entity and/or (viii) the certificate of incorporation, certificate of organization, bylaws, partnership agreement, operating agreement, certificate of formation, certificate of limited partnership or other organizational or governing documents of any Controlled Entity (clauses (i) through (viii), collectively, the “Indemnification Sources”), irrespective of any right of recovery the Indemnitee may have from any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise (other than the Company, Globe Intermediate, GOBP Holdings, GOBP Midco, Opco, any Controlled Entity or the insurer under and pursuant to an insurance policy of the Company, Globe Intermediate, GOBP Holdings, GOBP Midco, Opco or any Controlled Entity) from whom an Indemnitee may be entitled to indemnification with respect to which, in whole or in part, the Company, Globe Intermediate, GOBP Holdings, GOBP Midco, Opco or any Controlled Entity may also have an indemnification obligation (collectively, the “Indemnitee-Related Entities”). Under no circumstance shall the Company, Globe Intermediate, GOBP Holdings, GOBP Midco, Opco or any Controlled Entity be entitled to any right of subrogation or contribution by the Indemnitee-Related Entities and no right of advancement or recovery the Indemnitee may have from the Indemnitee-Related Entities shall reduce or otherwise alter the rights of the Indemnitee or the obligations of the Company, Globe Intermediate, GOBP Holdings, GOBP Midco, Opco or any Controlled Entity under the Indemnification Sources. In the event that any of the Indemnitee-Related Entities shall make any payment to the Indemnitee in respect of indemnification with respect to any Jointly Indemnifiable Claim, (x) the Company, Globe Intermediate, GOBP Holdings, GOBP Midco and Opco shall, and to the extent applicable shall cause the Controlled Entities to, reimburse the Indemnitee-Related Entity making such payment to the extent of such payment promptly 34 upon written demand from such Indemnitee-Related Entity, (y) to the extent not previously and fully reimbursed by the Company, Globe Intermediate, GOBP Holdings, GOBP Midco, Opco and/or any Controlled Entity pursuant to clause (x), the Indemnitee-Related Entity making such payment shall be subrogated to the extent of the outstanding balance of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the Indemnitee against the Company, Globe Intermediate, GOBP Holdings, GOBP Midco, Opco and/or any Controlled Entity, as applicable, and (z) Indemnitee shall execute all papers reasonably required and shall do all things that may be reasonably necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents as may be necessary to enable the Indemnitee-Related Entities effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights. The Company, Globe Intermediate, GOBP Holdings, GOBP Midco, Opco and Indemnitees agree that each of the Indemnitee-Related Entities shall be third-party beneficiaries with respect to this Section 4.1(c), entitled to enforce this Section 4.1(c) as though each such Indemnitee-Related Entity were a party to this Agreement. The Company, Globe Intermediate, GOBP Holdings, GOBP Midco and Opco shall cause each of the Controlled Entities to perform the terms and obligations of this Section 4.1(c) as though each such Controlled Entity was a party to this Agreement. For purposes of this Section 4.1(c), the term “Jointly Indemnifiable Claims” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, any Indemnified Liabilities for which the Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification from both (1) the Company, Globe Intermediate, GOBP Holdings, GOBP Midco, Opco and/or any Controlled Entity pursuant to the Indemnification Sources, on the one hand, and (2) any Indemnitee-Related Entity pursuant to any other agreement between any Indemnitee-Related Entity and the Indemnitee pursuant to which the Indemnitee is indemnified, the laws of the jurisdiction of incorporation or organization of any Indemnitee-Related Entity and/or the certificate of incorporation, certificate of organization, bylaws, partnership agreement, operating agreement, certificate of formation, certificate of limited partnership or other organizational or governing documents of any Indemnitee-Related Entity, on the other hand. (d) The rights of any Indemnitee to indemnification pursuant to this Section 4.1 will be in addition to any other rights any such Person may have under any other Section of this Agreement or any other agreement or instrument to which such Indemnitee is or becomes a party or is or otherwise becomes a beneficiary or under law or regulation or under the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of the Company, any newly formed direct or indirect parent or any direct or indirect Subsidiary or investment holding vehicle with respect to any of the foregoing. (e) The Company shall obtain and maintain in effect at all times directors’ and officers’ liability insurance reasonably satisfactory to the H&F Stockholders. 4.2 Reimbursement of Expenses. (a) The Company, Globe Intermediate, GOBP Holdings, GOBP Midco and Opco jointly and severally will pay directly or reimburse, or cause to be paid directly or reimbursed, the actual and reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by the H&F Stockholders and their respective Affiliates in connection with the monitoring and/or overseeing of their investment in the Company, including (i) reasonable out-of-pocket 35 expenses incurred by directors designated by the H&F Stockholders hereunder in connection with such directors’ board service (including travel), (ii) fees and actual and reasonable out-of-pocket disbursements of any independent professionals and organizations, including independent accountants, outside legal counsel or consultants retained by such H&F Stockholders or any of their Affiliates, (iii) reasonable costs of any outside services or independent contractors such as financial printers, couriers, business publications, on-line financial services or similar services, retained or used by such H&F Stockholders or any of their respective Affiliates and (iv) transportation, word processing expenses or any similar expense not associated with their or their Affiliates’ ordinary operations. (b) All payments or reimbursement for such costs and expenses pursuant to this Section 4.2 will be made by wire transfer in same-day funds to the bank account designated by such H&F Stockholder or its relevant Affiliate promptly upon or as soon as practicable following request for reimbursement; provided, however, that such H&F Stockholder or Affiliate has provided the Company with such supporting documentation reasonably requested by the Company. ARTICLE V MISCELLANEOUS 5.1 Appointment of Proxies. Each of the Management Stockholders hereby appoints Eric J. Lindberg (for so long as he is serving as the Chief Executive Officer) and if Eric J. Lindberg is not serving as Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Executive Officer from time to time thereafter (the “Management Proxy”), each of the Executive Stockholders that is a Permitted Transferee of Eric J. Lindberg (the “Lindberg Stockholders”) hereby appoints Eric J. Lindberg (the “Lindberg Proxy”) until changed as provided herein, each of the Executive Stockholders that is a Permitted Transferee of Steven MacGregor Read, Jr. (the “Read Stockholders”) until changed as provided herein hereby appoints Steven MacGregor Read, Jr. (the “Read Proxy”) until changed as provided herein and each of the Other Stockholders hereby appoints H&F Globe Investor L.P. (the “Other Stockholder Proxy”) until changed as provided herein, in each case as the agent, proxy, and attorney-in-fact in connection with this Agreement and the actions contemplated herein for the Management Stockholders, Lindberg Stockholders, Read Stockholders and Other Stockholders, respectively, in each case with full power of substitution and re-substitution (including, without limitation, full power and authority to act on the Management Stockholders’, Lindberg Stockholders’, Read Stockholders’ and Other Stockholders’ behalf, respectively in connection with this Agreement and the actions contemplated herein) to take any action, should a Management Proxy, Lindberg Proxy, Read Proxy or the Other Stockholder Proxy, respectively, elect to do so in his or its sole discretion to execute and deliver on behalf of the Management Stockholders, Read Stockholders, Lindberg Stockholders or Other Stockholders, respectively, any amendment to this Agreement so long as such amendments shall apply equally to all Management Stockholders, Lindberg Stockholders, Read Stockholders or Other Stockholders. Each of the Management Stockholders hereby agrees not to assert any claim against, and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, each Management Proxy from and against any and all losses incurred by such Management Proxy or any of his Affiliates, partners, employees, agents, investment bankers or representatives, or any Affiliate of 36 any of the foregoing, relating to such Management Proxy’s capacity as a Management Proxy other than such claims or losses resulting from a Management Proxy’s willful misconduct. Each of the Lindberg Stockholders hereby agrees not to assert any claim against, and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, each Lindberg Proxy from and against any and all losses incurred by such Lindberg Proxy or any of his Affiliates, partners, employees, agents, investment bankers or representatives, or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing, relating to such Lindberg Proxy’s capacity as a Lindberg Proxy other than such claims or losses resulting from a Lindberg Proxy’s willful misconduct. Each of the Read Stockholders hereby agrees not to assert any claim against, and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, each Read Proxy from and against any and all losses incurred by such Read Proxy or any of his Affiliates, partners, employees, agents, investment bankers or representatives, or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing, relating to such Read Proxy’s capacity as a Read Proxy other than such claims or losses resulting from a Read Proxy’s willful misconduct. Each of the Other Stockholders hereby agrees not to assert any claim against, and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, the Other Stockholder Proxy from and against any and all losses incurred by the Other Stockholder Proxy or any of its Affiliates, partners, employees, agents, investment bankers or representatives, or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing, relating to the Other Stockholder Proxy’s capacity as the Other Stockholder Proxy other than such claims or losses resulting from the Other Stockholder Proxy’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. By execution hereof, Eric J. Lindberg hereby agrees to act as Management Proxy until such time as he is no longer serving as the Chief Executive Officer of the Company. By execution hereof, Eric J. Lindberg agrees to act as the Lindberg Proxy until such time as a new Lindberg Proxy is elected by the majority in interest of the Lindberg Stockholders. By execution hereof, Steven MacGregor Read, Jr. agrees to act as the Read Proxy until such time as a new Read Proxy is elected by the majority in interest of the Read Stockholders. By execution hereof, H&F Globe Investor L.P. hereby agrees to act as Other Stockholder Proxy until such time as H&F Globe Investor L.P. resigns from such position. Upon such resignation of H&F Globe Investor L.P., the Other Stockholders representing a majority in interest of the Other Stockholders shall appoint a new Other Stockholder Proxy. 5.2 Remedies. Subject to Section 3.9, the parties to this Agreement acknowledge and agree that the covenants of the Company and the Stockholders set forth in this Agreement may be enforced in equity by a decree requiring specific performance. In the event of a breach of any material provision of this Agreement, the aggrieved party will be entitled to institute and prosecute a proceeding to enforce specific performance of such provision, as well as to obtain damages for breach of this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, if any dispute arises concerning the Transfer of any of the Shares subject to this Agreement or concerning any other provisions hereof or the obligations of the parties hereunder, the parties to this Agreement agree that an injunction may be issued in connection therewith (including, without limitation, restraining the Transfer of such Shares or rescinding any such Transfer). Such remedies shall be cumulative and non-exclusive and shall be in addition to any other rights and remedies the parties may have under this Agreement or otherwise. 5.3 Entire Agreement; Amendment; Waiver. This Agreement, together with the Exhibits hereto and the Subscription Agreements, sets forth the entire understanding of the parties, and as of the date hereof supersedes all prior agreements and all other arrangements and communications, whether oral or written, with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof. 37 The Exhibits may be amended to reflect changes in the composition of the Stockholders as a result of Permitted Transfers, Transfers permitted under ARTICLE II, exercise of Options, or additional Stockholders due to issuances of additional securities by the Company or its Subsidiaries. Amendments to the Exhibits reflecting Permitted Transfers or Transfers permitted under ARTICLE II or to reflect additional Stockholders due to issuances of additional securities by the Company pursuant to Section 5.13 or the exercise of Options shall become effective when a Joinder Agreement as executed by any new transferee or recipient of newly issued securities of the Company or its Subsidiaries is filed with the Company as provided for in Section 5.13. Any other amendments, modifications, supplements, restatements to or waivers of, or the termination of, this Agreement shall require H&F Consent; provided, that (a) any such amendment, modification, supplement, restatement, waiver or termination which would have a disproportionate adverse effect on the Executive Stockholders as compared to the effect on the H&F Stockholders shall require the written consent of Executive Stockholders holding a majority of the Shares held by the Executive Stockholders, (b) any such amendment, modification, supplement, restatement, waiver or termination which would have a disproportionate adverse effect on the Management Stockholders as compared to the effect on the H&F Stockholders shall require the written consent of Management Stockholders holding a majority of the Shares held by the Management Stockholders and (c) any such amendment, modification, supplement, restatement, waiver or termination which would have a disproportionate adverse effect on the Read Trust Rollover Stockholders as compared to the effect on the H&F Stockholders shall require the written consent of Read Trust Rollover Stockholders holding a majority of the Shares held by the Read Trust Rollover Stockholders. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, without the Executive Stockholder Consent, no material amendment may be made to the provisions of Section 2.2, Section 3.1 or Section 3.2 which grant rights to any Executive Stockholder. Notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary contained herein, any party may waive any rights with respect to which such party is entitled to benefits under this Agreement. No waiver of or consent to any departure from any provision of this Agreement shall be effective unless signed in writing by the party entitled to the benefit thereof. 5.4 Severability. It is the desire and intent of the parties that the provisions of this Agreement be enforced to the fullest extent permissible under the laws and public policies applied in each jurisdiction in which enforcement is sought. Accordingly, the invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision of this Agreement shall not affect the other provisions hereof, and this Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if the invalid or unenforceable provision were omitted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if such provision could be more narrowly drawn so as not to be invalid or unenforceable in such jurisdiction, it shall, as to such jurisdiction, be so more narrowly drawn, without invalidating the remaining provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction. 38 5.5 Notices. All notices or other communications required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered in the manner specified herein or, in the absence of such specification, shall be deemed to have been duly given (i) seven (7) days after mailing by certified mail, (ii) when delivered by hand, (iii) upon confirmation of receipt by facsimile or email, or (iv) one (1) business day after sending by overnight delivery service, to the respective addresses of the parties set forth below: (a) For notices and communications to the Company, to: Grocery Outlet Holding Corp. c/o Grocery Outlet, Inc. 5650 Hollis Street Emeryville, CA 94608 Attention: Pamela B. Burke, General Counsel Facsimile: with a copy to (which shall not constitute actual or constructive notice): Hellman & Friedman LLC 415 Mission Street, Suite 5700 San Francisco, CA 94105 Attention: Erik Ragatz and Arrie Park Facsimile: and a further copy to (which shall not constitute actual or constructive notice): Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP 2475 Hanover Street Palo Alto, CA 94304 Attention: William Brentani Facsimile: (650) 251-5002 (b) for notices and communications to the H&F Stockholders, to their respective addresses set forth in Exhibit A, with a copy to (which shall not constitute actual or constructive notice): Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP 2475 Hanover Street Palo Alto, CA 94304 Attention: William Brentani Facsimile: (650) 251-5002 for notices and communications to the Executive Stockholders, Management Stockholders, or Other Stockholders; to their respective addresses set forth in Exhibit A. By notice complying with the foregoing provisions of this Section 5.5, each party shall have the right to change the mailing address or facsimile number for future notices and communications to such party. 39 5.6 Binding Effect; Assignment. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and to their respective transferees, successors and assigns; provided, however, that no right or obligation under this Agreement may be assigned except as expressly provided herein (including in connection with a Transfer of Shares in accordance herewith), it being understood that (i) the Company’s rights hereunder may be assigned by the Company to any corporation which is the surviving entity in a merger, consolidation or like event involving the Company, and (ii) the rights of the H&F Stockholders, Employee Stockholders and Read Trust Rollover Stockholders shall be automatically assigned with respect to any Registrable Security that is Transferred to a Permitted Transferee thereof; provided that such Permitted Transferee executes a counterpart to this Agreement and becomes bound to the provisions hereof. 5.7 Governing Law. All matters relating to the interpretation, construction, validity and enforcement of this Agreement, including all claims (whether in contract or tort) that may be based upon, arise out of or relate to this Agreement or the negotiation, execution or performance of this Agreement, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the domestic laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware. 5.8 Termination. Without affecting any other provision of this Agreement requiring termination of any rights in favor of any Stockholder or any transferee of Shares, the provisions of ARTICLE II (other than Section 2.1, 2.2(a) and Section 2.3) shall terminate as to such Stockholder or transferee, when, pursuant to and in accordance with this Agreement, such Stockholder or transferee, as the case may be, no longer owns any Shares; provided, that termination pursuant to this Section 5.8 shall only occur in respect of a Stockholder after all Permitted Transferees in respect thereof also no longer own any Shares. 5.9 Recapitalizations, Exchanges, Etc. The provisions of this Agreement shall apply, to the full extent set forth herein with respect to Shares, to any and all shares of capital stock of the Company or any successor or assign of the Company (whether by merger, consolidation, sale of assets or otherwise) which may be issued in respect of, in exchange for, or in substitution of the Shares, by reason of a stock dividend, stock split, stock issuance, reverse stock split, combination, recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation or otherwise. 5.10 Action Necessary to Effectuate the Agreement. The parties hereto agree to take or cause to be taken all such corporate and other action as may be reasonably necessary to effect the intent and purposes of this Agreement. 5.11 Purchase for Investment; Legend on Certificate. Each of the Stockholders acknowledges that all of the Shares held by such Stockholder are being (or have been) acquired for investment and not with a view to the distribution thereof and that no transfer, hypothecation or assignment of such Shares may be made except in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws. 40 (a) Unless Section 5.11(b) applies, each certificate (or book entry share) evidencing shares of Common Stock owned by a Stockholder and which are subject to the terms of this Agreement shall bear the following legend, either as an endorsement or stamped or printed, thereon, or in a notice to the Stockholder or Transferee: “The securities represented by this Certificate have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and may not be sold, offered for sale, pledged or hypothecated in the absence of an effective registration statement as to the securities under said Act or an opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company and its counsel that such registration is not required.” “The securities represented by this Certificate are subject to the terms and conditions, including certain restrictions on transfer, of an Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, dated as of June 19, 2019, as amended and/or restated from time to time, and none of such securities, or any interest therein, shall be transferred, pledged, encumbered or otherwise disposed of except as provided in that Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement. A copy of the Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement is on file with the Secretary of the Company and will be mailed to any properly interested person without charge within five (5) business days after receipt of a written request.” (b) Each certificate (or book entry share) evidencing shares of Common Stock owned by a Stockholder issued in a transaction registered under the Securities Act of 1933 and which are subject to the terms of this Agreement shall bear the following legend, either as an endorsement or stamped or printed, thereon, or in a notice to the Stockholder or Transferee: “The securities represented by this Certificate are subject to the terms and conditions, including certain restrictions on transfer, of an Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, dated as of June 19, 2019, as amended and/or restated from time to time, and none of such securities, or any interest therein, shall be transferred, pledged, encumbered or otherwise disposed of except as provided in that Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement. A copy of the Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement is on file with the Secretary of the Company and will be mailed to any properly interested person without charge within five (5) business days after receipt of a written request.” 41 All shares shall also bear all legends required by federal and state securities laws. The legends set forth in this Section 5.11 shall be removed at the expense of the Company at the request of a Holder at any time when they have ceased to be applicable (it being understood that the restriction referred to in the second paragraph of Section 5.11(a) and in the legend in Section 5.11(b) shall cease and terminate only when the provisions of ARTICLE II hereof cease to be applicable to any such Shares). 5.12 Effectiveness of Transfers. All Shares Transferred by a Stockholder (other than pursuant to an effective registration statement under the 1933 Act, pursuant to a Rule 144 transaction or pursuant to any distribution of Shares by an H&F Stockholder to its partners, members or other investors after an initial Public Offering) shall, except as otherwise expressly stated herein, be held by the transferee thereof subject to this Agreement. Such transferee shall, except as otherwise expressly stated herein, have all the rights and be subject to all of the obligations of the transferor Stockholder under this Agreement (as though such party had so agreed pursuant to Section 5.13) automatically and without requiring any further act by such transferee or by any parties to this Agreement. Without affecting the preceding sentence, if such transferee is not a Stockholder on the date of such Transfer, then such transferee, as a condition to such Transfer, shall confirm such transferee’s obligations hereunder in accordance with Section 5.13. No Transfer of Shares by a Stockholder shall be registered on the Company’s books and records, and such Transfer of Shares shall be null and void and not otherwise effective, unless any such Transfer is made in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and the Company is hereby authorized by all of the Stockholders to enter appropriate stop transfer notations on its transfer records to give effect to this Agreement. 5.13 Other Stockholders. Subject to the restrictions on Transfers of Shares contained herein, any Person who is not already a Stockholder acquiring Shares from a Stockholder (other than pursuant to an effective registration statement under the 1933 Act, pursuant to a Rule 144 transaction or pursuant to any distribution of Shares by an H&F Stockholder to its partners, members or other investors after an initial Public Offering), shall, on or before the Transfer of such Shares, sign a Joinder Agreement and deliver such agreement to the Company, and shall thereby become a party to this Agreement to be bound hereunder as (i) an H&F Stockholder if a Permitted Transferee (other than the Company, or an Executive Stockholder, Read Trust Rollover Stockholder or Management Stockholder) of an H&F Stockholder, (ii) a Read Trust Rollover Stockholder if a Permitted Transferee (other than the Company or an H&F Stockholder, Executive Stockholder or Management Stockholder) of a Read Trust Rollover Stockholder, (iii) an Executive Stockholder if a Permitted Transferee (other than the Company, or an H&F Stockholder, Read Trust Rollover Stockholder or Management Stockholder) of an Executive Stockholder, (iv) a Management Stockholder if a Permitted Transferee (other than the Company, or an H&F Stockholder, Read Trust Rollover Stockholder or Executive Stockholder) of a Management Stockholder, or (v) an Other Stockholder if such Person (other than the Company, or an H&F Stockholder, Read Trust Rollover Stockholder, Executive Stockholder or Management Stockholder) does not fall within clause (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) above. Each such additional Stockholder shall be listed on Exhibit A, as amended from time to time. 42 5.14 Other Business Opportunities. (a) The parties expressly acknowledge and agree that to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law: (i) each of the H&F Stockholders (including (A) their respective Affiliates, (B) any portfolio company in which they or any of their respective investment fund Affiliates have made a debt or equity investment (and vice versa) or (C) any of their respective limited partners, non-managing members or other similar direct or indirect investors) and the directors of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries appointed by any of the H&F Stockholders has the right to, and shall have no duty (fiduciary, contractual or otherwise) not to, directly or indirectly engage in and possess interests in other business ventures of every type and description, including those engaged in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or deemed to be competing with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, on its own account, or in partnership with, or as an employee, officer, director or shareholder of any other Person, with no obligation to offer to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, any Non-H&F Stockholder the right to participate therein; (ii) each of the H&F Stockholders (including (A) their respective Affiliates, (B) any portfolio company in which they or any of their respective investment fund Affiliates have made a debt or equity investment (and vice versa) or (C) any of their respective limited partners, non-managing members or other similar direct or indirect investors) and the directors of the Company appointed by any of the H&F Stockholders may invest in, or provide services to, any Person that directly or indirectly competes with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; and (iii) in the event that any of the H&F Stockholders (including (A) their respective Affiliates, (B) any portfolio company in which they or any of their respective investment fund Affiliates have made a debt or equity investment (and vice versa) or (C) any of their respective limited partners, non-managing members or other similar direct or indirect investors) or any H&F Director Nominee, respectively, acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or matter that may be a corporate or other business opportunity for the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, such Person shall have no duty (fiduciary, contractual or otherwise) to communicate or present such corporate opportunity to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any Non-H&F Stockholder, as the case may be, and, notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, shall not be liable to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, any Non-H&F Stockholder (or its respective Affiliates) for breach of any duty (fiduciary, contractual or otherwise) by reason of the fact that such Person, directly or indirectly, pursues or acquires such opportunity for itself, directs such opportunity to another Person or does not present such opportunity to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, any non-H&F Stockholder (or its respective Affiliates). For the avoidance of doubt, the parties acknowledge that this paragraph is intended to disclaim and renounce, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any right of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to the matters set forth herein, and this paragraph shall be construed to effect such disclaimer and renunciation to the fullest extent permitted by law. (b) The Company, each of its Subsidiaries and each non-H&F Stockholder hereby, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law: (i) confirms that no H&F Stockholder or any of its Affiliates have any duty to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or to any Non-H&F Stockholder other than the specific covenants and agreements set forth in this Agreement; 43 (ii) acknowledges and agrees that (A) in the event of any conflict of interest between the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and any H&F Stockholder or any of its Affiliates, on the other hand, such H&F Stockholder (or any director of the Company appointed by any H&F Stockholder acting in his or her capacity as a director) may act in its best interest and (B) none of the H&F Stockholders or any of their respective Affiliates or any H&F Director Nominee acting in his or her capacity as a director, shall be obligated (1) to reveal to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries confidential information belonging to or relating to the business of such Person or any of its Affiliates or (2) to recommend or take any action in its capacity as a stockholder or director, as the case may be, that prefers the interest of the Company or its Subsidiaries over the interest of such Person; and (iii) waives any claim or cause of action against any of the H&F Stockholders, any H&F Director Nominee, and any officer, employee, agent or Affiliate of any such Person that may from time to time arise in respect of a breach by any such person of any duty or obligation disclaimed under Section 5.14(b)(i) or Section 5.14(b)(ii). (c) Each of the parties hereto agrees that the waivers, limitations, acknowledgments and agreements set forth in this Section 5.14 shall not apply to any alleged claim or cause of action against any H&F Stockholder based upon the breach or nonperformance by such H&F Stockholder of this Agreement or any other agreement to which such Person is a party. (d) The provisions of this Section 5.14, to the extent that they restrict the duties and liabilities of any of the H&F Stockholders or any H&F Director Nominee otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the parties hereto to replace such other duties and liabilities of the H&F Stockholders or any such H&F Director Nominee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. 5.15 No Waiver. No course of dealing and no delay on the part of any party hereto in exercising any right, power or remedy conferred by this Agreement shall operate as waiver thereof or otherwise prejudice such party’s rights, powers and remedies. No single or partial exercise of any rights, powers or remedies conferred by this Agreement shall preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy. 5.16 Costs and Expenses. Except as provided in ARTICLE III and Section 4.2, each party shall pay its own costs and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement, and any and all other documents furnished pursuant hereto or in connection herewith. 5.17 Counterpart. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument, and all signatures need not appear on any one counterpart. 5.18 Headings. All headings and captions in this Agreement are for purposes of reference only and shall not be construed to limit or affect the substance of this Agreement. 44 5.19 Third Party Beneficiaries. Except as provided in Sections 3.4, 3.6 and 5.14, nothing in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to entitle any Person other than the Company and the Stockholders to any claim, cause of action, right or remedy of any kind. 5.20 Consent to Jurisdiction. The Company and each of the Stockholders, by its, his or her execution hereof, (i) hereby irrevocably submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts in the State of Delaware for the purposes of any claim or action arising out of or based upon this Agreement or relating to the subject matter hereof, (ii) hereby waive, to the extent not prohibited by applicable law, and agree not to assert by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise, in any such claim or action, any claim that it or he is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts, that its, his or her property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that any such proceeding brought in the above-named court is improper or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court and (iii) hereby agree not to commence any claim or action arising out of or based upon this Agreement or relating to the subject matter hereof other than before the above- named courts nor to make any motion or take any other action seeking or intending to cause the transfer or removal of any such claim or action to any court other than the above-named courts whether on the grounds of inconvenient forum or otherwise. The Company and each of the Stockholders hereby consent, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to service of process in any such proceeding, and agree that service of process by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, at its address specified pursuant to Section 5.5 is reasonably calculated to give actual notice. 5.21 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. TO THE EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW WHICH CANNOT BE WAIVED, EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES AND COVENANTS THAT IT WILL NOT ASSERT (WHETHER AS PLAINTIFF, DEFENDANT OR OTHERWISE) ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY FORUM IN RESPECT OF ANY ISSUE OR ACTION, CLAIM, CAUSE OF ACTION OR SUIT (IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE), INQUIRY, PROCEEDING OR INVESTIGATION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT OR THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING. EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS BEEN INFORMED BY THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO THAT THIS SECTION 5.21 CONSTITUTES A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT UPON WHICH THEY ARE RELYING AND WILL RELY IN ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT. ANY PARTY HERETO MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION 5.21 WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF EACH SUCH PARTY TO THE WAIVER OF ITS RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY. 5.22 Representations and Warranties. Each of the Stockholders executing this Agreement hereby represents and warrants severally and not jointly to each of the other Stockholders and to the Company on the date hereof (and in respect of Persons who become a party to this Agreement after the date hereof, such Stockholder hereby represents and warrants to each of the other Stockholders and the Company on the date of its execution of a Joinder Agreement) as follows: 45 (a) Such Stockholder, to the extent applicable, is duly organized or incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization or incorporation and has all requisite power and authority to conduct its business as it is now being conducted and is proposed to be conducted. Such Stockholder has the full power, authority and legal right to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary action, corporate or otherwise, of such Stockholder. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by such Stockholder and constitutes its, his or her legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it, him or her in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally. (b) The execution and delivery by such Stockholder of this Agreement, the performance by such Stockholder of its, his or her obligations hereunder by such Stockholder does not and will not violate (i) in the case of parties who are not individuals, any provision of its organizational or constituent documents, (ii) any provision of any material agreement to which it, he or she is a party or by which it, he or she is bound or (iii) any law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree to which it, he or she is subject. No notice, consent, waiver, approval, authorization, exemption, registration, license or declaration is required to be made or obtained by such Stockholder in connection with the execution, delivery or enforceability of this Agreement. (c) Such Stockholder is not currently in violation of any law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree, which violation could reasonably be expected at any time to have a material adverse effect upon such Stockholder’s ability to enter into this Agreement or to perform its, his or her obligations hereunder. There is no pending legal action, suit or proceeding that would materially and adversely affect the ability of such Stockholder to enter into this Agreement or to perform its, his or her obligations hereunder. (d) If such Stockholder is an individual and married, he or she has delivered to the Company a duly executed copy of a Spousal Consent in the form attached hereto as Annex II (a “Spousal Consent”). 5.23 Consents, Approvals and Actions. (a) If any consent, approval or action of the H&F Stockholders is required at any time pursuant to this Agreement, such consent, approval or action shall be deemed given if the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares held by the H&F Stockholders at such time provide such consent, approval or action in writing at such time. (b) If any consent, approval or action of the Executive Stockholders is required at any time pursuant to this Agreement, such consent, approval or action shall be deemed given if the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares held by the Executive Stockholders at such time provide such consent, approval or action in writing at such time. 46 (c) If any consent, approval or action of the Management Stockholders is required at any time pursuant to this Agreement, such consent, approval or action shall be deemed given if the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares held by the Management Stockholders at such time provide such consent, approval or action in writing at such time. (d) If any consent, approval or action of the Read Trust Rollover Stockholders is required at any time pursuant to this Agreement, such consent, approval or action shall be deemed given if the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares held by the Read Trust Rollover Stockholders at such time provide such consent, approval or action in writing at such time. (e) For purposes of clarity, the operation of this Section 5.23 shall not deprive any of the H&F Stockholders or the Executive Stockholders and/or the Read Trust Rollover Stockholders, as applicable, of their respective rights to nominate directors pursuant to Section 2.2(a). 5.24 No Third Party Liabilities. This Agreement may only be enforced against the named parties hereto. All claims or causes of action (whether in contract or tort) that may be based upon, arise out of or relate to any of this Agreement, or the negotiation, execution or performance of this Agreement (including any representation or warranty made in or in connection with this Agreement or as an inducement to enter into this Agreement), may be made only against the entities that are expressly identified as parties hereto, as applicable; and no past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner, stockholder, Affiliate, portfolio company in which any such party or any of its investment fund Affiliates have made a debt or equity investment (and vice versa), agent, attorney or representative of any party hereto (including any Person negotiating or executing this Agreement on behalf of a party hereto), unless a party to this Agreement, shall have any liability or obligation with respect to this Agreement or with respect any claim or cause of action (whether in contract or tort) that may arise out of or relate to this Agreement, or the negotiation, execution or performance of this Agreement (including a representation or warranty made in or in connection with this Agreement or as an inducement to enter into this Agreement). 5.25 Aggregation of Securities. All securities held by the H&F Stockholders, the Executive Stockholders and the Read Trust Rollover Stockholders, respectively, shall be aggregated together for purposes of determining the rights or obligations of any member of the H&F Stockholders, the Executive Stockholders or Read Trust Rollover Stockholders, respectively, or the application of any restrictions to any member of H&F Stockholders, the Executive Stockholders or Read Trust Rollover Stockholders, respectively, under this Agreement in which such right, obligation or restriction is determined by any ownership threshold. The H&F Stockholders, Executive Stockholders and Read Trust Rollover Stockholders, in each case, may allocate the ability to exercise any rights of the H&F Stockholders, the Executive Stockholders or Read Trust Rollover Stockholders, respectively, under this Agreement in any manner among the H&F Stockholders, the Executive Stockholders or Read Trust Rollover Stockholders, respectively, that the H&F Stockholders, the Executive Stockholders or Read Trust Rollover Stockholders, respectively, see fit. 47 5.26 Effectiveness. This Agreement shall become effective on the day immediately preceding the date on which a registration statement on Form 8-A, or any successor form thereto, with respect to the Common Stock first becomes effective under the 1934 Act. Until such time as this Agreement becomes effective, the Original Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. This Agreement shall automatically terminate if the Underwriting Agreement is terminated for any reason or the initial Public Offering contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement is not consummated on or before the tenth business day following the date of this Agreement, provided that Section 5.27 shall survive any such termination. 5.27 Reinstatement of Original Agreement. The parties hereto hereby agree that in the event this Agreement becomes effective but is subsequently terminated, in each case pursuant to Section 5.26, the parties shall either reinstate the Original Agreement or execute a stockholders agreement with terms that are substantially equivalent (to the extent practicable) to, mutatis mutandis, the terms of the Original Agreement. [Remainder of page intentionally left blank] IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has duly executed this Agreement (or caused this Agreement to be executed on its behalf by its officer or representative thereunto duly authorized) as of the date first above written. THE COMPANY: GROCERY OUTLET HOLDING CORP. (formerly known as Globe Holding Corp.) By: /s/ Eric J. Lindberg, Jr. Name: Eric J. Lindberg, Jr. Title: Chief Executive Officer GLOBE INTERMEDIATE: GLOBE INTERMEDIATE CORP. (formerly known as Cannery Sales Intermediate Corp.) By: /s/ Eric J. Lindberg, Jr. Name: Eric J. Lindberg, Jr. Title: Chief Executive Officer GOBP HOLDINGS: GOBP HOLDINGS, INC. By: /s/ Eric J. Lindberg, Jr. Name: Eric J. Lindberg, Jr. Title: Chief Executive Officer [SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT] GOBP MIDCO: GOBP MIDCO, INC. By: /s/ Eric J. Lindberg, Jr. Name: Eric J. Lindberg, Jr. Title: Chief Executive Officer OPCO: GROCERY OUTLET, INC. By: /s/ Eric J. Lindberg, Jr. Name: Eric J. Lindberg, Jr. Title: Chief Executive Officer [SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT] H&F STOCKHOLDERS: H&F GLOBE INVESTOR LP By: H&F GLOBE INVESTOR GP, LLC, its general partner By: HELLMAN & FRIEDMAN CAPITAL PARTNERS VII (PARALLEL), L.P., its managing member By: HELLMAN & FRIEDMAN INVESTORS VII, L.P., its general partner By: H&F CORPORATE INVESTORS VII, LTD., its general partner By: /s/ Erik Ragatz Name: Erik Ragatz Title: Vice President [SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT] EXECUTIVE STOCKHOLDERS: ERIC J. LINDBERG /s/ Eric J. Lindberg, Jr. STEVEN MACGREGOR READ, JR. /s/ S. MacGregor Read, Jr. MANAGEMENT PROXY: By: /s/ Eric J. Lindberg, Jr. Name: Eric J. Lindberg, Jr. LINDBERG PROXY: By: /s/ Eric J. Lindberg, Jr. Name: Eric J. Lindberg, Jr. READ PROXY: By: /s/ S. MacGregor Read, Jr. Name: Steven MacGregor Read, Jr. [SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT] READ TRUST ROLLOVER STOCKHOLDER: COURTNEY READ CARROLL 2015 TRUST DATED JANUARY 23, 2015 By: /s/ Martim de Arantes-Oliviera Name: Martim de Arantes-Oliviera Title: Trustee [SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT] OTHER STOCKHOLDER PROXY: H&F GLOBE INVESTOR LP By: H&F GLOBE INVESTOR GP, LLC, its general partner By: HELLMAN & FRIEDMAN CAPITAL PARTNERS VII (PARALLEL), L.P., its managing member By: HELLMAN & FRIEDMAN INVESTORS VII, L.P., its general partner By: H&F CORPORATE INVESTORS VII, LTD., its general partner By: /s/ Erik Ragatz Name: Erik Ragatz Title: Vice President [SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT] STOCKHOLDER LIST STOCKHOLDERS ADDRESS Exhibit A H&F STOCKHOLDERS H&F Globe Investor LP EXECUTIVE STOCKHOLDERS Eric J. Lindberg The Lindberg Family Revocable Trust u/a/d 2/14/2006 The Lindberg Family Irrevocable Trust u/a/d 5/12/2017 Stacey Ann Lindberg Steven MacGregor Read, Jr. The Nordlingen Trust dated 1/23/2012, as amended and restated, 9/17/2014 The Redmond Trust dated 10/19/2003, as amended and restated, 9/17/2014 Tuckernuck Limited Partnership MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDERS Charles Bracher Thomas McMahon Steven K. Wilson The Marc Merril Drasin and Chia-Wei Kam Drasin Joint Living Trust The Hennig Family Living Trust Paul Miller Oki Family Living Trust uad 3/16/15 The Melissa A. Porter Trust Bill Coyle The Coyle Family Trust Michael Thomas INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR STOCKHOLDERS Kenneth Alterman Alterman Family Trust Alterman Revocable Trust Thomas F. Herman STOCKHOLDERS Thomas F. Herman Separate Property Trust Norman Matthews Jeffrey York READ TRUST ROLLOVER STOCKHOLDERS Courtney Read Carroll 2015 Irrevocable Trust dated 1/23/2015 The James Peter Read, Jr. 2011 GRAT Residue Trust u/a/d 4/1/2011 ADDRESS Annex I FORM OF JOINDER AGREEMENT The undersigned is executing and delivering this Joinder Agreement pursuant to that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement of Grocery Outlet Holding Corp., dated as of June 19, 2019 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Stockholders Agreement”) by and among Grocery Outlet Holding Corp. (the “Company”), Globe Intermediate Corp., GOBP Holdings, Inc., GOBP Midco, Inc., Grocery Outlet Inc., the H&F Stockholders, the Executive Stockholders, the Read Trust Rollover Stockholders and the other parties thereto. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Joinder Agreement shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Stockholders Agreement. By executing and delivering this Joinder Agreement to the Stockholders Agreement, the undersigned hereby adopts and approves the Stockholders Agreement and agrees, effective commencing on the date hereof and as a condition to the undersigned’s becoming the transferee of Shares, to become a party to, and to be bound by and comply with the provisions of, the Stockholders Agreement applicable to a Stockholder and [an H&F Stockholder][an Executive Stockholder][a Read Trust Rollover Stockholder][a Management Stockholder][an Employee Stockholder][an Independent Director Stockholder][an Other Stockholder][and an Other Stockholder]1, respectively, in the same manner as if the undersigned were an original signatory to the Stockholders Agreement. The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that, pursuant to this Joinder Agreement and the Stockholders Agreement, it is a Permitted Transferee of [an H&F Stockholder][an Executive Stockholder][a Read Trust Rollover Stockholder] [a Management Stockholder][an Employee Stockholder][an Independent Director Stockholder][an Other Stockholder] and will be the lawful record owner of ___________ shares of Common Stock of the Company as of the date hereof. The undersigned hereby covenants and agrees that it will take all such actions as required of a Permitted Transferee as set forth in the Stockholders Agreement, including but not limited to conveying its record and beneficial ownership of any Shares and all rights, title and obligations thereunder back to the initial transferor Stockholder or to another Permitted Transferee of the original transferor Stockholder, as the case may be, immediately prior to such time that the undersigned no longer meets the qualifications of a Permitted Transferee as set forth in the Stockholders Agreement. The undersigned acknowledges and agrees that Sections 5.2, 5.7, 5.20 and 5.21 of the Stockholders Agreement are incorporated herein by reference, mutatis mutandis. [Remainder of page intentionally left blank] 1 Note: Include “and an Other Stockholder” if anything other than “H&F Stockholder,” “Employee Stockholder” or “Other Stockholder” is selected in this sentence Accordingly, the undersigned has executed and delivered this Joinder Agreement as of the __ day of __, 2019. Signature Print Name Address: Telephone: Facsimile: Email: AGREED AND ACCEPTED as of the ____ day of ____________, _____. GROCERY OUTLET HOLDING CORP. By: __________________________________ Name: Title: Annex II FORM OF SPOUSAL CONSENT In consideration of the execution of that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement of Grocery Outlet Holding Corp., dated as of June 19, 2019 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Stockholders Agreement”) by and among Grocery Outlet Holding Corp. (the “Company”), Globe Intermediate Corp., GOBP Holdings, Inc., GOBP Midco, Inc., Grocery Outlet Inc., the H&F Stockholders, the Executive Stockholders, the Read Trust Rollover Stockholders and the other parties thereto, I, ______________________________, the spouse of ___________________________, who is a party to the Stockholders Agreement, do hereby join with my spouse in executing the foregoing Stockholders Agreement and do hereby agree to be bound by all of the terms and provisions thereof, in consideration of the issuance, acquisition or receipt of Shares and all other interests I may have in the shares and securities subject thereto, whether the interest may be pursuant to community property laws or similar laws relating to marital property in effect in the state or province of my or our residence as of the date of signing this consent. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Stockholders Agreement. Dated as of _______ __, ____ (Signature of Spouse) (Print Name of Spouse) Exhibit 4.3 Description of Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 Description of Capital Stock As of December 28, 2019, Grocery Outlet Holding Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Company,” “we,” “our,” or “us”), had one class of securities registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended: common stock, par value $0.001 per share. The following summary includes a brief description of the common stock, as well as certain related additional information. The summary is not complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which are filed as exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 10-K and are incorporated by reference herein. Capitalization Pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our authorized capital stock consists of (i) 500,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and (ii) 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share. Common Stock Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters on which stockholders are entitled to vote generally, including the election or removal of directors. The holders of our common stock do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors. Preferred Stock Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes our board of directors to establish one or more series of preferred stock (including convertible preferred stock). Unless required by law or by the rules of the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the authorized shares of preferred stock are available for issuance without further action by holders of our common stock, and holders of our common stock are not entitled to vote on any amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that relates solely to the terms of any outstanding shares of preferred stock, if the holders of such shares of preferred stock are entitled to vote thereon. Our board of directors is authorized to determine, with respect to any series of preferred stock, the powers (including voting powers), preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof as the board of directors may from time to time determine, which could affect the relative voting power or other rights of the holders of our common stock. We could issue a series of preferred stock that could, depending on the terms of the series, impede or discourage an acquisition attempt or other transaction that some, or a majority, of the holders of our common stock might believe to be in their best interests or in which the holders of our common stock might receive a premium for their common stock over the market price of the common stock. Additionally, the issuance of preferred stock may adversely affect the holders of our common stock, including, without limitation, by restricting dividends on the common stock, diluting the voting power of the common stock or subordinating the liquidation rights of the common stock. As a result of these or other factors, the issuance of preferred stock could have an adverse impact on the market price of our common stock. Liquidation Rights Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up and after payment in full of all amounts required to be paid to creditors and subject to the rights of the holders of one or more outstanding series of preferred stock having liquidation preferences, if any, the holders of our common stock are entitled to receive pro rata our remaining assets available for distribution. Holders of our common stock do not have preemptive, subscription, redemption sinking fund or conversion rights. The common stock is not subject to further calls or assessment by us. All shares of our common stock outstanding are fully paid and non-assessable. The rights, powers, preferences and privileges of holders of our common stock are subject to those of the holders of any shares of our preferred stock or any series or class of stock we may authorize and issue in the future. Dividend Rights Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends when, as and if declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available therefor, subject to any statutory or contractual restrictions on the payment of dividends and to the rights of the holders or one or more outstanding series of our preferred stock. Other Rights Our common stock has no conversion rights, sinking fund provisions, redemption provisions or preemptive rights. Certain Anti-Takeover Effects Certain provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”), our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws summarized in the paragraphs above and in the following paragraphs may have an anti-takeover effect, especially with respect to certain rights held by that certain stockholder which is an investment fund affiliated with Hellman & Friedman LLC (the “H&F Investor”). In other words, such provisions could delay, defer or prevent a tender offer or takeover attempt that a stockholder might consider in its best interests, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares held by such stockholder. Authorized but Unissued Capital Stock Our board of directors may generally issue one or more series of preferred shares on terms that could discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company or the removal of our management. Classified Board of Directors Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, subject to the right of holders of any series of preferred stock, our board of directors will be divided into three classes of directors, with the classes to be as nearly equal in number as possible, and with the directors serving staggered three-year terms, with only one class of directors being elected at each annual meeting of stockholders. As a result, approximately one-third of our board of directors will be elected each year. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide that, subject to any rights of holders of preferred stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors will be fixed from time to time exclusively pursuant to a resolution adopted by the board of directors; however, if at any time the H&F Investor owns at least 40% in voting power of the stock of our Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, the stockholders may also fix the number of directors. On the date of the filing of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, The H&F Investor owned approximately 30% in voting power of the stock of our Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors. Removal of Directors; Vacancies Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, other than directors elected by holders of our preferred stock, if any, directors may be removed with or without cause upon the affirmative vote of a majority in voting power of all outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class; provided, however, at any time when the H&F Investor beneficially owns less than 40% in voting power of the stock of our company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, directors may only be removed for cause, and only by the affirmative vote of holders of at least 66 2/3% in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of stock of our company entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, subject to the rights granted to one or more series of preferred stock then outstanding, any newly created directorship on the board of directors that results from an increase in the number of directors and any vacancies on our board of directors will be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director or by the stockholders; provided, however, at any time when the H&F Investor beneficially owns less than 40% in voting power of the stock of our company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any newly created directorship on the board of directors that results from an increase in the number of directors and any vacancy occurring in the board of directors may only be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director (and not by the stockholders). Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the board of directors may increase the number of directors by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors or, at any time when the H&F Investor beneficially owns at least 40% of the voting power of the stock of our Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, of the stockholders. Business Combinations We have opted out of Section 203 of the DGCL; however, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains similar provisions providing that we may not engage in certain “business combinations” with any “interested stockholder” for a three-year period following the time that the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless: • • • • prior to such time, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder; upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of our voting stock outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding certain shares; at or subsequent to that time, the business combination is approved by our board of directors and by the affirmative vote of holders of at least 66 2/3% of our outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder; or the stockholder became an interested stockholder inadvertently and (i) as soon as practicable divested itself of sufficient ownership to cease to be an interested stockholder and (ii) had not been an interested stockholder but for the inadvertent acquisition of ownership within three years of the business combination. Generally, a “business combination” includes a merger, asset or stock sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. Subject to certain exceptions, an “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with that person’s affiliates and associates, owns, or within the previous three years owned, 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock. For purposes of this section only, “voting stock” has the meaning given to it in Section 203 of the DGCL. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the H&F Investor, and any of its respective direct or indirect transferees and any group as to which such persons or entities are a party, does not constitute an “interested stockholder” for purposes of this provision. No Cumulative Voting Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not authorize cumulative voting. Special Stockholder Meetings Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that special meetings of our stockholders may be called at any time only by or at the direction of the board of directors or the chairman of the board of directors; provided, however, at any time when the H&F Investor beneficially owns, in the aggregate, at least 40% in voting power of the stock of our company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, special meetings of our stockholders shall also be called by the board of directors or the chairman of the board of directors at the request of the H&F Investor. Our amended and restated bylaws prohibit the conduct of any business at a special meeting other than as specified in the notice for such meeting. Requirements for Advance Notification of Director Nominations and Stockholder Proposals Our amended and restated bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors. Stockholder Action by Written Consent Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation precludes stockholder action by written consent at any time when the H&F Investor beneficially owns less than 40% in voting power of the stock of our Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, other than certain rights that holders of our preferred stock may have to act by written consent. Supermajority Provisions Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide that the board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter, amend, change, add to, rescind or repeal, in whole or in part, our bylaws without a stockholder vote in any matter not inconsistent with Delaware law or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. In addition, for as long as the H&F Investor beneficially owns at least 40% in voting power of the stock of our company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any amendment, alteration, rescission or repeal of our bylaws by our stockholders requires the affirmative vote of a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of our stock present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting of stockholders and entitled to vote on such amendment, alteration, change, addition, rescission, change, addition or repeal. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that at any time when the H&F Investor beneficially owns less than 40% in voting power of the stock of our Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, certain provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation may be amended, altered, repealed or rescinded only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% in voting power of all the then- outstanding shares of stock of our company entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class. Exclusive Forum Our amended and restated bylaws provide that unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for any (i) derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of our company, (ii) action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of our company to our company or our company’s stockholders, (iii) action asserting a claim against our company or any director, officer or other employee of our company arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws or as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or (iv) action asserting a claim against our company or any director, officer or other employee of our company governed by the internal affairs doctrine. However, it is possible that a court could find our forum selection provisions to be inapplicable or unenforceable. Transfer Agent and Registrar The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is American Stock Transfer and Trust Company, LLC. Nasdaq Listing Our common stock is listed on The Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “GO.” CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement No. 333-232318 on Form S-8 of our report dated March 25, 2020, relating to the financial statements and financial statement schedule of Grocery Outlet Holding Corp. appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 28, 2019. Exhibit 23.1 /s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP San Francisco, California March 25, 2020 CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 Exhibit 31.1 I, Eric J. Lindberg, Jr., certify that: 1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Grocery Outlet Holding Corp.; 2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have: a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; b. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and c. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. Date: March 25, 2020 By: /s/ Eric J. Lindberg, Jr. Eric J. Lindberg, Jr. Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 Exhibit 31.2 I, Charles Bracher, certify that: 1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Grocery Outlet Holding Corp.; 2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have: a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; b. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and c. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. Date: March 25, 2020 By: /s/ Charles Bracher Charles Bracher Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer) CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 Exhibit 32.1 In connection with the Annual Report of Grocery Outlet Holding Corp. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended December 28, 2019 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Eric J. Lindberg, Jr., certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that: (1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and (2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. Date: March 25, 2020 By: /s/ Eric J. Lindberg, Jr. Eric J. Lindberg, Jr. Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 Exhibit 32.2 In connection with the Annual Report of Grocery Outlet Holding Corp. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended December 28, 2019 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Charles Bracher, certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that: (1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and (2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. Date: March 25, 2020 By: /s/ Charles Bracher Charles Bracher Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer) 

Continue reading text version or see original annual report in PDF format above